Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Alcatel-Lucent 7330
INTELLIGENT SERVICES ACCESS MANAGER FIBER TO THE NODE
Alcatel-Lucent 7356
INTELLIGENT SERVICES ACCESS MANAGER FIBER TO THE BUILDING
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION FOR FD 24GBPS NT
RELEASE 4.6.02
3H H - 11651- AAAA- T QZZA Edition 03 Released
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
This document contains proprietary information of Alcatel-Lucent and is not to be disclosed
or used except in accordance with applicable agreements.
Copyright 2013 © Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the information presented, which is
subject to change without notice.
Alcatel, Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are registered trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other
trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Disclaimers
Alcatel-Lucent products are intended for commercial uses. Without the appropriate network design
engineering, they must not be sold, licensed or otherwise distributed for use in any hazardous
environments requiring fail-safe performance, such as in the operation of nuclear facilities, aircraft
navigation or communication systems, air traffic control, direct life-support machines, or weapons
systems, in which the failure of products could lead directly to death, personal injury, or severe physical
or environmental damage. The customer hereby agrees that the use, sale, license or other distribution
of the products for any such application without the prior written consent of Alcatel-Lucent, shall be at
the customer's sole risk. The customer hereby agrees to defend and hold Alcatel-Lucent harmless from
any claims for loss, cost, damage, expense or liability that may arise out of or in connection with the
use, sale, license or other distribution of the products in such applications.
This document may contain information regarding the use and installation of non-Alcatel-Lucent
products. Please note that this information is provided as a courtesy to assist you. While Alcatel-Lucent
tries to ensure that this information accurately reflects information provided by the supplier, please refer
to the materials provided with any non-Alcatel-Lucent product and contact the supplier for
confirmation. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility or liability for incorrect or incomplete
information provided about non-Alcatel-Lucent products.
However, this does not constitute a representation or warranty. The warranties provided for
Alcatel-Lucent products, if any, are set forth in contractual documentation entered into by
Alcatel-Lucent and its customers.
This document was originally written in English. If there is any conflict or inconsistency between the
English version and any other version of a document, the English version shall prevail.
This preface provides general information about the documentation set for the
7302 Intelligent Services Access Manager (7302 ISAM), the 7330 Intelligent
Services Access Manager Fiber to the Node (7330 ISAM FTTN) and the 7356
Intelligent Services Access Manager Fiber to the Building (7356 ISAM FTTB).
Scope
This documentation set provides information about safety, features and
functionality, ordering, hardware installation and maintenance, CLI and TL1
commands, and software upgrade and migration procedures.
Audience
This documentation set is intended for planners, administrators, operators, and
maintenance personnel involved in installing, upgrading, or maintaining the
7302 ISAM, the 7330 ISAM FTTN or the 7356 ISAM FTTB.
Readers must be familiar with general telecommunications principles.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 iii
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Preface
Safety information
For safety information, see the Safety Manual for your product.
Documents
Refer to the Product Information document for your product to see a list of all the
relevant customer documents and their part numbers for the current release.
Customer documentation is available for download from the Alcatel-Lucent Support
Service website at http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/myaccess.
Product Naming
When the term “ISAM” is used alone, then the 7302 ISAM, the 7330 ISAM FTTN
and the 7356 ISAM FTTB are meant. If a feature is valid for only one of the products,
the applicability will be explicitly stated.
Special information
The following are examples of how special information is presented in this
document.
Danger — Danger indicates that the described activity or situation
may result in serious personal injury or death; for example, high
voltage or electric shock hazards.
iv November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Preface
At step 1, you can choose option a or b. At step 2, you must do what the step indicates.
1 This step offers two options. You must choose one of the following:
At step 1, you must perform a series of substeps within a step. At step 2, you must do
what the step indicates.
1 This step has a series of substeps that you must perform to complete the step. You
must perform the following substeps:
Release notes
Be sure to refer to the release notes (such as the Customer Release Notes or
Emergency Fix Release Note) issued for software loads of your product before you
install or use the product. The release notes provide important information about the
software load.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 v
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Preface
vi November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Contents
Preface iii
Scope ................................................................................................................... iii
Audience ................................................................................................................... iii
Acronyms and initialisms............................................................................................... iii
Assistance and ordering phone numbers ........................................................................ iii
Safety information........................................................................................................ iv
Documents .................................................................................................................. iv
Product Naming ........................................................................................................... iv
Special information....................................................................................................... iv
Release notes ............................................................................................................... v
1— Introduction 1-1
1.1 General...................................................................................................... 1-2
1.2 Supported User Interfaces........................................................................... 1-2
1.3 Document Structure.................................................................................... 1-3
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 vii
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Contents
4— Management 4-1
4.1 Overview ................................................................................................... 4-2
4.2 Management interfaces ............................................................................... 4-3
4.3 Management interfaces security................................................................. 4-13
4.4 Management access models ...................................................................... 4-15
4.5 Counters and statistics .............................................................................. 4-18
4.6 Alarm management .................................................................................. 4-18
4.7 Software and database management ......................................................... 4-25
4.8 Equipment monitoring............................................................................... 4-28
4.9 Access node control protocol ..................................................................... 4-29
viii November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Contents
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 ix
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Contents
12 — IP routing 12-1
12.1 Introduction ............................................................................................. 12-2
12.2 IP routing features.................................................................................... 12-2
12.3 IP routing model....................................................................................... 12-5
12.4 Routing in case of subtended ISAMs .......................................................... 12-7
x November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Contents
Glossary
Index
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 xi
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Contents
xii November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
1 — Introduction
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 1-1
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
1 — Introduction
1.1 General
This document provides the system description for the following products:
• 7302 Intelligent Services Access Manager (ISAM)
• 7330 ISAM Fiber To The Node (FTTN)
• 7356 and 7357 ISAM Fiber To The Building (FTTB)
For specific product details on each of these systems, see the:
• 7302 ISAM Product Information
• 7330 ISAM FTTN Product Information
• 7356 ISAM FTTB User, Safety and Installation Manual
• 7357 ISAM FTTB User, Safety and Installation Manual
Depending on the system and the Network Termination (NT) used in that system, the
list of supported user interfaces will be different.
The ISAM network architecture is shown in Figure 1-1.
1-2 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
1 — Introduction
Ethernet
Switch NSP IP backbone
ISAM
xDSL
FE/GE
Ethernet
Voice
EMAN NSP IP backbone
FE/GE
NSP IP backbone
xDSL xDSL
LT
Ethernet FE/GE
Eth
LT
Voice NT
Voice
LT
FE/GE
Depending on the type of LTs plugged into the system, three types of user interfaces
are available:
• a number of different DSL interfaces (depending on the related DSL line board
family),
• Ethernet interfaces
• voice interfaces
The three types of user interfaces can be implemented simultaneously in one system.
More detailed information on each of these interface types is available in
chapter “System interface overview”.
Following a general chapter about all of the system interfaces, this document is
organized in a number of functional areas providing an end-to-end view of the
different ISAM feature domains.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 1-3
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
1 — Introduction
1-4 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
2 — System interface overview
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 2-1
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
2 — System interface overview
2.1 General
2.2 Overview
The following section provides an overview of the different relevant aspects for
subscriber links.
The Ethernet subscriber links can also be terminated on the Network Termination
(NT) boards or the NT I/O boards.
The network links (ISAM uplinks), subtending links (to the subtended ISAM) or
inter-shelf links (ISAM downlinks from the host shelf to remote shelves, Remote
Expansion Modules (7356 ISAM FTTB REMs) or Sealed Expansion Modules (7357
ISAM FTTB SEMs) are terminated by the Network Termination (NT) boards, by the
NT I/O boards, or by an Ethernet LT board operating in
Network-to-Network-Interfacing (NNI) modus.
Figure 2-1 shows a diagram of approximate achievable downstream bit rates for the
DSL transmission types mentioned above as a function of the line length for a 0.4
mm diameter (26 AWG) twisted pair.
2-2 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
2 — System interface overview
Figure 2-1 DSL types: downstream bit rate as a function of line length
100
90
80
VDSL2
70
50
40 VDSL
30
ADSL2+
20
ADSL2
10
ADSL
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Lin e le n g th (km)
Transfer modes
The ISAM supports the following transfer modes for the preceding transmission
types:
• Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) is supported for all ADSL types and
SHDSL.
• Packet Transfer Mode (PTM) with 64/65 octet encapsulation/Ethernet in the First
Mile (EFM) is supported for SHDSL, VDSL2, and some ADSL2/2+ LT boards.
This transfer mode uses 64/65 byte block coding of variable size frames or frame
fragments at the transmission convergence sublayer in the modem.
For PTM over ADSL2/2+, preemption is supported in the upstream direction and
enabled by default (not configurable).
• IEEE 802.3 Ethernet frame transfer
Bonding
A number of methods exist to combine multiple physical links that apply the
preceding transmission types and transfer modes to a single logical subscriber
interface. This allows increasing either:
• the available service bandwidth for a subscriber
• the distance across which a standard service bandwidth package can be offered,
in case of transmission types for which the achievable link bandwidth depends
strongly on the length of the local loop
• a combination of the preceding two methods.
Bonding of multiple links is possible at different levels in the ISAM, where the traffic
of DSL links is aggregated. The broader the scope of the bonding capability, the
more flexibility an operator has to configure bonding groups.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 2-3
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
2 — System interface overview
2.3 Multi-ADSL
The ISAM supports multi-ADSL subscriber lines. This section describes the
different supported ADSL types.
ADSL1
Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line (ADSL) is used on existing metallic twisted
pairs (one per subscriber) between the Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) and a
Central Office (CO) exchange.
A Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM) technique allows the simultaneous use
of high-speed data services and the existing Plain Old Telephone Service (POTS) or
Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN).
Other advantages of ADSL are:
• The existing network is used by the network operator (reducing costs).
• The existing telephone service, including equipment, is retained by the customer.
The chosen rate depends on the bidirectional services to be supported and the loop
characteristics.
This transmission type allows high-bandwidth services, for example, digital audio
and video (multimedia), Ethernet interconnection to the customer, and so on.
Bidirectional transport
With ADSL, the transport system provides bidirectional asymmetric communication
over a single twisted pair without repeaters.
2-4 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
2 — System interface overview
ADSL services
The multi-ADSL mode and maximum physical bit rate is automatically determined
during initialization of the modem, based on line conditions and the line
configuration. Modem initialization is done using a predefined noise margin and
within the constraints of the transmit power spectral density. This allows various
levels of service, for example, offering the highest bit rates at a premium or ensuring
a guaranteed bit rate.
Operational modes
G.992.1 Annex A Also known as G.dmt; operation over POTS non-overlapped spectrum
G.992.2 Annex A Also known as G.lite; operation over POTS non-overlapped spectrum.
This standard is a medium bandwidth version of ADSL that allows Internet
access at up to 1.5 Mb/s downstream and up to 512 kb/s upstream.
ADSL2
The ADSL2 family of ADSL standards adds features and functionality that boost the
performance, improve interoperability, and support new applications, services, and
deployment scenarios.
ADSL2 includes the following:
• Better rate and reach:
Improved modulation efficiency, improved initialization state machine, enhanced
signal processing algorithms, reduced framing overhead, and framing extension
allowing higher coding gain.
• Loop diagnostics:
Real-time performance-monitoring capabilities provide information regarding
line quality and noise conditions at both ends of the line (see chapter “Line testing
features”, section “Single-Ended Line Testing”). In addition, ADSL2 provides
Carrier Loop diagnostics based on Dual-Ended Line Testing (DELT) (see
chapter “Line testing features”, section “Dual-ended line testing”).
• Packet-based services:
ADSL2 amendment 1 brings native transport of packets such as Ethernet
• Impulse Noise Protection (INP):
See chapter “xDSL features”, section “Configurable impulse noise protection”.
• Physical Layer Retransmission (RTX):
See chapter “xDSL features”, section “Physical Layer Retransmission (RTX)”.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 2-5
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
2 — System interface overview
• Bonding:
ADSL2 also specifies IMA. However, this has been replaced by bonding support
as per G.998.1; see section “ATM/PTM bonding”.
• Low-power modes (L2/L3):
See chapter “xDSL features”, section “Low-power modes”.
• Seamless Rate Adaptation (SRA):
See chapter “xDSL features”, section “Seamless rate adaptation”.
• Carrier masking:
The carrier mask allows the suppression of each individual carrier in the upstream
and downstream direction.
• Mandatory receiver support of bit swapping:
Bit swapping reallocates data and power (that is, margin) among the allocated
subcarriers without modification of the higher layer features of the physical layer.
After a bit swapping reconfiguration, the total data rate is unchanged and the data
rate on each latency path is unchanged.
• Radio Frequency Interference (RFI) egress control and means for RFI ingress
control:
To minimize the impact of radio frequency interference from and with AM radio
and radio amateurs, multi-ADSL provides RFI egress control and means for RFI
ingress control.
Operational modes
G.992.3 Annex M Extended upstream operation (up to 3 Mb/s) over POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
G.992.3 Annex J All Digital Mode operation with non-overlapped spectrum and extended
upstream band (spectrally compatible with ADSLx over ISDN)
A license counter keeps track of all the installed lines on which G.992.3 or G.992.5
Annex M is enabled.
A license counter keeps track of all the installed lines on which G.992.3 or G.992.5
Annex J is enabled.
ADSL2+
A number of applications, such as some video streams or combinations of video and
data streams, can benefit from higher downstream rates than are currently possible
with ADSL2. By doubling the ADSL frequency range up to 2.2 MHz, downstream
bit rates of up to about 25 Mb/s can be provided.
2-6 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
2 — System interface overview
Operational modes
G.992.5 Annex M Extended upstream operation (up to 3 Mb/s) over POTS non-overlapped
spectrum
G.992.5 Annex J All Digital Mode operation with non-overlapped spectrum and extended
upstream band (spectrally compatible with ADSLx over ISDN)
A license counter keeps track of all the installed lines on which G.992.3 or G.992.5
Annex M is enabled.
A license counter keeps track of all the installed lines on which G.992.3 or G.992.5
Annex J is enabled.
Operational modes
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 2-7
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
2 — System interface overview
2.4 VDSL
Very high bit rate Digital Subscriber Line (VDSL) allows very high speed data
transmission on a metallic twisted pair between the operator network and the
customer premises. This service is provisioned by using the existing unshielded
copper twisted pairs, without requiring repeaters. By using a Frequency Division
Multiplexing (FDM) technique, the existing POTS or ISDN services can still be
provided on the same wires. VDSL transceivers use Frequency Division Duplexing
(FDD) to separate upstream and downstream transmission.
VDSL1
VDSL1 mode is not supported.
VDSL2
The VDSL2 standard (G.993.2) is an enhancement to VDSL1. VDSL2 specifies
Discrete Multi-Tone (DMT) modulation and is reusing concepts of G.993.1
(VDSL1) and G.992.3 (ADSL2) recommendations, using also the G.994.1
handshake procedure.
VDSL2 features
The main features of VDSL2 are:
• VDSL2 offers Packet Transport Mode (PTM) with 64/65B encapsulation:
• The definition of profiles supports a wide range of deployment scenarios:
• deployment from the exchange (Fiber To The Exchange (FTTEx))
• deployment from the cabinet (Fiber To The Cabinet (FTTCab))
• deployment from the building (Fiber To the Building (FTTB))
• VDSL2 supports higher bit rates than VDSL1; up to 100 Mb/s symmetrical.
The attainable maximum data rate depends on the VDSL2 profile used. Support
of 100 Mb/s requires the 30 MHz profile. Other profiles are better suited for
operation on longer loops, but with reduced maximum bit rate.
• VDSL2 offers improved performance over VDSL1:
• addition of Trellis coding
• increased maximum allowable transmit power
• VDSL2 features provide better support for triple play over VDSL
• improved Impulse Noise Protection (INP)
• physical layer retransmission (RTX)
• virtual noise (optional)
• VDSL2 has some ADSL2-like features:
• similar: loop diagnostics
• improved: PSD shaping
• improved management with regard to VDSL1
2-8 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
2 — System interface overview
VDSL2 profiles mainly define variants with different bandwidths and transmit
powers. Table 2-6 provides a VDSL2 profile parameter overview.
Max. aggregate DS transmit power (dBm) 17.5 20.5 11.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5
Max. aggregate US transmit power (dBm) 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5
US0 support(2) M M M M M O O
Annex A DS upper frequency (MHz) 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 17.66
(998) 4
US upper frequency (MHz) 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 12 12 12
Annex B DS upper frequency (MHz) 7.05 7.05 7.05 7.05 7.05 7.05 N/A
(997)
US upper frequency (MHz) 8.83 8.83 5.1 8.83 12 12 N/A
Annex B DS upper frequency (MHz) 7.05 7.05 7.05 7.05 7.05 7.05 14
(997E)
US upper frequency (MHz) 8.832 8.832 5.1 8.832 12 12 17.66
4
Annex B DS upper frequency (MHz) 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 17.66
(998E) 4
US upper frequency (MHz) 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 12 12 14
Annex B DS upper frequency (MHz) 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 17.66
(998ADE) 4
Notes
(1) US=upstream; DS=downstream
(2) M=Mandatory; O=Optional; N=Not supported
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 2-9
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
2 — System interface overview
2.5 SHDSL
Regional settings
Table 2-7 lists the supported regional settings.
Standards Description
G.991.2 Annex A/F Standards applicable for North America (region 1) (ANSI)
Payload rates
The following payload rates are supported:
• 192 to 2304 kb/s in 64 kb/s steps for Annex A/B
• 192 to 5696 kb/s in 64 kb/s steps for Annex F/G
2-10 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
2 — System interface overview
2.6 Ethernet
The ISAM NTs supports both modes and can adapt to either mode by way of
auto-negotiation or manual configuration.
The ISAM Ethernet LTs only support the full duplex mode.
Hardware auto-negotiation
Hardware auto-negotiation provides the capability for a device at one end of the link
segment to:
• advertise its abilities to the device at the other end (its link partner)
• detect information defining the abilities of the link partner
• determine if the two devices are compatible.
Auto-negotiation provides hands-free configuration of the two attached devices.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 2-11
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
2 — System interface overview
Using auto-negotiation, the ISAM can determine the operational mode (full or half
duplex) and speed (only for electrical interfaces) to be applied to the link.
Note 1 — It is also possible to manually configure the transmission
mode and speed on the link.
Note 2 — Auto-negotiation is supported for both optical and electrical
GE.
See the ISAM Product Information manual for supported dual speed optical SFP
modules per board type.
Software auto-negotiation
Software auto-negotiation institutes a propriety protocol to negotiate a higher
communication bandwidth between two auto-negotiation-capable boards (NT board
on one side and LT board on the other side). These two boards do not necessarily
have to reside in the same shelf.
2-12 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
2 — System interface overview
The operator can configure the highest possible bandwidth between two capable
boards via the regular management channels. The software auto-negotiation protocol
will, based on the configured values, bring the bandwidth between two
auto-negotiation-capable boards to the configured maximum speed.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 2-13
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
2 — System interface overview
Physical link #1
PHY PHY
Single ATM Cell stream Original ATM Cell
from ATM layer stream to ATM layer
Physical link #2
PHY PHY
IMA requires that all bonded links operate at the same nominal rate. The original
cells are not modified, and control (ICP) cells are inserted for OAM communication
between the two ends.
• In the Tx direction, the ATM cells are distributed across the links in a round robin
sequence.
• In the Rx direction, the ATM cells are recombined into a single ATM stream.
The IMA type of bonding is supported on SHDSL LT boards.
ATM bonding
ATM bonding is specified by ITU-T G.998.1.
ATM bonding is applied to combine ATM-based transmission links with limited or
reach-dependent bandwidth, which do not exhibit an identical transmission speed,
specifically all types of ADSL. This technique does add sequence information to
ATM cells, and thus allows re-sequencing, that is, delay variation due to speed
variation across multiple physical links in one bonding group.
Up to 2 transmission links can be combined in one bonding group with ADSL ATM
bonding.
2-14 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
2 — System interface overview
PTM bonding
PTM bonding is specified by ITU-T G.998.2.
PTM bonding applies to DSL links with or without identical transmission speed,
because PTM implies the use of variable size PDUs, which make the use of IMA
techniques impossible. PTM bonding is applied to combine EFM-based transmission
links with limited or reach- dependent bandwidth, specifically VDSL2, SHDSL, and
ADSL2(+). This technique adds sequence information to transmitted frames or
frame fragments, and thus allows re-sequencing, that is, delay variation due to speed
variations or to PDU size variations, or both, across multiple physical links in one
bonding group. Up to 8 transmission links can be combined in one bonding group
with VDSL2 or ADSL2(+) PTM bonding.
This section provides an overview of the different links of the ISAM Voice.
ISAM Voice supports LT boards with various types of Narrow Band (NB) subscriber
links:
• Plain Old Telephone Service (POTS) link
• Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Basic Access (BA) link
ISAM Voice is connected to the network through Ethernet links as documented for
the ISAM. See section “Ethernet”.
POTS
The POTS interface is the Z interface, that is, an analog subscriber line for
connecting, for example, a POTS line. However, also other equipment such as faxes
can be connected. The principles of this interface are as standardized in ITU-T Q.551
and Q.552.
The Z interface carries signals such as speech, voice band analog data,
multi-frequency push button signals, and so on. In addition, the Z interface must
provide for DC feeding of the subscriber set and ordinary functions such as DC
signaling, ringing, metering, and so on, where appropriate.
The characteristics of this interface are as standardized in ITU-T Q.551 and Q.552.
It is recognized that the characteristics of analog interfaces vary considerably from
country to country and therefore the characteristics other than those defined in
Recommendations Q.551 and Q.552 are not subject to ITU-T Recommendations.
Within the ISAM, these are typically handled with the concept of a CDE profile.
ISDN BA
The ISDN BA interface corresponds to the U reference point of the Digital
Transmission System.
The interface provides full-duplex and bit-independent transmission via two wires at
a net bit rate of 144 kb/s. The net bit rate of 144 kb/s offers 1 D-channel of 16 kb/s
and 2 B-channels of 64 kb/s.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 2-15
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
2 — System interface overview
The ISDN BA layer 1 specification is given in ITU-T I.430. Both 2B1Q and 4B3T
encoding are applied through the use of different HW variants.
The D-channel signaling procedures are defined in the Q.920 and Q.930-Series, for
the basis particularly in Q.921 and Q.931.
Purpose
ISAM supports dedicated interfaces for the remote management of co-located
third-party equipment through Ethernet connections.
Examples are power supplies, timing supplies, Automatic Distribution Frames,
environment monitoring and conditioning equipment.
2-16 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
2 — System interface overview
Physical interface
In this case, the third-party equipment can be connected to a free Ethernet port of the
NT function. This port has to be configured as a “direct user” port. The different
ISAM NT board types either:
• provide a combo electrical 100/1000 Base-T and optical 1 GE interface as “direct
user” port
• support the use of electrical 100/1000 Base-T SFPs in external port SFP cages.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 2-17
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
2 — System interface overview
The ISAM itself does not support detection of malfunctions on the FD-REM external
equipment management port, and will not generate alarms related to usage of this
port
2-18 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3 — Failure protection and redundancy
provisions in ISAM
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 3-1
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3 — Failure protection and redundancy provisions in ISAM
3.1 Overview
When you provide protection for system functions and subsystems by use of
redundancy, you improve the reliability of those parts of the ISAM, and hence the
availability of the whole ISAM.
Redundancy aspects
Redundancy has different aspects, and each aspect has its advantages and
disadvantages which must be taken into account. The following aspects are
described:
• relation between essential and redundant resources
• operational mode of the additional redundant resources
• the scope of the protection - the impact of a failure
• the average duration of an outage - time to repair
• the number of simultaneous failures that have to be coped with
• Bilateral:
One redundant resource can back up only a single dedicated essential resource
(notation 1:1 or 1+1).
The advantage is that the redundant resource can be fully preconfigured, and that
protection normally takes a minimal time. Also, the configuration data (static,
dynamic, or both) necessary for the redundant resource can be kept on the
redundant resource itself.
The disadvantage is that each essential resource has to be duplicated, which adds
to the cost, the space requirements, and the power consumption.
• Dynamic:
A redundant resource can replace any one resource out of a group of identical
essential resources (notation N:1 or N+1, or N:M or N+M in general).
Because each essential resource does not have to be duplicated, one or a few
additional resources can protect a much larger group of identical essential
resources.
The disadvantage is that this scheme only is applicable when multiple identical
essential resources are present in the ISAM. In many cases, the redundant
resource cannot be fully preconfigured. The redundant resource can only be
configured after the failing resource has been identified, which means the time for
protection has to be increased by the configuration time. Also, an up-to-date copy
of the configuration data (static, dynamic, or both) for the multiple essential
resources has to be kept in a place that is not affected by failure of the related
resource. This requires either additional storage on the redundant resource, or a
more complex data storage mechanism across all the protected resources.
3-2 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3 — Failure protection and redundancy provisions in ISAM
• Standby:
One or more redundant resources are kept inactive or on standby while one or
more essential resources perform all the required processing (notation 1:1,
N:1,N:M in general).
The advantages are that the ISAM architecture is relatively simple, and the
configuration and initialization of the redundant resource(s) starts from a
well-known state at the time of activation of the redundant resource(s) in case of
a protection switchover. The standby state can apply on the data path, the control
path and/or the management path (see “Redundancy provision” for more
information and practical examples).
The disadvantages are that the redundant resource does not contribute to the
operation (performance) of the ISAM for 99.9% or more of the time, while
requiring an additional, up to 100% investment in cost, space and power
consumption. Also, in many cases the redundant resource cannot be monitored or
tested for 100% of the functions that it has to perform, so a certain risk of dormant
faults exists.
• Active and load sharing:
All resources (reflected in the data path, control path and/or management path)
are active or operational, normally in a load-sharing mode, but the number of
resources in the ISAM exceeds the minimum needed to perform all the necessary
processing by one, or more (notation 1+1, N+1, or N+M in general). Some
resources can be implemented in load-sharing mode, while others are
implemented in active/standby mode (see “Redundancy provision” for more
information and practical examples).
If one or more of the active resources fail, the remaining resources take over the
whole processing load. Also, all the resources can be monitored in operational
conditions, and dormant faults cannot occur.
The advantage of this type of redundancy is that the ISAM performance increases
while no faults occur, by virtue of the more-than-necessary active resources.
The disadvantages are that the ISAM usually becomes more complex. A
dispatching or processing load distribution function is necessary, which must be
fair (that is, the load must be shared evenly over all the resources) and must be
able to recognize resource failures in time and to respond to them. Also, this
function must not constitute a (significant) single-point-of-failure in itself.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 3-3
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3 — Failure protection and redundancy provisions in ISAM
Redundancy provision
The ISAM basically provides redundancy as an option for essential central or
aggregation functions and resources. These include:
• External link protection for:
• network links
• links with sub-tended ISAMs
• Equipment protection for the ISAM:
• Data path: the Ethernet switch fabric
• Control path: the Network Termination (NT) board processor
• Management path: the NT board processor
The ISAM does not protect all the central functions or resources by default. Essential
functions and resources reside on the NT board, which can be made redundant. In
practice, a number of different configurations with single, redundant NT and single
NT IO board are possible, each supporting a different amount or type of protection.
The ISAM can be configured in active/standby mode by means of an optional
standby NT board. The standby NT board is synchronized with the active NT board.
In order to speed-up the reconfiguration of the data plane after switchover and to
facilitate the rebuilding of the control plane, the dynamic switch configuration (L1
and L2) is also synchronized between the active NT board and the standby NT board.
The management plane is fully restored at the moment the new active NT board is
initialized.
3-4 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3 — Failure protection and redundancy provisions in ISAM
Single NT
When using a single NT board only in the ISAM shelf, only redundancy for external
(network or subtending) links is available, and hence only external link protection is
possible. None of the central functions and resources are duplicated, except for the
external Ethernet interfaces on the faceplate of the NT board itself. The actual
number of these interfaces may vary with the NT type, but equals at least two. This
implies that one or more external network or subtending links can be configured to
protect other network or subtending links on the same NT board.
It must be clear that this link-only protection model does not protect equipment. If
the NT board fails, connectivity on all the links will be lost. The supported
mechanisms are described below.
LT1 NT
Active
PHY
Standby
µP PHY
LTn
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 3-5
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3 — Failure protection and redundancy provisions in ISAM
LT1 NT
PHY 1
µP PHY 2
LTn
If an external link for a single NT with multiple external links in a load-sharing group
is lost, the traffic is redistributed across the remaining links of the load-sharing
group, by means of the link failure detection capability of the Link Aggregation
Control Protocol (LACP).
LT1 NT
PHY
µP PHY
NTIO
PHY
PHY
LTn PHY
PHY
PHY
PHY
3-6 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3 — Failure protection and redundancy provisions in ISAM
The ISAM supports active/standby NT equipment protection. Only one of the two
NT boards (and all its functions and resources) can be active at a time. NT switchover
is not revertive after the repair of a failed NT board. The protection capabilities exist:
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 3-7
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3 — Failure protection and redundancy provisions in ISAM
Figure 3-4 Combined link and NT protection with a shared set of active/standby
external interfaces
LT1 NT
Active
PHY
µP PHY
LTn
LT1 NT
Active
PHY
µP PHY
LTn
NT board protection, that is, switchover of traffic from the active NT to the standby
NT, and a related status change for both NT boards, is triggered by either of the
following two events:
• unavailability of a network interface, which brings the number of operational
network interfaces in any configured group below the configurable minimum.
• failure or removal of the NT board itself, detected by means of a dedicated
protection interface between both NT boards.
This configuration implies that when the active external NT link fails, the only
remedy is to trigger an NT switchover, by proper configuration of the original active
link in a link group of 1, and a minimum threshold of 1.
Also, when the NT itself fails and an NT switchover is triggered, an external link
switchover is imposed.
It must be noted that in all cases the standby NT board will not support traffic on its
external links, and hence will not support xSTP processing while in standby mode.
3-8 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3 — Failure protection and redundancy provisions in ISAM
Figure 3-5 Combined link and NT protection with a separate set of active/standby
network interfaces on each
LT1 NT
Active
PHY
µP PHY
Standby
LTn
LT1 NT
Standby
PHY
µP PHY
Standby
LTn
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 3-9
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3 — Failure protection and redundancy provisions in ISAM
Figure 3-6 Combined link and NT protection with network link and aggregation
LT1 NT
PHY 1
µP PHY 2
LTn
LT1 NT
PHY 1
µP PHY 2
LTn
In case of NT board failure, when this external link group cannot be kept operational,
or in case the number of operational links on the active NT drops below the
configured minimum, all traffic will be switched to a standby link group on the
standby NT.
3-10 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3 — Failure protection and redundancy provisions in ISAM
LT1 NT
PHY Active
µP PHY Standby
LTn
LT1 NT
PHY
µP PHY
LTn
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 3-11
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3 — Failure protection and redundancy provisions in ISAM
Figure 3-8 Independent load sharing external link and NT protection with optical
splitters
LT1 NT
PHY 1
µP PHY 2
LTn
LT1 NT
PHY
µP PHY
LTn
3-12 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3 — Failure protection and redundancy provisions in ISAM
It should be noted that the NTIO board is not duplicated, and, therefore, not
protected. However, the probability of an NTIO failure that affects all of its external
interfaces is low, so in case of a failure, outage for all of its external links will be
limited to the actual duration of the board replacement.
Figure 3-9 Independent load sharing external link and NT protection with NT
LT1 NT
PHY
µP PHY
NTIO
PHY Active
PHY
PHY 1
LTn
PHY 2
LT1 NT PHY
PHY PHY
µP PHY
LTn
You can cascade multiple single-shelf ISAM systems using standard Ethernet
subtending links. ISAM shelves can be connected together to provide a consolidated
interface to the network.
In principle, all of the above protection techniques and configurations can be applied,
for either network type links and subtending type links, or both. This depends on the
required link capacity for each type, and on the interface capacity of the applied NT
and NTIO board types. (R)STP, MSTP and LACP are supported on ISAM external
interfaces for subtending.
The following topologies show some examples for cascading of ISAM equipment
with protection:
• star topology; see Figure 3-10
• daisy-chain topology; see Figure 3-11
• ring topology: daisy chain with the last node connected to the first; see
Figure 3-12.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 3-13
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3 — Failure protection and redundancy provisions in ISAM
PHY
μP NT PHY
N
PHY
T
PHY PHY
PHY
NT
μP PHY
PHY
NTIO
PHY
PHY
PHY Network
μP NT PHY
N
PHY links
T
PHY PHY
PHY
NT
μP PHY
PHY
NTIO LAG
PHY
PHY
PHY Subtending
μP NT PHY links
N
PHY
T
PHY PHY
PHY
3-14 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3 — Failure protection and redundancy provisions in ISAM
PHY
PHY
NT
LAG
μP N
PHY
PHY
T
PHY PHY
PHY
NT NT
μP PHY μP PHY
PHY PHY
NTIO LAG NTIO
PHY PHY
PHY PHY
PHY PHY
μP NT PHY μP NT PHY
N
PHY N
PHY
T
PHY PHY T
PHY PHY
PHY PHY
Network
NT
links
μP PHY
PHY
NTIO
PHY
PHY
PHY LAG
μP NT PHY
N
PHY
T
PHY PHY
PHY
PHY
μP NT PHY
N
PHY
T
PHY PHY
PHY
NT NT
μP PHY μP PHY
PHY PHY
NTIO NTIO
PHY PHY
PHY PHY
PHY PHY Network
μP NT PHY μP NT PHY links
N
PHY N
PHY
T
PHY PHY T
PHY PHY
PHY PHY
NT
μP PHY
PHY
NTIO
PHY
PHY
PHY
μP NT PHY
N
PHY
T
PHY PHY
PHY
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 3-15
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3 — Failure protection and redundancy provisions in ISAM
Subnet 2
L3 switching and
OSPF enabled
LT n
3-16 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3 — Failure protection and redundancy provisions in ISAM
The path connectivity check relies on periodically initiating ICMP “echo request”
packets to the target layer 3 device and listening for the ICMP “echo response”
replies.
The ISAM decides that a connectivity disruption has occurred when either a “layer
1 down” event for the current network link is received or when there has been no
reply to three consecutive ICMP “echo requests”.
In case a path connectivity protection group is composed of LAGs, the ISAM
attempts to recover from a connectivity disruption by relying on the redundancy
provided by the LAG concept, where possible. A switchover to another LAG in the
path connectivity protection group is performed if the internal LAG redundancy
cannot resolve the connectivity disruption.
Figure 3-14, Figure 3-15 and Figure 3-16 show the different types of network path
connectivity protection topologies.
L3 network L3 network
device device
VRRP
L2/L3 L2/L3
switch switch
active passive
external external
link link
connectivity
protection
ISAM group
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 3-17
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3 — Failure protection and redundancy provisions in ISAM
L2 L2
switch switch
active passive
external external
link link
connectivity
protection
ISAM group
L2 L2
switch switch
L2
switch
L2 L2
switch switch
active passive
external external
link link
connectivity
protection
ISAM
group
3-18 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3 — Failure protection and redundancy provisions in ISAM
NT and LT xSTP instances are split, that is the NT links and the LT links are not
part of the same protection domain. A link event failure at the LT side is not
signaled by the NT towards the network and inversely meaning that cross-LT or
cross-ISAM link protection schemes are not supported
Table 3-1 Overview of link protection options in function of the NELT-B interface
type
UNI Y N
Hi-Cap UNI N N
NNI Y Y
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 3-19
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3 — Failure protection and redundancy provisions in ISAM
3-20 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 4-1
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
4.1 Overview
This chapter describes various management related topics of the ISAM. Table 4-1
below lists the information available in this chapter.
Contents Section
OSS
TL1
CLI
CLI SNMP
TL1 xFTP
Local TL1
ISAM
CT CLI
4-2 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
These management interfaces are all supported “inband”. This means that the
management interface is supported on top of an Ethernet / IP stack for which the
Ethernet links are the Ethernet network links as mentioned in chapter “System
interface overview”. If one such network link or uplink is dedicated only for
management traffic, outband management can be realized as well.
Only the CLI and TL1 management interfaces can also be realized with a dedicated
RS232 interface.
Not opening these ports on the firewall may lead to a reduced or failed
troubleshooting access, or a failure to perform an ISAM migration, or
both.
RS232
serial interface
CLI TL1 SNMP File transfer
CLI Agent TL1 Agent SNMP SNMP Client Server Client Server Client
v1/v2 v3 TFTP SFTP FTP
SNMP
Telnet SSH Telnet SSH 161/162
server server server server 13001
23 22 1023 1022 69 115 20
UDP
TCP TCP UDP UDP TCP
Mutually exclusive
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 4-3
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
SNMP
The Simple Network Manager Protocol (SNMP) is used by network management
applications like the 5520 AMS, the 5529 Statistics and Data Collector, or the 5530
Network Analyser to manage the ISAM.
Three versions of SNMP exist:
• SNMP version 1 (SNMPv1) uses a community string (that is, a plain-text
password in the SNMP messages) to verify if a request may be executed or not.
This is very insecure.
• SNMP version2 (SNMPv2) has the same syntax and security level as SNMPv1,
but has more commands, more error codes, different traps, and improved
response
• SNMP version 3 (SNMPv3) provides authentication, privacy and administration
for safe configuration and control operation. SNMPv3 also offers
transaction-by-transaction security configuration settings.
SNMPv3
The security mechanisms defined in SNMPv3 protect against threats such as
masquerade, modification of information, message stream modification, and
disclosure.
The SNMPv3 security mechanisms provide:
• data origin authentication
• data integrity checks
• timeliness indicator
• encryption
SNMPv3 allows for three different security levels in that messages between agent
and manager can be:
• unauthenticated and unencrypted
• authenticated but unencrypted
• both authenticated and encrypted
Two security-related capabilities are defined in SNMPv3:
1 User-based Security Model (USM):
The USM provides authentication and privacy (encryption) functions and
operates at the message level. In addition, the USM includes a key management
capability that provides for key localization and key updates. The USM is used
to authenticate entities, and provides encryption services to secure
communication between agents and managers. Each agent keeps track of the
authorized user access via an internal table of user/secrets/access entries. Both
4-4 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
TL1
The ISAM supports Transaction Language 1 (TL1) as management interface. This
cross-vendor, cross-technology man-machine language is supported over UDP,
telnet and SSH.
Please check the following documents for the full list and details of all the supported
TL1 commands and events in the ISAM:
• Operations and Maintenance Using TL1 for FD 24Gbps NT
• TL1 Commands and Messages Guide for FD 24Gbps NT
In total, maximum ten TL1 parallel sessions are supported. The following
restrictions and conditions apply depending on the type of session:
• two sessions are reserved for CRAFT/Serial access
• up to five parallel TL1 sessions over Telnet (TCP) can be used
• up to five parallel TL1 sessions over SSH (TCP) can be used
• a maximum of six UDP session are supported.
In total, a maximum of ten TL1 parallel sessions are supported. When using TL1
scripts, it is recommended to strictly limit the number of active, parallel TL1 scripts
to two. Anyway the TL1 response should be awaited before launching a new TL1
command to the ISAM.
An alarm is raised whenever a TL1 user logs in (successful or not), indicating the IP
address, account name and timestamp of the login trial. Severity, reporting and so on
of this alarm can be configured as with any other alarm. If the login was not
successful, the corresponding alarm needs to be cleared manually by the operator.
To avoid an overflow of failed login alarms (for example, due to a malicious user),
a new failed login alarm will only be generated either when 3 minutes have passed
since the last failed login alarm or when 90 failed logins occurred, whichever comes
first.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 4-5
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
CLI
The ISAM supports a Command Line Interface (CLI) as management interface. This
interface is primarily intended as a man-machine interface for the ISAM and is
supported over telnet, SHH, and using the serial interface (Craft).
Please check the following documents for the full list and details of all the supported
CLI commands and events in the ISAM:
• Operations and Maintenance using CLI for FD 24Gbps NT
• CLI Command Guide for FD 24Gbps NT
The ISAM supports up to ten parallel CLI sessions, be it over telnet or over SSH.
There can only be one local Craft session.
An alarm is raised whenever a CLI user logs in (successful or not), indicating the IP
address, account name and timestamp of the login trial. Severity, reporting and so on
of this alarm can be configured as with any other alarm. If the login was not
successful, the corresponding alarm needs to be cleared manually by the operator.
To avoid an overflow of failed login alarms (for example, due to a malicious user),
a new failed login alarm will only be generated either when 3 minutes have passed
since the last failed login alarm or when 90 failed logins occurred, whichever comes
first.
xFTP
4-6 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
user authentication coincides with the SSH authentication, that is, the same
username/password or username/key-pair combinations apply. This means that once
the operator has been configured for CLI or TL1 with a username/password or for
SSH with a username/key pair, the same username can be used for setting up an
SFTP session with the ISAM.
In case of SFTP, only one account can be specified. This account will be used
towards all external xFTP servers.
In case of FTP, up to 8 external servers/accounts can be specified, each with their
own account.
In case of TFTP, no account is required, so also none (0) can be specified.
xNTP
The ISAM system time can be set in two ways:
• The time can be retrieved from an (S)NTP time server by using the Simple
Network Time Protocol (SNTP)
• The time can be set manually by the operator
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 4-7
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
SNTP Client
Typically, the ISAM system time is retrieved using the Simple Network Time
Protocol (SNTP). The ISAM can cope with both SNTP servers and with NTP
servers, using the SNTP protocol in both cases.
The (S)NTP server can be configured in the ISAM by specifying:
• The IP address of the server
• The port to be used
Up to 3 (S)NTP servers can be configured in the ISAM by specifying:
• The IP address of the server
• The port to be used
• The relative priority among the 3 possible servers
The relative priority defines which server will be polled first to receive the time. An
alarm is raised when even after 3 retries none of the time servers can be reached.
The polling rate can also be specified on a per ISAM level, this is applicable to all
specified (S)NTP servers.
Apart from defining the (S)NTP servers, SNTP must first be set as the system-wide
option for the ISAM. The (S)NTP server always provides the Coordinated Universal
Time (UTC). No time zone or daylight savings settings are passed over the SNTP
protocol.
Manual setting
The ISAM system time can also be set manually by the operator. Note however that
if SNTP is enabled (see above), the set system time will be overwritten at the next
SNTP poll by the UTC time.
4-8 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
• Has an allowed range of -780 to +780 minutes, with a default value of 0 minutes
• Is stored persistently
The time zone offset is applied consistently for all applications in the ISAM,
including SNMP, Syslog and so on. The time applied by an application is always the
ISAM system time + the time zone offset (note the default value being 0, even in case
the operator did not specify any time zone offset value, the above statement still is
correct).
Additional notes
• Daylight savings cannot be specified nor are applied automatically in the ISAM.
• ISAM management applications (5520 AMS, 5529 SDC, 5530 NA, …) typically
expect UTC timestamps from the managed nodes: the ISAM management
application machine will typically apply a time zone and daylight savings
correction on the timestamps received from the nodes, before displaying on the
GUI, just like a with a PC. This also implies that if a time zone offset is set in the
ISAM, different from 0, the timestamps on the GUI will be wrong as time
corrections will be applied twice (once in the ISAM with the time zone offset and
again on the management application itself). The ISAM management application
typically will not take into account any time (zone) correction done in the node
itself. Please check on the management applications for this aspect.
• The granularity of the ISAM time information, as provided by the ISAM
applications exposing ISAM time information to external applications (Syslog,
5520 AMS, OSS, …), is seconds and has the following format
“yyyymmdd-hh:mm:ss”.
SSH
Secure Shell (SSH) is a protocol that provides authentication, encryption and data
integrity to secure network communications. On top of this protocol, SSH
implementations offer secure replacements for rsh, rlogin, rcp, ftp, and telnet, all of
which transmit data over the network as clear text. In addition, it offers secure
data-tunneling services for TCP/IP-based applications.
SSH has a client-server architecture. The ISAM can act both as an SSH server or an
SSH client; see Figure 4-3.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 4-9
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
SFTP
Secure link for Server
Secure link for the transfer
SW&DB from FileServer to NE (SW&DB)
System logging
System logging (SYSLOG) allows you to trace and audit system behavior related to
operator and /or system activities. System log entries are issued by actions such as
CLI and TL1 user logins, but also by alarms and video CDR records, for example.
With system logging, you can do the following:
• create up to 64 custom system logs that can be saved locally or to a remote server
location
• create filters to determine which messages are sent to the system log files
• monitor system logs
You can configure system logs using CLI, TL1 or an EMS. Locally stored syslog
files can be transferred to an external server using xFTP.
File sets
The system logging works with file sets consisting of two log files. The operator can:
• Trigger the wrap-around from file1 to file2 in order to upload a stable file1.
Note — The ISAM will also automatically copy file1 to file2 when
file1 is full. Both actions (automatic by system / manual by operator)
are performed independently of each other.
4-10 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
You can configure the following for each system log file:
• system log filename (local only), entered using up to eight alphanumeric
characters followed by a dot separator and a three-alphanumeric character
extension. Example: Alrmhigh.txt
• destination server type:
• all active TL1 and CLI terminals (all-users)
• all active CLI terminals (all-CLI)
• all active TL1 terminals (all-TL1)
• single active TL1 terminal (TL1-user)
• local file (file:name:size)
• remote host (udp:port:serv-ip-addr)
• destination server address, entered as an alphanumeric host name or in standard
dot format (maximum value 255.255.255.255); where 0.0.0.0 is entered for local
files
• enable or disable logging
• delete a system log file
When a system log file is full, the ISAM will automatically copy the file (file1) to a
backup file (file2) and start overwriting the oldest entries in file1 again.
You can also view system-wide information for system logs. This system-wide
information includes the maximum message size allowed and statistics on the
amount of combined disk space used by the local system logs. The combined
maximum size of all locally saved system log files is 2 Mb.
You can configure filters to define which messages get logged to which system log
files, based on the message type; by default, all message types are logged to the
system log files.
Table 4-2 lists the possible message type and log severity parameters. You can:
• select which messages are sent to specific system log files using filters
• group multiple message types.
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 4-11
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
Alert AL
Critical CR
Error ER
Warning WN
Notice NO
Information IN
Debug DBG
(2 of 2)
Note — Besides these message types, the alarms and the errors
encountered in the system are also logged in the system log files.
4-12 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
In order to make the ISAM securely managed, the operator must make sure that:
• A dedicated management access model is applied.
• The secure variants of the used management channels are used.
• A secure operator authentication method is used
• Unused management interfaces are closed.
• The debug port for troubleshooting is closed.
Management interfaces
The following management interfaces can be secured (refer to Figure 4-2):
• Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP):
Can be secured by way of SNMPv3
• Command Line Interface (CLI):
Can be secured by way of Secure Shell (SSH)
• Transaction Language 1 (TL1):
Can be secured by way of SSH
• Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) and File Transfer Protocol (FTP):
Can be secured by way of Secured File Transfer Protocol (SFTP)
Apart from xFTP, which is a system-wide, exclusive setting, the system allows both
the secure and the insecure variant of a management interface to coexist, so that the
operator is still able to contact the system in case the security setup would fail.
Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) does not have a secure variant. It is
configured to listen to a single SNTP server (for example the Element Management
System). This configuration is done via one of the management interfaces listed
above. Since the operator can secure these interfaces, the SNTP configuration can be
secured.
Table 4-3 Supported SSH and SNMP Authentication and Encryption Schemes
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 4-13
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
(2 of 2)
Note
(1) The username/password combinations of SSH and SNMPv3 cannot be reused.
Security configuration
The configuration of the initial security parameters and user names in the system is
only possible via CLI. Only the operator with security administrator rights has the
authorization to change the security configuration and to add or remove users.
Once the secure channel has been setup, the SNMPv3 parameters can also be
configured by way of the secured SNMPv3. For TL1 and CLI, the security
configuration remains a privilege of the security administrator (concept known in
both TL1 and CLI).
4-14 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
Introduction
In most deployment models, the ISAM will use a specific management VLAN for
management. Management access security in this case is guaranteed as follows:
• Any management access to the ISAM via a VLAN which is not the management
VLAN is not possible. Such traffic will be dropped.
• There is a clear separation between management traffic and user traffic.
• Management access is only possible via network ports. The aggregation and core
network should be designed in such a way that non-authorized users cannot get
access to the management VLAN on the network port.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 4-15
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
Management traffic
User traffic
ACL Management
IP stack
IACM default-route 10.177.127.254
Phy
External
management
VLAN
4093
iBridge
VLAN 23
Phy
LAG VLAN 11
Phy
LT
NT
ISAM
Access Control List (ACL)-based filtering on the ingress ports is possible. The
filtering can be on source IP address/mask and destination port number/range. This
allows to protect management against DOS attacks.
4-16 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
VRF IP_A1
AMS FIB RIP {IP_A1,IP_A2}(*) IP_C2
IP_A1/32 IP_B1;next-hop=IP_B2
...
IP IP_C1
Loopback interface
Edge1 ISAM2 with 32 IP addresses
IP_B2
allocated for management
RIP {IP_A2}
AMS IP_B1
IP_C3 VRF IP_A2
IP Edge 1 FIB
EMAN
Subnet B IP_B1; dir attached ISAM3 (*) IP_Cx not advertised
Subnet C IP_C1; dir attached
IP_A1/32 IP_C1;next-hop=IP_C2 RIP {IP_A3}
IP_A2/32 IP_C1;next-hop=IP_C3
VRF IP_A3
... IP_C2
RIP {IP_A3,IP_A4}(*)
Reusing the same IP subnet on all IP edge routers simplifies their configuration on
the ISAM side. It is required that the IP edge router does not advertise this shared IP
subnet to the network.
In order to save addressing space, the loopback IP address is configured as a /32
subnet mask.
Management traffic
User traffic
Management
default-route: network interface IP address
IP stack
IACM
Loopback
IP address /32
Phy Internal
Unnumbered interface
management
VLAN
4093
VRF
External iBridge
management VLAN 23
VLAN network interface
Phy 600 IP address
LAG /18
Phy
VLAN 11
LT
NT
ISAM
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 4-17
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
Counters and statistics serve various purposes in the ISAM, like troubleshooting,
network dimensioning and SLA adherence and are defined on both the network and
subscriber side of the ISAM.
They can be retrieved from the ISAM using CLI, TL1, or an Element Management
System (EMS). See the following documents for detailed information and the
detailed command definitions for retrieving the ISAM counters and/or statistics
using CLI or TL1:
• Operations and Maintenance Using CLI for FD 24Gbps NT
• TL1 Commands and Messages for FD 24Gbps NT
Alarm management enables you to manage alarm reporting and logging for the
ISAM. You can manage the following alarm attributes and alarm reporting functions
for all basic system alarms, interface related alarms, derived alarms, and Threshold
Crossing Alarm (TCA) indications:
• alarm category and definition (fixed per release)
• alarm severity (ignore, intermediate, warning, minor, major, and critical)
• alarm is service affecting (yes, no)
• alarm must be reported (yes, no)
• alarm must be logged (yes, no)
• alarm lists and logs severity thresholds, that is, the minimum severity of an alarm
in order to be logged or reported in the alarm snapshot and the alarm-changed
trap)
• alarm filters: affect the way in which the ISAM reports its own alarms, as well as
the alarms from connected remote expansion units.
See the CLI Commands for FD 24Gbps NT and the TL1 Commands and Messages
for FD 24Gbps NT documents for alarm management command definitions.
4-18 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
Alarms use the same definition method that consists of two main parts:
• the alarm type, which provides a general definition of the type of alarm; for
example, an xDSL alarm.
• the alarm number, which identifies a specific alarm within that type; for example,
a near-end LOS alarm
You can view alarm types and definitions as they are recorded in alarm lists and logs
using the TL1, CLI or an EMS like the 5520 AMS. See the Operation and
Maintenance Using CLI for FD 24Gbps NT / Operation and Maintenance Using TL1
for FD 24Gbps NT documents for a complete listing of all alarms, along with their
definitions (see TAP 2104). Alarm definitions are not user configurable.
Alarm severity
For each individual alarm the operator can configure:
• whether spontaneous reporting should take place or not and
• the severity level of the alarm.
There are six alarm severity levels listed in ascending order of severity:
• ignore
• indeterminate
• warning
• minor
• major
• critical
In addition to the individual alarm reporting control above, the operator has the
capability to select which alarm severity he wants to see spontaneously reported.
This is useful to avoid being overwhelmed by a flood of non-important alarms. There
are five levels available for the minimum severity which alarms must have to be
reported, listed in ascending order of severity:
• indeterminate
• warning
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 4-19
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
• minor
• major
• critical
For additional flexibility this minimum reporting severity level is separately
configurable for:
• non-interface related alarms, (cfr. CLI: “configure alarm...”);
• interface related alarms, per interface type like xDSL, Ethernet, Gpn,... (cfr. CLI:
“configure interface...”)
When the severity level of an alarm equals or exceeds the (system-wide) minimum
severity level, that particular alarm is forwarded to the alarm reporting and logging
filters where it is reported and logged as defined for that particular alarm.
For TCA alarms, when the TCA feature is enabled for an xDSL subscriber line,
alarm indications are always sent to the alarm reporting and logging filters.
Whenever a minor, major, or critical alarm is received, the corresponding alarm
LED, on the faceplate of the alarm control unit installed in the shelf, is activated as
well.
You can configure the (system-wide) minimum alarm severity level and the
individual severity level of an alarm using CLI, TL1 or an Element Management
System. See the 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN CLI Commands and 7302 ISAM |
7330 ISAM FTTN Operations and Maintenance Using TL1 documents for alarm
management command definitions.
Changing the severity level for an alarm only affects new alarm events and does not
affect alarm indications that have already passed through the alarm reporting and
logging filters.
Note that when the severity level of an alarm is set to ignore (lowest level), these
alarms are completely ignored by the system and no processing will happen
whatsoever - the ISAM will behave as if this alarm just does not exist.
4-20 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
The alarm severity delta logging list is a log of alarm indications (one for each alarm
severity) that can be accessed at any time and contains a historic record of alarm
events (start and end of active alarm). Only alarms that have their alarm logging
mode enabled appear on these alarm severity delta lists.
Note — There is no alarm severity delta log for the ignore severity.
The SHub maintains its own alarm lists: the SHub alarms are not part of the IACM
current alarm list, snapshot alarm list or severity alarm list and need to be retrieved
separately if wanted so. The SHub maintains its own current alarm list and snapshot
alarm list, but has no alarm severity delta logging lists.
Resetting an alarm severity delta logging list empties the contents of that list.
Alarm clearing
Most alarms are cleared autonomously. Both the alarm-on and the alarm- off
situation are detected and reported. The alarm-off will result in the automatic
clearing of the alarm-on from the current alarm list.
However, some alarms cannot be cleared automatically and require operator
intervention to clear the alarm. The OSWP-Download-failure is an example of such
an alarm.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 4-21
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
In order to clear these alarms, explicit operator intervention is needed using CLI
and/or an Element Management System. The list of alarms that need clearing
through operator intervention is specified in the Operation and Maintenance Using
CLI for FD 24Gbps NT / Operation and Maintenance Using TL1 for FD 24Gbps NT
documents for a complete listing of all alarms, along with their definitions. (see TAP
2104)
Alarm filters
There are three types of filters:
• alarm logging filter: determines if the alarm indication should be processed and
recorded in one of the five alarm severity delta logging lists.
• alarm reporting filter: determines if the alarm indication should be processed for
a current view or an alarm snapshot list.
• programmable alarm filters: enable you to customize how alarm reporting occurs
for specific diagnostic and monitoring scenarios.
Using temporal alarm filters, you can limit the number of alarm state changes that
are reported for a particular alarm. For alarms that are frequently raised, you can
create a temporal alarm filter that will report only one alarm state change for a set
number of state changes that occur over a specified length of time. You can configure
the threshold for the number of state changes, and the time period of the filtering
window. Since temporal alarm filters are severity based, only alarm indications that
equal or exceed the alarm severity level are counted. In other words, it makes no
sense to configure a temporal alarm filter on an alarm that has a severity below the
global alarm severity level.
4-22 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
Figure 4-7 shows how a temporal alarm filter raises a derived alarm after the
configured threshold is reached (in this case set to 3). In the first case only 2 alarm
events occur during the filtering window time T, so no derived alarm is raised. In the
other cases, 3 alarm events occur in the window T, and a derived alarm is raised.
Alarm
event
T T T
Threshold = 3
Temporal
alarm
Figure 4-8 shows how a temporal alarm filter raises a derived alarm when the alarm
event is active for at least the filtering window time T. In the first case the alarm event
is cleared before T, so no derived alarm is generated; in the second case an alarm
event remains active for more then T, in which case the derived alarm is raised.
Alarm
event
T T
Threshold = 3
Temporal
alarm
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 4-23
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
So the temporal alarm is always raised when the condition is met, and cleared
whenever the alarm event, triggering the alarm filter condition, is cleared,
independent of the filtering window time. See also Figure 4-7 and Figure 4-8.
A temporal alarm filter becomes active whenever the alarm event is raised on an
ISAM object (for example, on a port, ONT, …), i.e. at that moment timer T is started
(see figures above) and the number of occurrences is counted. Each such filter can
be activated (by the alarm event) on at most 50 different objects at a time. A filter
becomes inactive again for a certain object whenever the condition is cleared (and so
no derived alarm is generated, or the derived alarm is cleared).
Temporal alarm filters are useful for, for example, TCA alarms that can be raised
frequently. Using temporal alarm filters, you can filter out minor TCA alarm
indications and provide better visibility of major TCA alarm conditions.
Using spatial alarm filters, you can create a unique alarm condition such that when
a specified group of individual alarms are raised, a derived alarm is reported. This is
used to identify alarm conditions that are characterized by a certain set of alarm
conditions occurring simultaneously. Say, for example, that 100 objects in the
system can experience the same alarm condition. A spatial alarm can be configured
on top of the basic alarm. The spatial alarm is generated (that is, derived alarm ON
condition) at the moment that a predefined number of these objects are in alarm (that
is, basic alarm ON condition).
Identification of alarm filters and derived alarms consists of two main parts: a type
identifier and a number. Temporal and spatial alarm filters have a unique filter type
identifier. Derived alarms have a unique alarm type identifier. The number used in
the identification of derived alarms matches the number assigned to the alarm filter
that generates the derived alarm. Additionally, each derived alarm entry recorded in
alarm reporting and logging lists contains the identification of the affected
component. In the case of an interface related derived alarm, the identification of the
affected interface is provided.
The state change of a derived alarm must pass through the alarm reporting and
logging filters before being added to the alarm reporting lists (current and snapshot
alarm lists) and the alarm severity delta logging lists respectively. A derived alarm
that is generated from a temporal filter is identified as an interface-related alarm if
the basic alarm, referenced by the filter, is also an interface-related alarm. The
derived alarms generated from spatial alarm filters are always identified as
non-interface-related alarms.
You can activate and deactivate alarm filters after they are created using TL1 and/or
an EMS like the 5520 AMS. When you create a temporal or spatial alarm filter, the
ISAM automatically copies the parameter settings of the basic alarm to which the
alarm filter applies, and uses those parameter settings as default settings for the
derived alarm. The settings include:
• alarm category
• severity level
• service affecting or non-service affecting
• reporting mode
• logging mode
4-24 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
You can change these settings for the derived alarm, but not if the alarm filter is
active. You must first deactivate the alarm filter.
After the filter is deactivated, you can configure the filtering threshold, filtering
window, and the alarm to which the filter applies. Once configured, you must
manually reactivate the alarm filter.
Alarm reporting
Alarm reporting of the basic and derived alarms occurs differently, depending on
whether or not alarm filters are configured for the basic alarm.
If no alarm filters are configured for the basic alarm, then alarm state changes of the
basic alarm are always reported to the appropriate alarm reporting and logging lists
when the alarm conditions are met.
If a temporal alarm filter is configured for a basic alarm, only state changes of the
derived alarm are recorded in the appropriate alarm reporting and logging lists during
the time period when the derived alarm is on. During the off period, state changes of
the basic alarm are recorded in the appropriate alarm reporting and logging lists.
With spatial alarm filters, both the derived alarm state changes and the basic alarm
state changes are recorded in the appropriate alarm reporting and logging lists.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 4-25
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
The PBMT is expected to run on the same machine as the 5520 AMS, as the PBMT
needs certain specific files for its proper execution.
From R4.3.01 onwards, the PBMT is supported on both a Sparc and x86 platform
(Solaris OS), delivered as one installation package. At run tim, the correct libraries
and executables will be selected. Support is only provided for migrations to the target
release (that is, the release for which the PBMT is delivered).
4-26 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
3 When the new OSWP is downloaded, the operator activates this new software
and database set. The system will restart and come up with an upgraded software
version. All persistent configuration data remains available.
4 Once the upgrade is successful, the operator can remove the former software and
database package from the system in order to free space for the next upgrade.
Note that migrations and software upgrades do not have to be between consecutive
software releases/streams: the necessary functionality has been provided to be able
to 'skip' intermediate upgrade/migration steps. While no point for software upgrades,
this is less evident for migrations.
Also, in case of a failure to upgrade, the ISAM will automatically switch back to the
old software and database package and resume services.
The <something> can be any text suitable for a file name, and, in case automatic
backup is enabled, this specifies the system IP address and the timestamp of creation.
Note that if automatic backup is enabled, the TFTP protocol cannot be used, as the
TFTP protocols require the file name to be known already up front at the server side.
Given the format of the generated backup file name, this is however not possible.
Alternatively the SFTP protocol or the FTP protocol can be used.
The configuration data of the ISAM is autonomously saved to the ISAM database on
the NT CF at different criteria:
• IACM: the database changes are cached in the system and autonomously saved
to the CF
• Every 60 seconds, and/or
• Whenever the cache of 5K is full (corresponds to 22 database updates), and/or
• On request of an IACM application, for example to safeguard some critical data
(software steered), and/or
• As part of an ISAM database backup request
• xVPS: the database changes are autonomously saved to CF
• Every 10 minutes if the xVPS configuration has changed indeed and the last xVPS
configuration change is at least 1 minute ago, and/or
• As part of an ISAM database backup request
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 4-27
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
Active load
The release name of the current active ISAM software package (for example,
R3.6.01) can be consulted via EMS, TL1 and CLI.
NT CPU load
The average NT CPU load can be monitored using CLI, TL1 and/or an Element
Management System.
For SHub-based systems, both the IACM and the SHub CPU loads are monitored.
The CPU load is expressed as a percentage, ranging from 0% (no load at all) to 100%
(full load) and represents the average CPU load over the monitored period.
The monitoring is to be started and stopped explicitly at operator request. By default
(at ISAM start-up), the monitoring is not active. Once started at operator request, the
monitoring of the CPU load continues until the operator explicitly stops the
monitoring.
4-28 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
NT memory usage
The actual NT memory usage can be polled using CLI, TL1 and/or an Element
Management System.
For SHub-based systems, both the actual memory usage of the SHub and IACM is
counted.
Both the absolute value (expressed in Mbytes) as well as the relative value (used
percentage of the total available memory) is returned: always the actual values as of
the moment of the request are returned.
Only read access is provided for these parameters and none of the threshold
temperature parameters can be changed by the operator. They are fine-tuned by
Alcatel-Lucent in function of the actual board type and board variant.
The thermal sensor data as specified above can be retrieved via CLI, TL1 and/or
using an Element Management System, and are always the actual values as measured
at the moment of the request.
The purpose of the Access Node Control Protocol (ANCP) (also known as Layer 2
Control Protocol (L2CP)) is to allow a Broadband Network Gateway (BNG) to
manage service related parameters of a DSLAM. The relevant standard is still under
definition in IETF. In the ISAM a pre-standard is implemented.
In the draft ANCP standard some basic capabilities are defined, of which 2 are
currently supported on the ISAM:
• Access Topology Discovery:
Provides dynamic discovery of access topology by the BNG to provide tight QOS
control in the access network (that is, the Ethernet Aggregation network up to and
including the xDSL access loops). This can be done, for example, by shaping the
traffic towards the user at the bitrate currently available in the xDSL line of the
user.
• Layer 2 Operations and Maintenance:
BNG controlled, on-demand xDSL access loop test capability.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 4-29
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4 — Management
4-30 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
5 — Line testing features
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 5-1
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
5 — Line testing features
5.1 Overview
This chapter describes the various line testing features within the ISAM and ISAM
Voice.
All line testing capabilities provide a means to execute pro-active and/or re-active
measurements to diagnose (potential) issues with the deployed equipment. As such
they can:
• bring OPEX savings such as the ability to save on buying external test equipment,
avoiding truck rolls.
• increase customer satisfaction due to decreased service degradations or
interrupts.
The line testing capabilities depend upon the type of interface. For an overview of
the different types of interfaces (both for ISAM and ISAM Voice), see
chapter “System interface overview”.
ISAM supports line testing for:
• Ethernet network and subtending interfaces
• DSL interfaces (ATM or PTM mode) at the subscriber side
• Active Ethernet interfaces
• POTS and ISDN lines at the subscriber side
But before considering the line test capabilities of these interfaces, we have to
consider the nature of DSL versus POTS and ISDN.
DSL is a transmission technology that works in overlay with POTS or ISDN lines:
• “narrowband” is used for the POTS or ISDN signals
• “broadband” is used for the DSL signal
Both narrowband and broadband signals can be transported simultaneously on one
physical line and a splitter technology is used to multiplex or split these signals. The
part of the ISAM processing broadband is named the DSL line. The part of the ISAM
Voice processing narrowband is named the POTS line or the ISDN line. Therefore,
although a DSL line and a POTS or ISDN line are distinct lines from the perspective
of the ISAM or the ISAM Voice, they can correspond to one physical line.
Therefore, some tests will test the DSL line (broadband), other tests will test the
POTS or ISDN line (narrowband), but some tests will affect both.
The splitter technology can be integrated or can be outside of the ISAM or the ISAM
Voice (refer to the 7302 ISAM Product Information or the 7330 ISAM FTTN Product
Information). If integrated, this technology is supported by dedicated boards
(appliques) that are managed from the ISAM, or is integrated within the DSL board.
The splitter boards work in conjunction with the DSL LT boards. The physical lines,
carrying both broadband and narrowband, are identified with the same identifier as
the DSL line.
The overview of the line testing features:
• tests for the physical subscriber line:
• Metallic Test Access (MTA)
5-2 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
5 — Line testing features
Note — MTA appears on the list of test capabilities for the physical
line, the DSL line, and for the POTS/ISDN line. This reflects that
some MTA tests are for broadband, some for narrowband, some are
outward toward the subscriber line, and some are inward to the
MODEM/SLIC.
Figure 5-1 Position line testing capabilities for DSL - POTS/ISDN lines
DSL applique
RTU (MTA)
Relays Subscriber line
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 5-3
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
5 — Line testing features
MTA provides a set of subscriber line tests both for narrowband and for broadband.
MTA is performed on a line-by-line basis using TL1 or AMS.
MTA is a partially integrated test facility:
• MTA relies on a non-integrated Remote Test Unit (RTU) that is connected to the
ISAM or ISAM Voice.
• MTA requires MTA-capable appliques terminating the subscriber line.
MTA can be used to set the relays so that the RTU gets outward access to, for
example, the narrowband physical line, the broadband physical line, or the full
physical line. MTA also allows setting the relays so the RTU gets inward access to
test, for example, the narrowband towards the LT board terminating the POTS or
ISDN line, or the broadband towards the LT board terminating the DSL line.
Note that it is possible to test the narrowband of a line from two different places:
• the narrowband line can be tested outward from the Voice applique, in which case
it is managed as a test of the POTS line.
Although the MTA technology applies in principle to POTS and ISDN, it must
be noted that it is supported only for POTS.
• the narrowband line can be tested outward from the splitter board (DSL applique)
that is associated with a DSL LT board, in which case it is managed as a test of
the DSL line.
In this way the MTA technology is supported for POTS and for ISDN lines.
5-4 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
5 — Line testing features
Note — Only full MTA requires all the test access modes.
RTU RTU
xTU-C xTU-C
Equipment pair Equipment pair
LPF LPF
DSLAM DSLAM
PSTN PSTN
Line
Facility pair
RTU
xTU-C
Equipment pair
LPF
DSLAM
PSTN
Split access
The two following access modes are partial implementations of the split-access
mode and are called “limited test access”:
• Limited outward access mode: provides a breaking connection that allows testing
outward toward the line. The Low Pass Filter (LPF) and the line to the Public
Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) remain connected to the line. This limits
the number of measurements that the test system is capable of.
• Undisturbed outward access mode: provides a breaking connection that allows
testing outward toward the line. The LPF and the line to the PSTN are either not
present or they have been removed from the line. This ensures that the
measurements are not disturbed by the presence of the LPF or the DC battery
voltage that is put on the line.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 5-5
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
5 — Line testing features
RTU RTU
x-TU-C x-TU-C
Equipment pair LPF Equipment pair LPF
DSLAM DSLAM
PSTN PSTN
5-6 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
5 — Line testing features
Single-Ended Line Testing (SELT) tests the DSL line from the DSL LT board. SELT
does not require CPE to be connected to the peer side of the line.
SELT can be used as a base for a DSL service level agreement between provider and
customer, for fault detection and for monitoring of line degradation. SELT works
together with external data analysis software, such as the Alcatel-Lucent 5530
Network Analyzer (5530 NA), to provide loop pre-qualification and maintenance of
the network.
Note — See the 5530 Network Analyzer User Guide for more
information about SELT using the 5530 NA.
SELT can be performed from the DSL LT board without need for support by the CPE
or for a craftsman to be present at the customer premises.
SELT is based on Frequency Domain Reflectometry (FDR). An excitation signal is
sent on the line and its echo response is analyzed. Processing of the echo response is
done in the 5530 NA. The polarity and position of the reflections indicate the loop
length, the attenuation, the presence of a gauge wire change, and an open, short, or
bridged tap and its distance from the DSL LT board of the line under test.
SELT provides a line test tool built inside the xDSL modem to measure the loop
characteristics between the U-C and the U-R interface and allows for:
• detection and location of metallic faults (open/short).
• detection, location and length of bridge taps.
• noise measurement and detection of interferences.
• measurement of the line attenuation.
• estimation of the maximum achievable bit rate.
• estimation of the line length.
The operator can check the presence and quality of, for example, a wire termination
Main Distribution Frame (MDF) or SAI / DFI (Service Area / Feeder Distribution
Interface). This feature can be of help in situations where this interconnection is
being provisioned by a third party.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 5-7
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
5 — Line testing features
SELT support
SELT measurements are supported on the following boards:
• multi-ADSL LT boards
• VDSL LT boards
• VDSL2 LT boards
These boards can be located in the main subrack or in remote subracks (FD-REM,
VSEM-D, …).
SELT measurements
The following SELT measurements and tests are supported:
• uncalibrated echo response
• echo variance
• noise
The ISAM allows up to 5 simultaneous SELT measurements per LT board.
Dual-Ended Line Testing (DELT) tests the DSL line from the DSL LT board. DELT
requires a CPE to be connected to the peer side of the line.
This loop diagnostics function enables the immediate measurement of line
conditions at both ends of the line without dispatching maintenance technicians to
attach test equipment to the line. The resulting information helps to isolate the
location (inside the premises, near the customer end of the line, or near the network
end of the line) and the sources (cross-talk, radio frequency interference, and bridged
tap) of impairments.
DELT support
DELT measurements are supported on the following boards:
• multi-ADSL LT boards
• VDSL LT boards
DELT measurements
The following diagnostic measurement data are collected during a test using DELT:
• actual operational mode
• operational mode capabilities (ATU-C/ATU-R)
• SNR margin (US/DS)
• loop attenuation (US/DS)
• signal attenuation (US/DS)
• aggregate output power (US/DS)
5-8 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
5 — Line testing features
Metallic-Ended Line Testing (MELT) tests the DSL line from the DSL LT board.
MELT does not require the CPE to be connected to the peer side of the line.
MELT can be used as a base for fault detection and monitoring of line degradation.
MELT works together with external data analysis software, such as the
Alcatel-Lucent 5530 Network Analyzer (5530 NA), to provide loop pre-qualification
and maintenance of the network. Also basic management, to start measurements and
report results, is provided through CLI.
Note — See the 5530 Network Analyzer User Guide for more
information about MELT using the 5530 NA.
MELT is performed from the DSL LT board without need for support by the CPE or
for a craftsman to be present at the customer premises.
The MELT functionality is based on the technology for the narrowband POTS
subscriber lines.
MELT provides a line test tool built inside the ISAM to measure the loop
characteristics between the U-C and the U-R interface and allows for:
• detection and location of metallic faults (open/short/bad contacts)
• detection of cable degradation (for example, due to cable moisture)
• detection of external voltages
• line pair identification
• detection of signature topologies
MELT support
MELT measurements are supported on the following boards:
• multi-ADSL LT boards
• VDSL LT boards
• SHDSL boards
The list of xDSL LT boards for which MELT testing is supported can be found in the
Product Information manual.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 5-9
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
5 — Line testing features
MELT measurements
ISAM limits to execute only one MELT session at a time at an LT board.
The following MELT tests are supported:
• Foreign AC voltage:
Measures foreign AC voltage of a/Earth, b/Earth, and a/b.
Result values:
• Measured AC Voltage of a/Earth, b/Earth, and a/b.
• Measured AC voltage frequency of a/Earth, b/Earth, and a/b.
• Foreign DC voltage:
Measures foreign DC voltage of a/Earth, b/Earth, and a/b.
Result values:
• Measured DC Voltage of a/Earth, b/Earth, and a/b
• Capacitance:
Measures capacitance of a/Earth, b/Earth, and a/b
Result values:
• Measured capacitance of a/Earth, b/Earth, and a/b
• Measurement AC voltage used for determining the capacitance of a/Earth, b/Earth,
and a/b
• Measurement AC voltage frequency used for determining the capacitance of
a/Earth, b/Earth, and a/b
• On-board capacitance used for correcting the measured capacitance value of
a/Earth, b/Earth, and a/b
• Insulating resistance:
Measures insulating resistance of a/Earth, b/Earth, a/b and b/a.
Result values:
• Measured resistance of a/Earth, b/Earth, a/b and b/a
• Measurement DC voltage used for determining the resistance of a/Earth, b/Earth,
a/b and b/a.
• Measurement DC current used for determining the resistance of a/Earth, b/Earth, a/b
and b/a.
• Termination detection: detects whether a termination circuit connects to the line
• Cable Pair identification (search tone generation)
• Hazardous voltage (DC>120V or AC>50V).
• Galvanic Signature Detection (For ADSL/VDSL; not for SHDSL).
• End Device Capacitance Detection.
• PPA Detection (ppa / ppa-invers / ppa-not-detected / analysis-not-available)
• ROH Detection (For ADSL/VDSL, not for SHDSL)
• Conductance (a/Earth, b/Earth and a/b).
• Susceptibility (a/Earth, b/Earth and a/b).
5-10 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
5 — Line testing features
and providing the MELT test result values together with the conditions (Used
AC/DC voltage, frequency, calibration capacitance) under which the tests were
executed
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 5-11
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
5 — Line testing features
5.6 ATM F5
On ATM based DSL interfaces it is possible to use ATM F5 loopback. The following
functionality, as is specified in ITU-T I.610, is supported:
• active: the operator asks for a loopback test
• passive: the CPE triggers a loopback test and the ISAM responds
Introduction
Link-Related Ethernet OAM (IEEE 802.3 clause 57 standard) enables network
operators to monitor the health of the network and quickly determine the location of
failing links or fault conditions. The feature allows remote side information to be
retrieved for a link connected with a node for which SNMP may not be available as
default.
The feature does not include functions such as station management, bandwidth
allocation or provisioning functions, which are considered outside the scope of this
standard.
Figure 5-4 shows a typical Link Related Ethernet OAM configuration.
7302 ISAM
or
7330 FTTN
CPE
IEEE802.3 clause 57
(Link Ethernet OAM)
General description
Link-Related Ethernet OAM information is conveyed in Slow Protocol frames called
OAM Protocol Data Units (PDUs). Link-Related Ethernet OAM PDUs contain the
appropriate control and status information used to monitor, test, and troubleshoot
OAM-enabled links. Link-Related Ethernet OAM PDUs traverse a single link, and
as such, are not forwarded by MAC clients (for example, bridges or switches).
5-12 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
5 — Line testing features
Discovery
The first phase of Link Related Ethernet OAM is discovery. This phase is started
when the operator enables the Link Related Ethernet OAM feature.
Discovery has 3 main functions:
• provide a mechanism to detect the presence of an OAM sub layer
• identify the devices in the network, along with OAM capabilities
• setup of the OAM link
During this discovery procedure the ISAM always negotiates to become the active
DTE. The ISAM never accepts to become the passive DTE. The ISAM never accepts
the peer DTE to become active (the standard allows both sides to be active).
Link monitoring
The standard defines link monitoring tools for detecting and indicating link faults
under a variety of circumstances. Both Event Notification and Variable Retrieve are
part of link monitoring.
1 Link monitoring uses the Event Notification OAM PDU, and sends events to the
peer OAM entity when the number of problems detected on the link cross a
threshold.
2 The manager can initiate a Variable Request to retrieve data about the link from
the peer side. This capability allows emulating a non-intrusive loopback. It
behaves like a “L2 ping” as each Variable Request shall be replied with a
Variable Response.
The ISAM does not support Event notifications: it does not generate Event
Notifications and ignores received Event Notifications.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 5-13
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
5 — Line testing features
The ISAM allows the manager to initiate a Variable Request to retrieve remote CPE
data to know the current link status. It supports to retrieve:
• Physical Medium Entity (PME) data
• PME Aggregation Function (PAF) data
By forcing the peer side to be in passive mode, the ISAM does not support the peer
side to retrieve data from the ISAM through Variable Requests / Responses.
Remote Loopback
Link-Related Ethernet OAM provides an optional data link layer frame-level
loopback mode, which is controlled remotely. This means: one side forces the peer
side to go in a loop mode and to send back the received frames.
The ISAM Ethernet line card supports a method to invoke remote loopback at the
peer end. The looped back traffic can be monitored using performance counters at
the Ethernet physical layer of the line card. ISAM does not support generation of test
traffic towards the peer and relies on network traffic (or an upstream device) to be
used during loopback.
As an active DTE, ISAM ignores any remote loopback request received from the
peer.
DSL LT boards do not support invocation of remote loopback at the peer end.
Narrowband Line Testing provides a set of tests for the narrowband on POTS/ISDN
subscriber lines, to test the line from the SLIC on the Voice LT board. Narrowband
line testing support is LT board hardware and software dependent.
Management of the narrowband line test feature for ISAM Voice is supported by the
5530 Network Analyzer. Also basic management to start measurements and report
results is provided through CLI.
Narrowband line testing is supported for POTS/ISDN LT boards operating in the
H.248 and supported for POTS in SIP environment.
5-14 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
5 — Line testing features
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 5-15
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
5 — Line testing features
5-16 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
5 — Line testing features
SFPs are used to terminate network, subtending, inter-shelf, line board Ethernet
interfaces or xPON.
The ISAM supports the digital diagnostics function in line with SFF-8472.
When isolating a data path problem, for example, fiber degradation, the operator can
use the management interface to retrieve the instantaneous received optical power
level and transmitted optical power level from an SFP.
This diagnostics functionality is available on all SFP, SFP+ and XFP interfaces of
the ISAM system.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 5-17
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
5 — Line testing features
5-18 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
6 — Network timing reference support
in ISAM
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 6-1
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
6 — Network timing reference support in ISAM
6.1 Introduction
Scope
This chapter describes the different clock systems and Network Timing Reference
(NTR) capabilities of the ISAM. A specific ISAM board will not support all of these
capabilities. To know which of these functions are supported on a specific ISAM
board, refer to the Product Information document and/or the Unit Data Sheet (UDS)
of that board.
This section focuses on both the 24G NT and the 100G/320G NT + FX NT families,
because whether or not an NTR function is supported is rather card, than family
dependent.
Example: SyncE is supported on some board variants in the 100Gbps/320Gbps NT
and FX NT family. While SyncE is not supported on most boards in the 24Gbps NT
family, it is supported on the NRNT-A (that is, the NT board for Standalone REM).
A summary of NTR capabilities of the most advanced board variants in each family
is given in Figure 6-1 and Figure 6-2. In many cases, less advanced card variants with
fewer or no NTR capabilities are available. These can be used for deployments where
these capabilities are not needed. The next section will clarify this at a high level.
High Speed Internet (HSI), External NTR source: not required All LTs are suited, that is,
Video, Local Clock Accuracy: low (32 or no specific clock
50 ppm is sufficient) requirements on LT.
Packet Voice
Voice via POTS line External NTR source: not required All voice LTs are suited,
Local Clock Accuracy: 4.6 ppm is that is, no specific clock
required requirements on LT.
(1 of 2)
6-2 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
6 — Network timing reference support in ISAM
Long fax or modem calls via POTS External NTR source: SyncE In or All voice LTs are suited,
line BITS In that is, no specific clock
requirements on LT.
NTR distribution from network • External NTR source: SyncE In NT or NTIO output can be
node to network node (for or BITS In used, and then no
example, to other DSLAMs) • NTR Out: SyncE Out or BITS requirements on LT.
Out Alternatively, SyncE
output on an Ethernet LT.
Mobile backhaul data offload External NTR source: not required All LTs are suited, that is,
Local Clock Accuracy: low (32 or no specific clock
50 ppm is sufficient) requirements on LT.
Full mobile backhaul (with External NTR source: SyncE In or • DSL LTs: NTR on
frequency synchronization) BITS In VDSL2 or SHDSL
(Note: NTR on ADSL is
not supported on
DSL-LTs)
• Ethernet LTs: SyncE
out
Packet-based Business External NTR source: not required All LTs are suited, that is,
applications Local Clock Accuracy: low (32 or no specific requirements
50 ppm is sufficient) on LT.
Business applications with NTR External NTR source: SyncE In or • DSL LTs: NTR over
requirements (for example, TDM BITS In SHDSL or VDSL2
leased lines) • Ethernet LTs: SyncE
out
(2 of 2)
Note
(1) DSL is a generic term in this chapter referring to ADSL, ADSL2, ADSL2+, VDSL2 and SHDSL.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 6-3
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
6 — Network timing reference support in ISAM
technology) require ToD, while mostly alternative options (for example, FDD) exist
which do not require this. It depends very much on the selected technology which
will be used in a mobile network, if phase synchronization or ToD will be possibly
required there. And even if the latter is the case, the ISAM is then still capable to
transport the mobile data, if the phase synchronization or ToD timing signal is
transported in parallel via an alternative way (for example, via GPS/ GNSS).
To know which NT boards and LT boards in the ISAM portfolio support the specific
NTR requirements for a certain application (according to for example, Table 6-1),
please consult the Product Information document and/or the UDS of that board.
The ISAM NTR features support a very wide range of applications. On the market
still other clock solutions are available, which in most cases are just alternatives, that
is, they just support the same applications in a different way. In some cases, they may
be transparent to the ISAM, and could therefore also be used. An example is
Adaptive Clock Recovery (ACR). ACR requires larger buffers and a better local
oscillator in the end-receiver, and will therefore be more expensive. An investment
in a somewhat more expensive ISAM NT board with SyncE or BITS support will
probably be better than having to deploy a more expensive receiver with ACR at
every end-user. Furthermore, the larger buffers needed for ACR increase the
end-to-end delay and may therefore require echo-cancellation for interactive services
(for example, voice or video calls).
Figure 6-1 Overview of possible NTR support on some LTs and some NTs in the FD
24Gbps NT ISAM family
Sync Eth
LT
8 kHz
kHz NTR
DSL
8
LT
Optional GE GE PHY Voice DSL
NRNT -A
backplane
backplane DSL
network
8 kHz
8 kHz
backplane
backplane POTS/ISDN
LT
Voice DSL
NT
8 kHz
SEM/Distributed REM
backplane POTS/ISDN
NTIO
Hub ISAM
backplane GE PHY
NTR
DSL
NT
8 kHz
LT
G.703 GE PHY
Voice
8 kHz
7330 RA backplane POTS/ISDN
Optional BITS
PDH/SDH G.703
network
Outdoor ISAM
6-4 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
6 — Network timing reference support in ISAM
Figure 6-2 Overview of possible NTR support on some LTs and some NTs in the FD
100/320Gbps NT ISAM family
GPON
8 kHz GPON PHY
BITS backplane GPON
G.703
8 kHz
DSL
8 kHz Sync Eth NTR
LT
Eth
backplane GE PHY backplane DSL
CTRL
Sync Eth
DSL
8 kHz NTR
NT
LT
Voice
GE PHY 8 kHz
backplane DSL
backplane
NTIO
POTS/ISDN
Voice
8 kHz
SEM/Distributed REM
backplane POTS/ISDN
Sync Eth
GPON
GE PHY 8 kHz GPON PHY
Sync Eth Sync Eth backplane GPON
BITS or Sync Eth
GE PHY
GE PHY GE PHY
NTIO
8 kHz Sync Eth
Eth
Hub ISAM Sync Eth Optional GE backplane GE PHY
GE PHY network
DSL
8 kHz NTR
NT
LT
G.703
backplane DSL
NT
Voice
8 kHz
backplane POTS/ISDN
Optional BITS Sync Eth
NT
IEEE1588
backplane GE PHY
GE
8 kHz GPON GPON PHY
GE PHY backplane GPON
Sync Eth Sync Eth
BITS or Sync Eth
GE PHY
GE PHY GE PHY
NTIO
GPON
GPON
GE backplane GPON
backplane GE PHY
Optional BITS Sync Eth
PDH/SDH G.703 GE PHY
NT
network
Outdoor ISAM
Collocated ISAM shelves
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 6-5
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
6 — Network timing reference support in ISAM
Although not shown in these figures, deployments with a mix of nodes are also
possible from both figures. For example, a standalone REM connected via SyncE to
an Ethernet output on an Hub ISAM with NT from the FD 100/320Gbps NT family.
Note — The distributed REM requires a fiber connection per LT
board for the data transport. However, only the fiber to LT1 transports
the NTR signal, which is then distributed in the REM to both LT
boards. Hence, when that fiber link is broken, the NTR features
described in this chapter are not fully supported anymore for all lines
in that distributed REM.
Figure 6-4 Port selection for external NTR (SyncE and BITS)
External
ports on NT-A, Ports which
(NT-B and support
NTIO) synchronisation
input (BITS, SyncE
or IEEE1588)
Static
selection of Dynamic
RJ45-a 2 ports for selection of
RJ45-b Static NTR input ISAM 1 port for
HW design RJ45-a configur- clock NTR Clock
SFP-1 of specific RJ45-b ation on system distribution
card ISAM operation
e
… SFP-f on ISAM
T
renc
… … backplane
=R
R ef e
Note:
RJ45-a is the connector for BITS-A on NT-A
RJ45-b is the connector for BITS-B on NT-B
The operator needs to configure which of these ports are valid inputs for NTR in his
network deployment. Maximum two ports can be configured for this (T and U in
Figure 6-4).
6-6 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
6 — Network timing reference support in ISAM
The ISAM clock subsystem will then dynamically select one of these two ports as
NTR reference, according to the actual quality of the NTR signals on these ports, the
configured priority of these ports, and so on. According to the ITU Rec G.871 section
5.6 criteria and selection algorithm.
Figure 6-1 and Figure 6-2 give a high-level view of the possible interfaces to external
NTR sources for both the FD 24Gbps NT family and the FD 100/320Gbps NT and
FX NT family, respectively. More detailed information on the actual capabilities of
specific boards is available in the Product Information document of your product
and/or the UDS. These documents also indicate which ports on these boards can be
used as external NTR sources (and which ones not).
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 6-7
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
6 — Network timing reference support in ISAM
Figure 6-5 ISAM configuration for NTR provisioning with single NT.
SFP
NT Front plate LT 1
1 GE Ethernet Sync Eth out
Sync Eth out µP
SFP
NT Front plate
1 / 10 GE SFP+
Sync Eth in
SFP
NTIO Front plate
1 GE Sync Eth out
SFP
LT 18
PHY
NTIO Front plate SFP Sync Eth out
1 GE Sync Eth in PHY
SFP PTP
selection
T3 : BITS /SSU 1 in
T0 8 kHz
S
NTIO Front plate NTR 1 to
XFP E
LT 1 -18
10 GE Sync Eth in L TC/
Sync Eth out OC XO
XFP
10 GE NTIO Single NT
The 8 kHz NTR signal generated by the internal system NTR clock is distributed to
the subscriber interface logic on the LT boards.
Up to two ports can be configured as valid external NTR input ports (see “High level
description of the external port selection for NTR”). One will be the reference, and
the other one is for protection (see “Clock protection: Overview”).
If all available external NTR clock sources fail, then this clock will switch to
Hold-over mode, if locking to the external NTR clock source was completed at the
time of failure.
In case no valid external NTR clock source is connected during system start-up, the
internal NTR clock will remain in free-running mode, that is, it will adapt to the
output frequency of its local oscillator.
6-8 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
6 — Network timing reference support in ISAM
Figure 6-6 States and state transitions for the internal NTR clock
AUTONOMOUS MODE
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 6-9
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
6 — Network timing reference support in ISAM
of BITS input redundancy, but up to this release, software support for this has
been implemented on NANT-A and NANT-D only. BITS input redundancy is not
supported on other NTs, but this will be planned in a future release.
• SyncE source redundancy is supported with all input ports either on one NT
board, or on one NT board and NTIO board.
• IEEE1588: the PTP circuitry on the NT can perform the Best Master Algorithm
on three different, configured PTP Masters, but it can track only one of these
actively. Therefore, actively tracking two redundant Grand Masters will require
a redundant NT pair. Resilience with respect to L2 connectivity can be guaranteed
via the usual means like LAG. The clockClass field in the PTP messages is not
used by the ISAM.
Any mix of BITS and SyncE is supported when both inputs are on the same NT, or
on one NT and NTIO. For example, BITS as the reference for NTR, while SyncE as
NTR source protection.
Note 1 — IEEE1588 cannot be mixed with BITS or SyncE.
However, such combinations are expected to be less common in the field, since either
the long-existing BITS on the PDH/SDH network is used, or else this network has
been completely outphased and the network has moved fully to metro Ethernet
aggregation and uses SyncE or IEEE1588.
Once the redundant NT has taken over from the failing NT and has arrived in a stable
state, the NTR function will be compliant to the typical related standards. These
standards also define the maximum allowed phase jump during a transient effect.
Switch-over from a failing NT to a redundant NT is one of these transient effects, and
ISAM does exceed in that case the maximum allowed phase jump. Since such NT
switch-overs are exceptional, and since phase jumps may be filtered to some extent
by end-user equipment, the impact on services is expected to be limited.
6-10 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
6 — Network timing reference support in ISAM
The system performs the following autonomous NTR clock management functions:
• Monitoring of the signal status (signal present, frequency within the capture
range) and the QL of up to two external NTR clock sources that are configured
by the operator as nominated.
• Selection of the external NTR clock source that fits best the selection criteria,
from up to two sources configured as nominated. Selection happens as specified
further.
• Disabling of the SSU / BITS output signal(s) in case the QL, which can be
attributed to the internal system NTR clock, drops below the configured
threshold.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 6-11
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
6 — Network timing reference support in ISAM
In the default NTR switching mode (revertive mode), the ISAM selects the most
appropriate NTR clock source for synchronizing its output NTR signals, and for
protecting against failure of external NTR clock sources, as follows:
• In case two external NTR clock sources have been configured by the operator as
nominated, and both are active, then selection of the external NTR clock source,
to which the internal system NTR clock will synchronize, is subject to the
following rules:
• The external NTR clock with highest Quality Level (QL), is selected as actual
reference for the internal NTR clock. The QL of an external NTR clock source is
communicated by means of SSM messages received on the interface related to the
source. If SSM reception is not supported, or disabled on that interface, then a QL
value configured by the operator, or a default QL value is applied, as described
above.
• In case both external NTR clock sources exhibit the same QL, then their relative
priority is determined by the external NTR clock source priority list as configured
by the operator.
• After restoration or upgrading of an external NTR clock source, the selection
depends on revertive or non-revertive mode setting, as configured by the
operator.
• In case only one external NTR clock source has been configured by the operator
as nominated, or in case only one is active, then the internal system NTR clock
will switch to hold-over mode when this external NTR clock source fails, or is
removed.
In hold-over mode, the internal system NTR clock maintains application of the
last stored correction values which describe the deviation of the own free-running
oscillator signal relative to the external NTR clock source signal which was
applied last.
6-12 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
6 — Network timing reference support in ISAM
NTR management
The system factory default is “none”: no external clocks are selected. In this case the
system automatically selects the internal free-run system NTR clock for downstream
NTR timing.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 6-13
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
6 — Network timing reference support in ISAM
Configuration: IEEE1588
The following needs to be configured for IEEE1588:
• The IEEE1588 interface as well as the external interface on which PTP messages
will be received have to be attached to a L2 forwarder.
• Host IP address of the IEEE1588 slave and gateway IP address + mask
• Host IP address and priority of acceptable Master(s) from which PTP messages
will be received and used as external NTR clock source.
• IEEE1588 protocol specific parameters (PTP Domain and mode)
6-14 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
6 — Network timing reference support in ISAM
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 6-15
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
6 — Network timing reference support in ISAM
In the introduction of this chapter the drivers for NTR where explained, and include
distribution of NTR to other network nodes, as well as distribution of NTR over
access lines to the end-user or business user.
Figure 6-7 NTR distribution over access lines for different services
Mobile backhauling
ISAM Accurate synchronization
of base stations
Network Timing Reference
High-stability
clock on NT Leased lines
Network Timing Reference
Cost-effective central
BITS interface clock for synchronization
on NT of all CPEs
NTR support
Voice
on LTs
High-stability clock for
long-lasting fax and
modem calls
The typical options provided for delivering NTR to other network nodes are:
• BITS out on some NT boards
• SyncE out on some Ethernet interfaces on some NT, NTIO and Ethernet LT
boards.
This can be supported on optical Ethernet interfaces only, and not on electrical
ones. Secondly, it can be supported at speeds of 1 Gbps, 2.5 Gbps and 10 Gbps,
but not at for example, 100 Mbps.
In the normal default case, the BITS out on the NT board is filtered by the SETG
function (see Annex 7 in G.8262/G8264) in order to achieve compliance to G.813
option 1 for BITS out. But alternative configurations of the ISAM clock system are
possible as suggested in Annex7 in G.8262/G8264, allowing that the SyncE input(s)
are passed through unfiltered to the BITS output. Typically the unfiltered BITS
output will then be connected to an SSU device.
The typical options provided for delivering NTR to access lines or end-users are:
• NTR on VDSL2
• NTR on ADSL/ADSL2/ADSL2+ is not supported
• NTR on SHDSL
• SyncE out on some Ethernet interfaces on some NT, NTIO and Ethernet LT
boards.
This can be supported on optical Ethernet interfaces only, and not on electrical
ones. Secondly, it can be supported at speeds of 1 Gbps, 2.5 Gbps and 10 Gbps,
but not at for example, 100 Mbps.
To know which specific NT, NTIO, or LT boards do support the above NTR
distribution on their outgoing interfaces, refer to the Product Information document
and/or the UDS. A high-level view of the capabilities of the 24Gbps FD NT, the
100Gbps /320Gbps FD NT and the FX NT family is represented in Figure 6-1,
Figure 6-2 and Figure 6-3 respectively.
6-16 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
6 — Network timing reference support in ISAM
• Output NTR clock support on ADSL(2)(plus) lines: The NTR section in ITU Rec
G.992.1 / G.992.3 / G.992.5 is not supported. NTR for ADSL is not supported.
• Output NTR clock support on SHDSL lines: ITU Rec G.991.2
NTR for SHDSL is supported on selected ISAM SHDSL Line Termination board
types.
• Output NTR clock support on VDSL2 lines: ITU Rec G.993.2
NTR for VDSL is supported on selected ISAM VDSL Line Termination board
types.
• Output NTR clock support on POTS lines: Not Applicable
An analogue POTS interface does not provide a clock signal in downstream
direction
• Output NTR clock support on Synchronous Ethernet lines: ITU Rec
G.8261/Y.1361
NTR by means of Synchronous Ethernet is supported on selected ISAM Ethernet
Line Termination board types.
• Output NTR clock quality on ISAM NT:
• Output NTR clock free running accuracy, hold-over frequency accuracy, Jitter and
wander generation, phase variation in case of interruptions on synchronization input
signals:
- ETSI SSU: ITU-T G.813 Option 1 (Note: As explained above, ISAM is not fully
compliant in case of transient behavior.)
- ETSI Synchronous Ethernet: ITU-T G.8262 Option 1
• Output NTR clock jitter and wander transfer
- ETSI SSU: ITU-T G.813 Option 1
- ETSI Synchronous Ethernet: ITU-T G.8262 Option 1
• Input external NTR clock source quality on ISAM NT
• Input NTR signal clock pull-in & pull-out ranges:
- ETSI SSU: ITU-T G.813 Option 1
- ETSI Synchronous Ethernet: ITU-T G.8262 Option 1
• Input NTR signal jitter and wander tolerance:
- ETSI SSU: ITU-T G. 813 Option 1, G.823
- ETSI Synchronous Ethernet: ITU-T G.8262 Option 1
- ETSI/ANSI PTP: ITU-T G.8261 (note: PDVs indirectly specified by means of
network topologies and traffic models)
• NTR management, including SSM: ITU-T G.781 Option 1 to a large extent
• SSM transport
• BITS / SSU: ITU-T G.704 (1998)
ISAM does not support SSM reception or generation on BITS / SSU interfaces.
• Synchronous Ethernet: IEEE 802.3 Organization Specific Slow Protocol (OSSP)
Annex 43B (2005), ITU-T G.8264
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 6-17
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
6 — Network timing reference support in ISAM
6-18 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
7 — xDSL features
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 7-1
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
7 — xDSL features
7.1 Overview
Table 7-1 lists the different features described in this chapter, indicating for which
xDSL mode the feature is supported on xDSL LT boards.
Feature XDSL LT
RFI Notching X X
Low-power modes X X X X X
L2 low-power mode X X X
L3 idle mode X X X X X
UPBO policing X
Equal RXPSD UPBO X
Virtual noise X
Vectoring X
Table 7-2 gives an overview of the supported VDSL2 profiles. Each profile defines
normative values for a set of parameters, as defined by G.993.2.
12a, 12b X
17a X
7-2 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
7 — xDSL features
Region B 998E X
Region B 998ADE X
Region B 997 X
Region B 997E X
Notes
(1) Region A = North America
(2) Region B = Europe
Standards specify that a DSL link must comply with a Bit Error Ratio (BER) < 10-7,
in the presence of a Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR) margin of 6 dB. For some types of
service (for example IPTV, when using codecs with insufficient error concealing),
subscriber comfort requires even higher line quality, that is, BER < 10-10 or better.
DSL modems can be trained at initialization to achieve these quality levels in the
presence of the stationary background noise.
Impulse Noise Protection (INP) is the ability to protect the transmission against
impulse noises. These impulse noises differ from the stationary noise in the sense
that they are transitory noises and that their power levels are high enough to be able
to cause data errors on the xDSL lines. INP is important in the IPTV network. With
the general evolution from pure High-Speed Internet (HSI) to triple play service
offering, there is an increasing need for techniques that help to improve and assure
the stability of the DSL line.
Configuring INP provides the ability to configure the upstream and downstream
minimum INP parameters in the service profile.
The standards include several provisions to reduce the number of errors that occur
due to impulse noise. The primary one is interleaving combined with Forward Error
Correction (FEC) using Reed-Solomon (RS) error correcting codes.
Reed-Solomon
Reed-Solomon (RS) adds extra bytes to a group of data bytes when it is sent. These
bytes are also known as the “RS word”. When data corruption is detected at
reception, the RS decoder is able to use the extra bytes to locate the errors and to
recover the original message. However, this only is effective up to a certain
maximum number of errored bytes. In order to correct impulse noise errors, RS needs
to be combined with interleaving.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 7-3
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
7 — xDSL features
Interleaving
Instead of transmitting the RS words directly on the line, the different RS words are
first mixed and spread over time. This process is called “interleaving”. This has the
advantage that when a burst of errors occurs on the line, it will hit bytes of different
RS words. After reconstruction of the original RS words (by the de-interleaver), the
errors will be spread over multiple RS words, such that each RS word is only affected
by a small amount of errors and is therefore much easier to correct. The RS word can
be corrected if its number of errors is within the RS correction boundaries.
The main disadvantage of interleaving is an extra “interleaving delay”. Constructing
the blocks that will finally be transmitted over the line takes time, as the modems
have to wait for a while before they can actually start transmitting. At the receiving
side, it also costs extra time to reconstruct the original RS word. The first original RS
word cannot be reconstructed before all of its bytes have been received.
Using smaller interleaving depths, that is, by taking bigger chunks of the original RS
words, can lead to a lower interleaving delay. This has the disadvantage that errors
will be spread over less RS words on the receiving side, with the possibility that they
cannot be corrected.
In the case that a high INP together with a low delay is required, extra RS bytes will
have to be added to increase the RS correction capability. This however can lead to
reduced bit rates.
It becomes clear from the above that when configuring the INP, a trade-off has to be
made between:
• robustness of the line against impulse noise
• interleaving delay
• achievable bit rate
L2 low-power mode
First-generation ADSL transceivers operate in full-power mode day and night, even
when not in use. With several millions of deployed ADSL modems, a significant
amount of electricity can be saved if the modems engage in a stand-by mode or sleep
mode just like computers. This would also save power for ADSL transceivers
operating in small remote units and Digital Loop Carrier (DLC) cabinets that operate
under very strict heat dissipation requirements.
7-4 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
7 — xDSL features
L3 idle mode
This mode enables overall power savings at both the XTU-C and the remote xDSL
transceiver unit (XTU-R) by entering into sleep/stand-by mode when the connection
is not being used for extended periods of time (that is, subscriber asleep, modem
asleep).
The L3 power mode is a total sleep mode where no traffic can be communicated over
the xDSL connection. When the subscriber goes back on-line, the line has to be
re-initialized to enter the L0 state again.
The modem can enter the L3 state upon guided power removal (L3 Request exchange
between xTU-R and xTU-C, also known as orderly shutdown), power loss or
persistent link failures during Showtime (also known as disorderly shutdown).
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 7-5
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
7 — xDSL features
During the L3 state, power savings at the XTU-C are realized independent of the
used ADSLx or VDSL2 mode by putting certain Analog Front End (AFE) blocks and
line drivers in power down mode. This power saving mechanism is also available in
case no xTU-R is attached but the ports are in “listening mode” and configured in
admin-up.
Figure 7-1 illustrates the L2/L3 power modes.
The dynamic rate adaptive mode is also called “Seamless Rate Adaptation” (SRA).
This feature is supported in all ADSL2x (ADSL2, ADSL2+, READSL2) modes of
operation and in VDSL2 mode of operation.
SRA improves the stability of the line (that is, reduces the number of spontaneous
retrains) by dynamically reducing the bit rate, without loss of data and without bit
errors, in case of a slow decrease of the SNR to an SNR below a preset value. SRA
can also assure that at any moment in time the line operates at the maximum
achievable bit rate by dynamically increasing the bit rate, without loss of data and
without bit errors, in case the SNR increases above a preset value.
SRA enables the modem to change the data rate of the connection while in operation
without any service interruption. The modem detects changes in the channel
conditions (for example, increase in noise level) and adapts the data rate to the new
channel condition without a need to resynchronize the line.
The upshift and downshift noise margin thresholds and time intervals for SRA are
configurable.
Figure 7-2 illustrates SRA.
7-6 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
7 — xDSL features
0 dB Margin
The upshift and downshift rate adaptation events due to SRA are counted in
15-minute and 24-hour Performance Monitoring (PM) intervals.
SRA can encounter upshift and downshift limitations on lines activated with
interleaving:
• ADSL2(+):
The SRA protocol can only change parameter L (number of bits per DMT
symbol).
SRA downshifts are limited by the configured maximum interleaving delay as
SRA downshift results in an increase of the delay.
SRA upshifts are limited by the configured minimum impulse noise protection as
SRA upshift results in a decrease of the impulse noise protection.
• VDSL2:
The SRA protocol can change both parameter L (number of bits per DMT
symbol) and parameter D (interleaving depth). This allows to keep the delay and
impulse noise protection constant after a rate adaptation. When all allocated
interleaving memory is used, upshift rate adaptations are still limited by the
configured minimum impulse noise protection.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 7-7
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
7 — xDSL features
NE
CPE
short loop
FEXT CPE
long loop
It allows to reduce the upstream transmit PSD on short lines in order not to impact
the upstream performance on longer lines unreasonably. Without UPBO, the nearby
CPE would transmit at full power and would inject excessive FEXT in the upstream
receiver of the long line.
UPBO policing
The main purpose of VDSL2 UPBO policing is to avoid the usage of a CPE not
complying with the UPBO configuration. When the CO modem detects such a
non-compliant CPE, an alarm is raised and optionally the line is automatically
shutdown. The expected behavior is configurable.
A line that has been automatically shut down because of policing can be triggered to
re-initialize by toggling its administrative state (down/up).
7-8 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
7 — xDSL features
The Equal FEXT UPBO can be explained as first applying the equal RXPSD method
but adding a loop-length-dependent delta FEXT factor, thereby equalizing the
impact among the lines. This equalization is executed with respect to a reference
FEXT level, characterized by a reference electrical length (kl0_ref). This parameter
is configurable for each upstream band. Alternatively an automatic configuration
mode is available: if the Equal FEXT parameters for all bands are all set to automatic,
the modem uses a dedicated mechanism to automatically calculate good values for
the Equal FEXT parameters, without manual configuration by the operator.
The equal FEXT UPBO method is standardized in G.993.2 Amendment 2, and is
supported in the ISAM.
With the introduction of remote cabinets, one can have deployment of DSL lines
from different locations: some from the central office (CO), some from the remote
terminals (RT). In case lines deployed from the CO and lines deployed from the RT
share the same cable binder, a near-far crosstalk problem occurs.
The crosstalk from the near-end disturbers can be much higher than before, such that
the signal from the far-end transmitter is completely degraded. Very often this results
in a loss of the service on the line deployed from the CO.
This near-far effect both occurs in upstream and in downstream direction. In
upstream direction however, the typical services from the CO (ADSL2/2+) only use
lower frequencies, where the coupling is much lower than on higher frequencies.
That is why this problem mainly affects downstream communication (for the CO
lines).
In order to give equal priority both to CO and RT, the RT applies downstream power
reduction (also called Downstream Power Back-Off (DPBO)) on the frequencies that
it has in common with the lines from the CO. As such, the lines from the CO can be
protected, and also the RT can still have a decent bit rate on those overlapping
frequencies. See Figure 7-4.
CO NT
PSD
Remote Terminal
PSD
PSD
frequency frequency
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 7-9
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
7 — xDSL features
Although such a list of breakpoints allows for a high degree of flexibility, it lacks
user friendliness. Within ITU-T, the so-called E-side Model for Downstream PSD
Shaping has been defined, which provides several high-level parameters that are
used to configure the PSD shape at the RT.
The E-side parameters are configurable via a special DPBO profile, which can be
assigned either to an xDSL LT board or to an xDSL port.
Since DPBO PSD shapes can be configured in several ways, a number of priority
rules apply:
• The DPBO profile parameters take precedence upon the downstream PSD shape
configured via the xDSL spectrum profile.
• The DPBO profile parameters configured at LT board level apply, unless
port-specific DPBO parameters are configured as well.
The Impulse Noise Monitor (INM) collects data characterizing the impulse noise on
a particular line. This data can eventually be used to optimize the line configuration
for triple play (for example, minimum INP and maximum delay).
An impulse noise measurement can be started or stopped on a particular line for the
upstream direction, for the downstream direction, or for both. The upstream
measurements are performed by the XTU-C (CO side) and the downstream
measurements are performed by the XTU-R (CPE side), as illustrated in Figure 7-5.
The collected data is eventually represented as a set of impulse noise histograms,
both for the 15 minute and 24 hour PM intervals:
• Impulse Noise Inter arrival time histogram
• Impulse Noise Equivalent INP histogram
INM PM
Impulse Noise INM Anomaly
counters
Sensor Counters 15min and 24h
Indication of xTU-R
Severely
Degraded Data DS
Symbols
EOC INM PM
Impulse Noise anomalies INM Anomaly
counters
Sensor Counters 15min and 24h
7-10 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
7 — xDSL features
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 7-11
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
7 — xDSL features
Loop attenuation
VN Breakpoints
DS/US
VDSL2
[Loop
attenuation]
CPE
The Bit Error Rate (BER) requirements for providing High Speed Internet (HSI)
service are not too stringent. Transmission errors on the line are effectively hidden
by retransmissions at the TCP-IP layer. With the evolution towards IPTV, much
lower BER figures are required.
Impulse noise is the common cause for errors on the DSL line. Two types of impulse
noise are defined:
• Single High Impulse Noise Environment (SHINE): impulse noise occurring at
random time instants
• Repetitive Electrical Impulse Noise (REIN): periodic impulse noise, occurring at
near equidistant time instants
Forward Error Correction (FEC) is the traditional error correction technique to deal
with impulse noise, as defined in the ADSL, ADSL2(Plus) and VDSL2 standards.
FEC is very well suited to protect against REIN, but due to the fixed overhead, FEC
is not very efficient to protect against SHINE.
An alternative technique for impulse noise protection is to use retransmission.
Because there is no fixed overhead, retransmission is best suited to protect against
SHINE. Retransmission is available at the higher layers (TCP-IP retransmission for
HSI, End-to-end retransmission for video), but is now also defined for the DSL
physical layer.
ITU-T recommendation G.998.4 (G.inp) specifies techniques beyond those defined
in the existing DSL recommendations to provide enhanced protection against
impulse noise or to increase the efficiency of providing impulse noise protection.
Both REIN and SHINE are handled efficiently on the DSL physical layer.
G.998.4 defines downstream retransmission both for VDSL2 mode and
ADSL2(Plus) mode. Support of retransmission in upstream is optional and only
defined for VDSL2 mode.
7-12 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
7 — xDSL features
??
DTU CPE
DTU
DSLAM
The configuration parameters for retransmission are defined within a separate RTX
profile. The RTX profile is optional when configuring an xDSL port. If no RTX
profile is assigned, retransmission will be disabled.
A specific set of Performance Monitoring (PM) parameters is defined, monitoring
the quality of the line when retransmission is enabled.
The configuration parameters for xDSL lines are provisioned by means of profiles.
Typically, the same configuration profile is used on multiple lines that share similar
line characteristics and offer the same type of service. If some deviation is required
for the configuration of a particular line, then a completely new profile has to be
assigned to this line.
The per-line configuration overrule feature allows to overrule part of the xDSL
configuration parameters on a per-line basis, as shown in Figure 7-8.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 7-13
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
7 — xDSL features
XDSL Profiles
Parameter 1
Parameter 2 Actual
configuration
… Parameter 3
… Parameter 1
Parameter N
Parameter 2
merge
Parameter 3
XDSL per-line …
overrule parameters Parameter N
Parameter 2
Parameter N
This feature allows fine-tuning the configuration of individual lines, deviating from
the overall settings configured via the profiles.
When using this feature, one should take care that the overruled parameter values do
not result in an inconsistency with the parameters that are configured via the profiles.
For bonded XDSL lines, the data rate, the impulse noise protection and the delay
configuration of the individual lines are derived from the bonding profile parameters.
A subset of the per-line configuration overrule parameters related to data rate,
impulse noise protection or delay will also taken into account for bonded lines:
• Maximum data rate
• Minimum Impulse Noise Protection
The aggregate interleaver or G.inp (G.998.4) memory supported for the different
VDSL2 profiles is defined by the VDSL2 standard (G.993.2). This aggregate
memory has to be split in the upstream and downstream direction, making a trade-off
between upstream and downstream data rate.
By default, a vendor discretionary algorithm is used to determine the memory split
between upstream and downstream. The configurable US/DS memory split feature
gives the operator manual control of the memory split. The percentage of memory
allocated to the downstream direction can be configured in steps of 1 percent. The
remaining memory is automatically allocated to the upstream direction.
By manually configuring the VDSL2 memory split, the operator has full control and
can make a better trade-off between upstream and downstream performance in case
the automatic algorithm does not provide the expected results.
7-14 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
7 — xDSL features
7.13 Vectoring
80
Mbps
Near-optimal
field performance
60
with vectoring
40
Reduced field
performance due
20
to crosstalk
0
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200
Although most of the processing and necessary intelligence for vectoring resides in
the Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexer (DSLAM), minimal support is
needed at the Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) for the efficient estimation of the
crosstalk from the line into the neighboring lines and vice versa. This additional
functionality at the CPE side is defined by the International Telecommunication
Union (ITU) vectoring standard, G.993.5 (G.vector).
In order to achieve the full vectoring gain, all VDSL2 lines in the cable need to
participate in the crosstalk estimation. Otherwise, the crosstalk from some lines will
remain un-cancelled, reducing bit rates on vectored lines. The ultimate situation is
where all VDSL2 lines operate in G.vector mode.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 7-15
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
7 — xDSL features
Most of the existing VDSL2 CPEs in the field can be software upgraded to support
vectoring, or to be at least “vectoring-friendly”. The latter has been defined by the
ITU in Annexes X and Y of the VDSL2 standard (G.993.2) and allows the crosstalk
from the legacy line into the neighboring vectored lines to still be measured. Annex
X defines requirements for downstream friendliness such that the crosstalk from the
legacy line into the neighboring vectored lines can be estimated and cancelled in
downstream direction only. Annex Y defines requirements for full friendliness,
allowing estimation of crosstalk from the legacy line into the neighboring vectored
lines in up- and downstream direction. In principle, “friendly” customers do not
benefit from vectoring gains but their equipment no longer impairs vectoring for
subscribers who are paying for this enhancement.
For legacy VDSL2 CPEs that cannot be upgraded to support vectoring or
vector-friendliness, the “Zero-Touch Vectoring” feature can optionally be enabled to
cancel the crosstalk from such legacy line into the neighboring vectored lines (in
downstream direction only).
Depending on the deployment scale (that is, the considered VDSL2 lines in the cable
binder) two vectoring types can be distinguished:
• Board Level Vectoring (BLV):
• Vectoring on one LT board (for example, 48 lines) and consequently only suited for
deployment scenario with deep fiber penetration where small remotes are installed.
• Only the crosstalk between the lines on the same board can be cancelled.
• System Level Vectoring (SLV):
• Vectoring over multiple LT boards and consequently suited for deployment
scenarios where bigger cabinets are installed.
• Crosstalk between lines on different LTs can be cancelled
The main additional functional blocks for a vectoring system (compared to a
non-vectoring VDSL2 system) are the following:
• Vectoring Control Entity (VCE):
The VCE will control the Vectoring state machine and will use the incoming error
samples to do the calculation of the crosstalk coefficients.
The VCE is located on the LT board for BLV, whereas it is on the Vector
Processing board for SLV.
• Pre-/Post-coder
The Pre-/Post-coder will perform the actual crosstalk cancellation by
manipulating the outgoing/incoming signals from the different DSPs.
To configure vectoring on the ISAM you will need to create two new profiles: the
vectoring profile and the VCE profile. The VCE profile is assigned to the board
containing the VCE (LT board for BLV and Vector Processing board for SLV) while
the vectoring profile is assigned to the lines.
In case of SLV, the Vector Processing board is communicating with the LT boards
by means of dedicated front cabling. There are two modes of operation:
1 Auto-discovery mode disabled on VP and LT boards (default mode):
When auto-discovery is disabled, the connection between the VP links and LT
boards has to be configured. This is a precondition for being able to assign a
vectoring profile to an LT port. Failures of the VP-LT cable are reported on the
corresponding VP link.
7-16 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
7 — xDSL features
ISAM 1
VP
NT LT
LT
VP-LT
cables
ISAM 2
LT
NT
LT
Constraints:
• XDLV is only possible when auto-discovery mode is enabled. Without
auto-discovery, the VP and the LT boards have to be managed by the same ISAM.
• XDLV requires compatible SW releases for the VP and LT boards. In case a SW
incompatibility is detected, a VP/LT mismatch alarm will be raised. By default,
the XDSL LT ports with a vectoring profile will not synchronize anymore, but the
system can be configured to autonomously switch such lines to a fall-back
VDSL2 configuration with limited spectrum usage.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 7-17
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
7 — xDSL features
7-18 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-1
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
8-2 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
8.1 Introduction
ISAM Voice supports both signaling methods and can be deployed in the
corresponding network topologies. However, ISAM Voice does not support both
methods to run concurrently in the same access node.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-3
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Subtending
ISAM Voice
Softswitch
PSTN
RTP
TGW P I
MGC ASP O S
T D
S N
Central Office
ISAM Voice POTS /
Servers ISDN
IP Network
H.248 / SIGTRAN
. P
O
T
L2 Aggregation M
S
IP G
BAS Network
edge
POTS/
ISDN
Remote
ISAM Voice
P I
P I O S
O S T D
T D S N
S N
POTS/ POTS/
ISDN ISDN
Remote
ISAM Voice
Megaco ISAM Voice connects legacy Narrow Band (NB) user interfaces, including
Plain Old Telephone Services (POTS) and Integrated Services Digital Network
(ISDN) BRI, to the NGVN.
Megaco ISAM Voice supports centralized configurations, where the NB user
interfaces and MG are integrated in the same node, and distributed configurations,
where the MG is located in a hub node and the NB user interfaces in remote nodes.
The remote nodes can be subtended by the ISAM Voice acting as a MG, or located
within the layer 2 aggregation or IP network.
A voice cluster is the aggregation of one Voice server pair, residing in the hub node,
together with its voice associated ISAM nodes, that is, together with the ISAM nodes
that contain Voice Line Termination (LT) boards that are managed by that particular
Voice server pair. A voice cluster can support a maximum of 5K subscribers. These
subscribers may be scattered over a maximum of 32 ISAM nodes and a maximum of
104 Voice LT boards.
A hub node may contain up to 8 Voice server pairs. In other words a hub node may
host up to 8 different Voice Clusters.
The hub ISAM Voice, combined with the subtending/remote ISAM Voice, provides
the view of a unique centralized MG. In subtending or remote configurations, the
connection to the hub is via Fast or Gigabit Ethernet (optical or electrical). The Trunk
MG links the NGVN with a legacy PSTN network.
The Softswitch is responsible for call control and charging, and communicates with
the Media Gateways (Megaco ISAM Voice) via the Media Gateway Control
(Megaco) protocol H.248.
SIGTRAN is used for ISDN BRI users, that is, Q921 is terminated in ISAM Voice
and SIGTRAN is implemented to transfer Q931 messages between ISAM Voice and
ASP.
8-4 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Mj Gq'
Gm Mx
SIP/Gm P-CSCF Mg
SGF
MRFC MGCF Ie
PSTN/ISDN
Gq' Gq'
Ut Mp Mn
Resource and Admission Control Subsystem
VGW
Z MRFP T-MGF
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-5
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
5020 MGC - 8
5020 MGC - 12 5420 CTS
5020MGC - 10
ISUP
Feature 5450 ISC 8650 SDM
SIP
SS7 Server
ONT
RG
RG
DHCP
Mgmt DN S
Se r ve r
Pla tfo r m Se r ve r
PSTN
SG F/ T-MG F
S_CSCF
MG CF ISAM Voice
AS I_CSCF
P P U
O O A
P_CSCF RTP T T
S S
POTS
ER
O th e r IP P
O
P U
O
T A
Networks Se rve rs
T
S S
ISAM Voice POTS
P P
O O U
T T A
S S
BAS
POTS
8-6 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Each of the nodes connected to the layer 2 aggregation or IP network has the SIP UA
locally integrated on the Voice LT. The local SIP UA serves all NB user interfaces
connected to a Voice LT.
The Call Session Control Function (CSCF) establishes, monitors, supports and
releases multimedia sessions and manages the user's service interactions. The CSCF
can act as Proxy CSCF (P-CSCF), Serving CSCF (S-CSCF) or Interrogating CSCF
(I-CSCF):
• The P-CSCF is the first contact point for the ISAM Voice within the IM
subsystem (IMS).
• The S-CSCF fulfils the role of registrar and handles the session states in the
network.
• The I-CSCF is mainly the contact point within an operator's network for all IMS
connections destined to a subscriber of that network operator, or a roaming
subscriber currently located within that network operator's service area.
The Home Subscriber Server (HSS) is a master user database that supports the IMS
network entities that handle calls. It contains the subscription-related information
(user profiles), performs authentication and authorization of the user, and can
provide information about the user's physical location.
Interconnection with legacy PSTN networks is guaranteed at the signaling level via
the Signaling Gateway Function (SGF) (transport) and the Media Gateway Control
Function (MGCF) (call/service control). Interconnection at the media level is
provided by the Trunk Media Gateway Function (T-MGF).
Interconnection with other IP-based service subsystems (including other IMS
subsystems) is performed via the Interconnection Breakout Control function (IBCF)
at the signaling level and the Interconnection-Border Gateway Function (I-BGF) at
the media level.
Very often, to support lawful intercept, Voice traffic is switched along the Legal
Intercept gateway.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-7
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
ISAM
Voice
DHCP
SNMP/
CLI/TL1 P
O
IP T POTS
S
SIP
RTP / RTCP
Media
Gateway SIP
server
ISAM Voice connects legacy Narrow Band (NB) user interfaces, the Plain Old
Telephone Services (POTS), to a non-IMS compliant network.
Each of the nodes connected to the IP network has the SIP UA locally integrated on
the Voice LT. The local instance of the SIP User Agent (UA) serves all NB user
interfaces connected to a Voice LT.
The role of the SIP ISAM Voice is twofold:
• Access Gateway.
• Access Gateway Controller (maintains AG states, manages AG features,
implements SIP UA).
8-8 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Main shelf
Main shelf
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-9
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
8-10 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Main shelf
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-11
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Figure 8-12 ISAM Voice access nodes connected to a layer 2 Aggregation Network
Iv Iv
Iv
L3 L2
Aggrega tion Aggrega tion Iv
Network Network
Iv
Iv
Iv = ISAM Voice
Iv
Figure 8-13 ISAM Voice access nodes connected to a layer 3 Aggregation Network
Iv Iv
Iv
L3
Aggrega tion Iv
Network
Iv
IV
IV= ISAM Voice
Iv
8-12 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Figure 8-14 ISAM Voice access nodes connected to a layer 2/layer 3 Aggregation
Network
Iv Iv
Iv
L3 L2
Aggrega tion Aggrega tion Iv
Network Network
Iv
Iv
Iv = ISAM Voice
Iv
Megaco
The H.248 (Megaco) signaling based integrated voice service is supported for the
following products:
• 7302 ISAM:
• POTS and ISDN BRI services supported.
• Maximum 18 Voice LT slot positions (with single NT).
• 7330 ISAM FTTN:
• POTS and ISDN BRI services supported.
• Maximum 10 Voice LT slot positions (with single NT).
• 7356 ISAM FTTB SB-REM:
• Only POTS service supported.
• Maximum 2 Voice LT slot positions.
SIP
The SIP-signaling-based integrated voice services are supported in:
• 7302 ISAM:
POTS service supported.
Maximum 18 Voice LT slot positions (with single NT).
• 7330 ISAM FTTN:
POTS service supported.
Maximum 10 Voice LT slot positions (with single NT).
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-13
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
IMS
In an IMS network topology, the SIP signaling POTS service and the H.248
(Megaco) signaling based ISDN BRI service can be mixed in the same 7302 / 7330
ISAM shelf.
• In an IMS network topology, H.248 ISDN-BRI subscribers register to their Media
Gateway Controller and are managed by the local Media Gateway (Voice Server)
while SIP POTS subscribers register to their registrar and are managed by the
local SIP User Agent.
• Any VLAN topology for this mixed SIP/H.248 voice services is allowed, on the
condition that not more than 2 VLANS (Public or Private) of type Voice-VLAN
are configured per shelf.
• The mixed SIP signaling POTS and H.248 (Megaco) signaling based ISDN BRI
service is supported for both, the switched as well as the routed voice model.
• H.248 clustering is supported (Hub/Subtending/Remote ISAM Voice node).
• Integrated Narrow band Line Test is supported for SIP signaling POTS
terminations (full NBLT set) and H.248 ISDN BRI terminations (limited NBLT
set).
• MTA is supported for both SIP signaling POTS and H.248 ISDN BRI
terminations.
• Basic call service and Supplementary services are supported for both SIP
signaling POTS and H.248 ISDN BRI.
Traffic Types
8-14 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Voice data traffic and internal signaling traffic always share the same VLAN.
External signaling traffic may be exchanged in a dedicated signaling VLAN or may
even share the same VLAN as the Voice data and Internal signaling traffic. The latter
situation occurs when IP address/IP subnet optimization is preferred above signaling
and voice data traffic isolation.
Traffic forwarding
The internal forwarding is frame based and done at either layer 2 (Ethernet), layer 3
(IP) or layer 4 (UDP/TCP) obeying the information carried in the frames.
The applied forwarding methods may be different for upstream and downstream
traffic forwarding.
For layer 2 forwarding, see chapter “Layer 2 forwarding”. For layer 3 forwarding,
see chapter “IP routing”.
The basic concept of layer 4 forwarding is explained in the following section.
Conceptual models
Figure 8-15 shows the MEGACO ISAM Voice switched model.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-15
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Signaling VLAN
IP address
XLES
Voice NT
server
IP address
signalling
IP address
XLES
Voice NT
Internal
server signaling
IP address VLAN
signalling
The conceptual architecture shows different VLANs carrying H.248 signaling and
RTP/RTCP/XLES traffic at the network side than at the user side of the VRF.
8-16 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
In the upstream direction, the selection of the network interface/VLAN will happen
as the result of the IP DA look-up in the L3 forwarding table, and this for all the voice
service related traffic (H.248 signaling, XLES, RTP and RTCP).
In the downstream direction, voice-service-related traffic (H.248 signaling, XLES,
RTP and RTCP) may be received at any network interface/VLAN. The SHub must
perform the further L3 forwarding to:
• the appropriate internal VLAN
• and to the destined xVPS
• and to the destined voice LT board (by L4 forwarding)
From a downstream forwarding perspective, seen from the edge router, the ISAM
Voice access node is configured as the next-hop.
Figure 8-17 shows the SIP ISAM Voice (centralized architecture) switched model.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-17
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Signaling VLAN
IP address
signalling
NT
Figure 8-18 shows the SIP ISAM Voice (centralized architecture) routed model.
NT
The conceptual architecture shows different VLANs carrying SIP signaling and
RTP/RTCP traffic at the network and the user side (VLAN) of the VRF.
Both internal VLANs must be of type “Voice VLAN” as to perform L4 forwarding
in downstream direction.
8-18 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
At the SHub:
• VRF user side: A numbered IP interface is configured on top of the internal voice
VLAN. This IP address is used as destination IP address for RTP/RTCP packets
addressed to the voice LT board. For this purpose, the Voice subnet is advertised
(as host subnet) to the upstream network.
• VRF user side: A numbered IP interface is configured on top of the internal
signaling VLAN. This IP address is used as destination IP address for SIP
signaling packets addressed to the voice LT board. For this purpose, the signaling
subnet is advertised (as host subnet) to the upstream network.
• VRF network side: A numbered IP interface is configured on top of the network
voice VLAN
• VRF network side: A numbered IP interface is configured on top of the network
signaling VLAN.
In the upstream direction, the selection of the network interface/VLAN will happen
as the result of the IP DA look-up in the L3 forwarding table. And this for all the
voice service related traffic (SIP signaling, RTP and RTCP).
In the downstream direction, voice service related traffic (SIP signaling, RTP and
RTCP) may be received at any network interface/VLAN. The SHub must perform
the further L3 forwarding to:
• the appropriate internal VLAN and
• to the destined voice LT board (by L4 forwarding)
From a downstream forwarding perspective, seen from the edge router, the ISAM
Voice access node is configured as the next-hop.
Figure 8-19 shows the SIP ISAM Voice (distributed architecture) switched model.
Voice LT
NT
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-19
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Figure 8-20 shows the SIP ISAM Voice (distributed architecture) routed model.
Voice LT
NT
The conceptual architecture shows different VLANs carrying SIP signaling and
RTP/RTCP traffic at the network and the user side (VLAN) of the VRF.
At the VRF user side, internal VLANs are configured as type “iBridge” or “Voice
VLAN”.
At the SHub:
• VRF user side: A numbered IP interface is configured on top of the internal voice
VLAN.
Note — The IP address configured at the voice LT board is used as
destination IP address for RTP/RTCP packets addressed to the voice
LT board. For this purpose, the Voice subnet is advertised (as host
subnet) to the upstream network.
• VRF user side: A numbered IP interface is configured on top of the internal
signaling VLAN.
Note — The IP address configured at the voice LT board is used as
destination IP address for SIP signaling packets addressed to the voice
LT board. For this purpose, the signaling subnet is advertised (as host
subnet) to the upstream network.
• VRF network side: A numbered IP interface is configured on top of the network
voice VLAN.
• VRF network side: A numbered IP interface is configured on top of the network
signaling VLAN
8-20 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
The SHub will be considered as the first next hop for the SIP signaling and for the
RTP/RTCP traffic that originates from the voice LT board. For this reason, a
numbered IP interface is configured on both the internal signaling VLAN and the
internal RTP/RTCP VLAN at the VRF user side.
In the upstream direction, the selection of the network interface/VLAN will happen
as the result of the IP DA look-up in the L3 forwarding table. And this for all the
voice service related traffic (SIP signaling, RTP and RTCP).
In the downstream direction, voice-service-related traffic (SIP signaling, RTP and
RTCP) may be received at any network interface/VLAN. The SHub must perform
the further L3 forwarding to the appropriate internal VLAN and to the destined voice
LT board.
From a downstream forwarding perspective, seen from the edge router, the ISAM
Voice access node is configured as the next-hop.
Figure 8-21 shows the MEGACO/SIP ISAM voice subtended topology for the
switched model.
Voice VLAN
Signaling VLAN
NT
Subtending ISAM
Fast path VRF
NT
Figure 8-22 shows the MEGACO/SIP ISAM voice subtended topology for the
routed model.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-21
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
IP address IP address
NT sub 1 sub 2
NT
The subtending ISAM Voice access node remains configured as a switching device.
Only the main ISAM Voice access node fulfills the routing service.
The conceptual traffic forwarding models depicted in a previous chapter for the
SHub based system without Remote Expansion Module also apply to the SHub based
system with Remote Expansion Module. (The physical position of the voice LT
board, locally connected in the host access node or remotely connected by means of
a REM, is transparent to the operational behavior of the VoIP service)
• Megaco ISAM Voice Service:
• Remote Expansion Module may host 1 or 2 voice LT boards: Voice LT board can
be planned for both the “master” (72-line LT board only) and the “non-Master”
(48-line and 72-line LT board) slot position.
• Remote Expansion Module cannot host the Voice Server.
• SIP ISAM Voice Service:
• Remote Expansion Module may host 1 or 2 voice LT boards: Voice LT board can
be planned for both the “master” (72-line LT board only) and the “non-Master”
(48-line and 72-line LT board) slot position.
Layer 4 forwarding
The layer 4 forwarding applies to downstream traffic only and is installed at the
SHub on a per-VLAN basis. This forwarding method uses the contents of the
destination port field in the transport protocol header of the packet to forward a
packet to a voice LT. The configuration of an IP interface on top of a VLAN
configured as Voice-VLAN automatically installs the layer 4 forwarding property.
8-22 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Each voice LT gets assigned a fixed transport protocol port range. The SHub port that
connects the voice LT inherits this port range mapping. The transport protocol port
range for free usage (IANA) that is, 49153 - 65535 is divided in 32 equal portions
and the lower part of each portion is mapped to the different SHub ports. The
mapping algorithm is fixed to achieve the same range to SHub port mapping. Upon
receipt of a downstream packet within a layer 4 forwarding capable VLAN and with
the destination IP address configured on top of this VLAN, the destination port value
of the transport protocol header included in the packet is compared against all
defined transport protocol ranges. When a match is found, the corresponding SHub
port mapping is read and the packet is forwarded to the voice LT that connects to this
SHub port.
As described, the layer 4 forwarding uses the combination {destination IP address +
destination Transport Protocol port} to decide about the further downstream
forwarding of an IP packet.
Layer 4 forwarding may be applied to external signaling, internal signaling and voice
data traffic.
Layer 4 forwarding supports packet fragmentation at IP layer because unlike Voice
traffic, SIP signaling traffic may be fragmented at the IP layer.
The transport protocol port range to SHub mapping is the same in every ISAM Voice
node.
The described algorithm is schematically shown in Figure 8-23.
SHub
ARP ARP
Layer 3 IP table
User-to-user communication
The integrated voice service requires that user-to-user communication is enabled for
RTP/XLES traffic. (Megaco based integrated voice service only).
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-23
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Two VLAN types are applicable to the deployment of the integrated Voice service:
• iBridge VLAN type
• Voice VLAN type
The VLAN type that needs to be applied depends on the downstream signaling/voice
traffic forwarding behavior being required at the SHub:
• L4 forwarding: only the Voice VLAN type can be used.
• L2 forwarding: both the Voice VLAN type and the iBridge VLAN type may be
used.
The use of the iBridge VLAN type requires the L2/L3 user-to-user communication
to be explicitly enabled.
The use of the Voice VLAN type autonomously enables the L2/L3 user-to-user
communication. The configuration of an IP interface on top of a VLAN of type Voice
VLAN, autonomously enables the L4 forwarding behavior in downstream direction
at the ASAM port(s).
Signaling traffic
Signaling traffic originates and terminates at the Voice server.
In the upstream direction, the Voice server determines the IP next hop for the
destination IP address of the packet, performs ARP the next hop IP address and
forwards the IP packet appropriately. The local SHub and any potential intermediate
SHub perform layer 2 forwarding.
In the downstream direction: The local SHub and any potential intermediate SHub
perform layer 2 forwarding.
NT board Signaling
NT board L2 forwarding IP address Voice
XLES server
IP address
SHub Voice SHub Voice
Voice LT IP address IP address Voice LT
board L2 board
aggregation
network
L4 forwarding
NT board NT board
L3
aggregation
network
SHub Voice SHub Voice
Voice LT IP address IP address Voice LT
board board
L4 forwarding
MGC ASP
SoftSwitch
8-24 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
XLES traffic
XLES traffic originates at the Voice server or at the Voice LT board and terminates
respectively at the Voice LT board or the Voice server.
• XLES traffic originating at the Voice server and destined to the Voice LT board
(see Figure 8-25):
The destined Voice LT is connected to:
• the local access node or
• an access node subtending to the local access node or
• an access node connected via a L2 aggregation network with the local access node.
The destination (Shub) IP address of the packet can directly be reached in the
local subnet. The Voice server performs ARP for the destination (Shub) IP
address and forwards the IP packet to this (Shub) IP address.
The destined Voice LT board is reachable via a layer 3 aggregation network. The
Voice server determines the IP next hop for the destination (Shub) IP address of
the packet, performs ARP for the next hop IP address and forwards the IP packet
appropriately.
The (destined) SHub that connects the destined Voice LT performs layer 4
forwarding.
Any potential intermediate Shub in between the Voice Server and the destined
Shub performs layer 2 forwarding.
• XLES traffic originating at the Voice LT board and destined to the Voice server
(see Figure 8-26):
The Voice LT board forwards the XLES packet to the local SHub.
• The access node of the Voice LT board and the access node of the Voice server are
the same or
• The access node of the Voice LT board subtends to the access node of the Voice
server or
• The access node of the Voice LT board is connected via a layer 2 aggregation
network with the access node of the Voice server
The local SHub detects that the destination IP address of the packet can directly
be reached via the local subnet. The local Shub performs ARP for the destination
IP address and forwards the IP packet appropriately.
The destined Voice Server is reachable via layer 3 aggregation network: The local
SHub determines the IP next hop for the destination IP address of the packet,
performs ARP the next hop IP address and forwards the IP packet appropriately.
The SHub that connects the Voice server performs layer 2 forwarding.
Any potential intermediate SHub in between the Voice LT's local Shub and the
Voice Server L2 forwarding.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-25
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Figure 8-25 Megaco ISAM Voice - Switched: XLES packet originating at the Voice
server
L4 forwarding
L3 forwarding
Remote node Main node
NT board Signaling
NT board L2 forwarding IP address Voice
XLES server
IP address
SHub Voice SHub Voice
Voice LT IP address IP address Voice LT
board L2 board
aggregation
network
L4 forwarding
NT board NT board
L3
aggregation
network
SHub Voice SHub Voice
Voice LT IP address IP address Voice LT
board board
L4 forwarding
MGC ASP
SoftSwitch
Figure 8-26 Megaco ISAM Voice - Switched: XLES packet originating at the Voice
LT board
L3 forwarding
NT board Signaling
NT board L2 forwarding IP address Voice
XLES server
IP address
SHub Voice SHub Voice
Voice LT IP address IP address Voice LT
board L2 board
aggregation
network
L3 forwarding
NT board NT board
L3
aggregation
network
SHub Voice SHub Voice
Voice LT IP address IP address Voice LT
board board
L3 forwarding
MGC ASP
SoftSwitch
Voice traffic
Voice traffic originates at the Voice LT board and is destined to a voice termination
point either at the same Voice LT board, at another Voice LT board in the same
Voice cluster or outside the voice cluster.
In some cases the voice traffic is sent along the Voice server (as to support some
supplementary services or an optimized IP addressing scheme).
Voice traffic is relayed to the SHub prior to the forwarding to the destined voice
termination point. This relay is either done by the Voice LT board (voice traffic that
may not pass the Voice server) or the Voice server (voice traffic that must pass the
voice server).
8-26 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-27
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
8-28 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Figure 8-27 Megaco ISAM Voice - Switched: Voice packet originating at the Voice
LT board
L4 forwarding
NT board Signaling
NT board L2 forwarding IP address Voice
XLES server
IP address
SHub Voice SHub Voice
Voice LT IP address IP address Voice LT
board L2 board
aggregation
network
L3 forwarding
NT board NT board
L3
aggregation
network
SHub Voice SHub Voice
Voice LT IP address IP address Voice LT
board board
L4 forwarding L3 forwarding
MGC ASP
SoftSwitch
Figure 8-28 Megaco ISAM Voice - Switched: Voice packet originating at the Voice
server
L4 forwarding
L3 forwarding
Remote node Main node
NT board Signaling
NT board L2 forwarding IP address Voice
XLES server
IP address
SHub Voice SHub Voice
Voice LT IP address IP address Voice LT
board L2 board
aggregation
network
L2 forwarding
L2 forwarding
Remote node Subtending node
NT board NT board
L3
aggregation
network
SHub Voice SHub Voice
Voice LT IP address IP address Voice LT
board board
L3 forwarding
MGC ASP
SoftSwitch
OAM traffic
The management platform of the customer forwards the Voice OAM traffic to the
public OAM IP address of the ISAM access node hosting the Voice server.
Voice OAM traffic is distinguishable by a Voice specific SNMP community
string/context identifier from non-Voice OAM traffic and in addition distinguishable
through the same SNMP community string/context identifier amongst the Voice
server pairs (maximum 8) that may be hosted in the same ISAM access node.
Internally, the voice-specific OAM traffic is relayed to the Voice server.
Voice OAM responses generated by the Voice server are internally passed to the
ISAM SNMP agent that forwards them to the management platform of the customer.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-29
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Any potential intermediate SHub performs layer 2 forwarding and this in both
directions.
Refer also to chapter “Management”.
Signaling traffic
Signaling traffic originates and terminates at the Voice server.
In the upstream direction, the Voice server determines the IP next hop for the
destination IP address of the packet, performs ARP for the next hop IP address and
forwards the IP packet appropriately.
8-30 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
The local SHub is configured as the next hop for signaling packets originating at the
Voice server.
The local SHub performs layer 3 forwarding in upstream and downstream direction.
NT board NT board
SHub network
IP address
MGC ASP
SoftSwitch
XLES traffic
XLES traffic originates at the Voice server or at the Voice LT board and terminates
respectively at the Voice LT board or the Voice server.
• XLES traffic originating at the Voice server and destined to the Voice LT board:
The destined Voice LT is connected:
• to the local access node, or
• to an access node subtending to the local access node, or
• to an access node connected via a L3 aggregation network with the local access
node.
In the upstream direction, the Voice server determines the IP next hop for the
destination IP address of the packet, performs ARP for the next hop IP address /
destination IP address and forwards the IP packet appropriately.
The local SHub is configured as the next hop for the XLES packets originating at
the Voice server (in case the destined voice LT board connects to the local access
node, the local SHub IP address is equal to the destination IP address).
The (destined) SHub that connects the destined Voice LT board performs layer 3
followed by layer 4 forwarding.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-31
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
• XLES traffic originating at the Voice LT board and destined to the Voice server:
The Voice LT board relays the XLES packet to the local SHub.
The access node of the Voice LT board and the access node of the Voice Server
are the same: the local SHub detects that the destination IP address of the packet
can directly be reached via the local subnet. The local Shub performs ARP for the
destination IP address and forwards the IP packet appropriately.
The access node of the Voice LT board subtends to the access node of the Voice
Server: The local SHub determines the IP next hop for the destination IP address
of the packet, performs ARP for the next hop IP address and forwards the IP
packet appropriately.
The access node of the Voice LT board is connected via a layer 3 aggregation
network to the access node of the Voice server: The local SHub determines the IP
next hop for the destination IP address of the packet, performs ARP for the next
hop IP address and forwards the IP packet appropriately.
The SHub that connects the Voice server performs layer 3 forwarding.
Figure 8-30 Megaco ISAM Voice - Routed: XLES packet originating at the Voice
Server
L4 forwarding
L3 forwarding Main node
Remote node
NT board NT board
SHub network
IP address
L4 forwarding
L3 forwarding
MGC ASP
SoftSwitch
8-32 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Figure 8-31 Megaco ISAM Voice - Routed: XLES packet forwarding at the Voice LT
board.
L3 forwarding
L3 forwarding Main node
Remote node
NT board NT board
SHub network
IP address
L3 forwarding
MGC ASP
SoftSwitch
Voice traffic
Voice traffic originates at the Voice LT board and is destined to a voice termination
at the same Voice LT board, a voice termination at another Voice LT board in the
Voice cluster or a voice termination outside the voice cluster.
In some cases the voice traffic must be sent along the Voice server (as to support
some supplementary services or an optimized IP addressing scheme).
In all cases, voice traffic is relayed to the SHub prior to the forwarding to the destined
voice termination. This relay is either done by the Voice LT board (voice traffic that
does not pass the Voice server) or the Voice server (voice traffic that passes the voice
server).
A) Voice traffic not passing the Voice server.
• Voice traffic destined to a termination outside the voice cluster:
• The voice LT board forwards the upstream voice traffic to the local SHub.
• The local SHub determines the IP next hop for the voice traffic destination.
• The local Shub performs ARP for the next hop IP address and forwards the IP packet
appropriately.
• Voice traffic destined to a voice termination connected to the same Voice LT
board in the local access node:
• The Voice LT board relays the upstream voice traffic to the local SHub.
• The local SHub detects that the destination of the voice traffic equals the local Voice
IP address and treats the voice traffic locally.
• The local SHub performs layer 4 forwarding to the Voice LT voice from which the
voice traffic originated.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-33
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
8-34 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
• Voice traffic relayed by the Voice server to a voice termination outside the voice
cluster:
• The Voice Server determines the IP next hop for the destination of the voice traffic,
performs ARP for the next hop IP address and forwards the voice traffic
appropriately.
Figure 8-32 Megaco ISAM Voice - Routed: Voice packet originating at the LT board
L4 forwarding
NT board NT board
SHub network
IP address
L3 forwarding L3 forwarding
L4 forwarding
MGC ASP
SoftSwitch
Figure 8-33 Megaco ISAM Voice - Routed: Voice packet originating at the Voice
server
L4 forwarding
NT board NT board
SHub network
IP address
L3 forwarding
MGC ASP
SoftSwitch
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-35
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
OAM traffic
The management platform of the customer forwards the Voice OAM traffic to the
public OAM IP address of the ISAM access node hosting the Voice server.
Voice OAM traffic is distinguishable by a Voice specific SNMP community
string/context identifier from non-Voice OAM traffic and in addition distinguishable
through the same SNMP community string /context identifier amongst the Voice
server pairs (maximum eight) that may be hosted in the same ISAM access node.
Internally, the voice specific OAM traffic is relayed to the Voice server.
Voice OAM responses generated by the Voice server are internally passed to the
ISAM SNMP agent that forwards them to the customer's management platform.
Refer also to chapter “Management”.
Signaling traffic
Signaling traffic originates at the Voice LT.
• Centralized SIP architecture = Single IP address:
• In the upstream direction: the Voice LT board forwards the signaling packet to the
local SHub. The Local SHub determines the IP next hop for the destination IP
address of the packet, performs ARP for the next hop IP address and forwards the
IP packet appropriately.
• In the downstream direction: upon the receipt of a signaling packet, the local SHub
performs layer 3 forwarding followed by layer 4 forwarding to the destined Voice
LT board.
Figure 8-34 SIP ISAM Voice - Switched - Centralized: Signaling packet originating
at the Voice LT/Upstream layer 3 forwarding at the SHub
L3 forwarding
Remote node Main node
NT board Signaling
NT board L2 forwarding IP address Voice
XLES server
SHub Voice SHub Voice
IP address IP address
IP address
NT board NT board
L3
aggregation
SHub Voice SHub Voice
network
IP address IP address
Voice LT Voice LT
SHub signaling SHub signaling
board IP address IP address board
S-CSCF L3 forwarding
I-CSCF
AS
IP
HSS IMS
MRF Core
8-36 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Figure 8-35 SIP ISAM Voice - Switched - Centralized: Signaling packet destined to
the Voice LT/Downstream layer 4 forwarding at the SHub
NT board NT board
L2 forwarding
NT board NT board
L3
aggregation
SHub Voice SHub Voice
network
IP address IP address
Voice LT Voice LT
SHub signaling SHub signaling
board IP address IP address board
S-CSCF L4 forwarding
I-CSCF
AS
IP
HSS IMS
MRF Core
Figure 8-36 SIP ISAM Voice - Switched - Distributed: Signaling packet originating
at the Voice LT/Upstream layer 3 forwarding at the Voice LT
L3 forwarding
Remote node Main node
L2 forwarding NT board
NT board
L2 forwarding
Signaling
IP address Signaling
IP address
Voice LT Voice LT
board L2 board
Voice aggregation
IP address Voice
network IP address
NT board NT board
L3
aggregation
Signaling network Signaling
IP address IP address
Voice LT Voice LT
board board
Voice Voice
IP address IP address
L2 forwarding
S-CSCF L3 forwarding
I-CSCF
AS
IP
HSS IMS
MRF Core
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-37
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Figure 8-37 SIP ISAM Voice - Switched - Distributed: Signaling packet destined to
the Voice LT/Downstream layer 2 forwarding at the SHub
L2 forwarding NT board
NT board
L2 forwarding
Signaling
IP address Signaling
IP address
Voice LT Voice LT
board L2 board
Voice aggregation
IP address Voice
network IP address
NT board NT board
L3
aggregation
Signaling network Signaling
IP address IP address
Voice LT Voice LT
board board
Voice Voice
IP address IP address
L2 forwarding
S-CSCF
I-CSCF
AS
IP
HSS IMS
MRF Core
Voice traffic
For both the centralized as well as the distributed architecture, the forwarding of the
voice traffic in upstream as well as in downstream direction is identical as shown
above for the signaling traffic.
• Voice traffic exchanged between a local and a remote voice termination:
The forwarding behavior is identical to signaling traffic.
• Voice traffic exchanged between two voice terminations connected to the same
voice LT board:
The forwarding behavior depends on the destination IP address received from the
IMS core, for example, all the voice traffic might be forced to be forwarded along
a voice gateway.
Should the IMS core have decided that the voice traffic may be switched
internally in the access node then this voice traffic will be switched either
internally on the Voice LT board or along the local Shub depending on the Voice
LT board type being planned.
• Voice traffic exchanged between two voice terminations connected to different
voice LT boards in the same access node:
The forwarding behavior depends on the destination IP address received from the
IMS core, for example, all the voice traffic might be forced to be forwarded along
a voice gateway.
Anyhow, switching voice traffic between Voice Terminations, connected to the same
Voice LT board, along the local SHub is only possible in the centralized SIP
architecture, not in the distributed SIP architecture.
8-38 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Summarized, the SIP ISAM Voice forwards the voice traffic in accordance with the
destination IP address dictated by the SIP signaling and the Voice LT board type.
OAM traffic
The management platform of the customer forwards the Voice OAM traffic to the
management IP address of the ISAM access node hosting the Voice server.
Voice OAM responses generated by the Voice server are internally passed to the
ISAM SNMP agent that forwards them to the management platform of the customer.
Any potential intermediate SHub performs layer 2 forwarding and this in both
directions.
Refer also to chapter “Management”.
Security considerations
The SHub supports only a single fast path VRF. As a result, access nodes that are
deployed in mixed mode (that is, narrowband services and broadband services are
concurrently deployed by the same access node) must include protections that
guarantee that data is kept secret against unwanted, unintended and malicious
listeners and this for both the narrowband services and the broadband services.
This can be achieved as follows:
• At the network side of the VRF, the broadband data path is separated from the
narrowband data path by configuring different VLANs for these different data
paths (= different IP subnets).
In this respect, path protection can be guaranteed by the routing protocols
(different areas).
• At the user side of the VRF, ACLs need to be installed at the ports connection the
LT boards to block broadband traffic from interfering with narrowband traffic
and vice versa (that is, traffic received in the broadband path is not allowed to be
destined to a narrowband user and, vice versa, traffic received in the narrowband
path is not allowed to be destined to a broadband user).
• The ACLs will be built upon destination IP address/subnet and/or source IP
address/subnet.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-39
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Signaling traffic
Signaling traffic originates at the Voice LT.
• Centralized SIP architecture = Single IP address:
• In the upstream direction: the Voice LT board forwards the signaling packet to the
local SHub. The Local SHub determines the IP next hop for the destination IP
address of the packet, performs ARP for the next hop IP address and forwards the
IP packet appropriately.
• In the downstream direction: upon the receipt of a signaling packet, the local SHub
performs layer 3 forwarding followed by layer 4 forwarding to the destined Voice
LT board.
Figure 8-38 SIP ISAM Voice - Routed - Centralized: Signaling packet originating
at the Voice LT/Upstream layer 3 forwarding at the SHub
L3 forwarding
Remote node Main node
L3 forwarding
NT board SHub netw. SHub netw. NT board
Signaling Signaling SHub user
SHub user
IP address IP address Signaling
Signaling
IP address
IP address
SHub netw.
Voice LT Voice Voice LT
board SHub netw. IP address
SHub user SHub user
board
Voice
Voice IP address Voice
L3
IP address SHub IP address
aggregation subtending
network IP address
Voice LT Voice LT
SHub Voice
board SHub netw. IP address board
SHub user Voice
Voice IP address
IP address
S-CSCF L3 forwarding
I-CSCF
AS
IP
HSS IMS
MRF Core
8-40 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Figure 8-39 SIP ISAM Voice - Routed - Centralized: Signaling packet destined to
the Voice LT/Downstream layer 4 forwarding at the SHub
L3 forwarding
Remote node Main node
L3 forwarding
NT board SHub netw. SHub netw. NT board
Signaling Signaling SHub user
SHub user
IP address IP address Signaling
Signaling
IP address
IP address
SHub netw.
Voice LT Voice Voice LT
board SHub netw. IP address
SHub user SHub user
board
Voice
Voice IP address Voice
L3
IP address SHub IP address
aggregation subtending
network IP address
Voice LT Voice LT
SHub Voice
board SHub netw. IP address board
SHub user Voice
Voice IP address
IP address
S-CSCF L4 forwarding
I-CSCF
AS
IP
HSS IMS
MRF Core
Figure 8-40 SIP ISAM Voice - Routed - Distributed: Signaling packet originating at
the Voice LT/Upstream layer 3 forwarding at the Voice LT
L3 forwarding
Remote node Main node
L3 forwarding
SHub user NT board SHub netw. SHub netw. NT board SHub user
Signaling Signaling Signaling Signaling
IP address IP address IP address IP address
Signaling Signaling
IP address IP address
SHub netw.
Voice LT Voice Voice LT
board SHub netw. IP address
SHub user
board
SHub user Voice
Voice Voice Voice
Voice IP address L3
IP address
IP address SHub IP address IP address
aggregation subtending
network IP address
IP
HSS IMS
MRF Core
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-41
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Figure 8-41 SIP ISAM Voice - Routed - Distributed: Signaling packet destined to
the Voice LT/Downstream layer 2 forwarding at the SHub
L3 forwarding
Remote node Main node
L3 forwarding
SHub user NT board SHub netw. SHub netw. NT board SHub user
Signaling Signaling Signaling Signaling
IP address IP address IP address IP address
Signaling Signaling
IP address IP address
SHub netw.
Voice LT Voice Voice LT
board SHub netw. IP address
SHub user
board
SHub user Voice
Voice Voice Voice
Voice IP address L3
IP address
IP address SHub IP address IP address
aggregation subtending
network IP address
I-CSCF
AS
IP
HSS IMS
MRF Core
Voice traffic
Voice traffic originates at the Voice LT board.
For both the centralized as well as the distributed architecture, the forwarding of the
voice traffic in upstream as well as in downstream direction is identical as shown
above for the signaling traffic.
• Voice traffic exchanged between a local and a remote voice termination: The
forwarding behavior is identical to signaling traffic.
• Voice traffic exchanged between two voice termination connected to the same
voice LT board: The forwarding behavior depends on the destination IP address
received from the IMS core, for example, all the voice traffic might be forced to
be forwarded along a voice gateway.
Should the IMS core have decided that the voice traffic may be switched
internally in the access node then this voice traffic will be switched either
internally on the Voice LT board or along the local Shub depending on the Voice
LT board type being planned.
• Voice traffic exchanged between two voice termination connected to different
voice LT boards in the same access node: The forwarding behavior depends on
the destination IP address received from the IMS core, for example, all the voice
traffic might be forced to be forwarded along a voice gateway.
Switching voice traffic between Voice Terminations, connected to the same Voice
LT board, along the local SHub is only possible in the centralized SIP architecture,
not in the distributed SIP architecture.
8-42 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Summarized, the SIP ISAM Voice forwards the voice traffic in accordance with the
destination IP address dictated by the SIP signaling and the Voice LT board type.
OAM traffic
The management platform of the customer forwards the Voice OAM traffic to the
management IP address of the ISAM access node hosting the Voice server.
Voice OAM responses generated by the Voice server are internally passed to the
ISAM SNMP agent that forwards them to the management platform of the customer.
Refer also to chapter “Management”.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-43
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
8-44 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
• Voice/XLES VLAN:
The VLAN is of “Voice-VLAN” mode and configurable.
Ports associated with this VLAN are the ASAM port(s) connecting the Voice
server, the ASAM port(s) connecting the Voice LT, subtending port(s), and
network port(s).
The VLAN terminates at both the Voice server and the Voice LT and carries:
• RTP traffic exchanged between end users.
• RTCP traffic.
• XLES traffic (internal signaling, control and management) exchanged between the
Voice server and the Voice LT.
The basic layer 2/layer 3 addressing topology is shown in the following figures:
• For a hub ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-42
• For a subtending ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-43
• For a remote ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-44
Figure 8-42 Switching - Basic layer 2/layer 3 addressing topology - HUB ISAM
Voice
MG
In te r n a l O AM VLAN
Vo ice Se r ve r 1
Exte r n a l O AM VLAN
MG
IACM
Vo ice Se r ve r N
Vo ice LT 1
SHu b
NT
VO ICE VLAN
Public O AM IP Address
Public Signa ling IP Address
Public Voice / XLES IP Address
Priva te O AM IP Address
Vo ice LT M
Public Voice IP Address
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-45
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Exte r n a l O AM VLAN
IACM
Vo ice LT 1
SHu b
NT
VO ICE VLAN
Public O AM IP Address
Public Voice IP Address Vo ice LT M
Figure 8-44 Switching - Basic layer 2/layer 3 addressing topology - Remote ISAM
Voice
Exte r n a l O AM VLAN
IACM
Vo ice LT 1
SHu b
NT
VO ICE VLAN
Public O AM IP Address
Public Voice IP Address Vo ice LT M
Relying on the former layer 2 forwarding scheme, the layer 3 IP address scheme
looks then as follows:
• Public signaling IP address:
• Residing at the Voice server.
• Single IP address shared by a redundant pair of Voice servers.
• Configurable
• Public Voice IP address:
• Single IP address per ISAM Voice access node.
• Residing at the SHub.
• Configurable
• Public XLES IP address:
• Residing at the Voice server.
• Shared by a redundant pair of Voice servers.
• Configurable.
8-46 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
The basic layer 2/layer 3 addressing topology with IP subnet reduction is shown in
the following figures:
• For a hub ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-45.
• For a subtending ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-46.
• For a remote ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-47.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-47
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
MG
In te r n a l O AM VLAN
Vo ice Se r ve r 1
Exte r n a l O AM VLAN
MG
IACM
Vo ice Se r ve r N
Vo ice LT 1
SHu b
NT
Public O AM IP Address
Public Voice IP Address
Public shared Signaling/Voice/XLES IP Address
Vo ice LT M
Priva te O AM IP Address
Exte r n a l O AM VLAN
IACM
Vo ice LT 1
SHu b
NT
Vo ice LT M
Exte r n a l O AM VLAN
IACM
Vo ice LT 1
SHu b
NT
Vo ice LT M
Relying on the former layer 2 forwarding scheme, the layer 3 IP address scheme then
looks as follows:
• Shared public signaling/XLES IP address:
• Residing at the Voice server.
• Single IP address shared by a redundant pair of Voice servers.
• Configurable.
8-48 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-49
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
8-50 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
The basic layer 2/layer 3 addressing topology with IP subnet reduction and IP
address reduction is shown in the following figures:
• For a hub ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-48.
• For a subtending ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-49.
• For a remote ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-50.
Figure 8-48 Switching - IP subnet and IP address reduction topology - HUB ISAM
Voice
MG
In te r n a l O AM VLAN
Vo ice Se r ve r 1
Exte r n a l O AM VLAN
MG
IACM
Vo ice Se r ve r N
Vo ice LT 1
SHu b
NT
Shared SIGNALING/VO ICE VLAN
Public O AM IP Address
Private Voice IP Address
Public shared Signaling/Voice / XLES IP Address
Priva te O AM IP Address
Vo ice LT M
Private XLES IP Address
IACM
Vo ice LT 1
SHu b
NT
Public O AM IP Address
Private Voice IP Address
Vo ice LT M
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-51
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Exte r n a l O AM VLAN
IACM
Vo ice server N
Vo ice LT 1
SHu b
NT
Vo ice LT M
CASE B
Exte r n a l O AM VLAN
IACM
Vo ice server N
Vo ice LT 1
SHu b
NT
Vo ice LT M
Relying on the former layer 2 forwarding scheme, the layer 3 IP address scheme then
looks as follows:
• Shared public signaling/Voice/XLES IP address:
• Residing at the Voice server.
• Single IP address shared by a redundant pair of Voice servers.
• Configurable.
• Public Voice IP address (for remote ISAM Voice node):
• Single IP address per ISAM Voice access node.
• Residing at the SHub.
• Configurable.
• Private Voice IP address (for hub ISAM Voice node and subtending ISAM Voice
node):
• Single IP address per ISAM Voice access node.
• Residing at the SHub.
• Configurable.
• Private XLES IP address (for hub ISAM Voice node):
• Residing at the Voice server.
• Shared by a redundant pair of Voice servers.
• Configurable.
8-52 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-53
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
8-54 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Figure 8-51 Routing - Basic layer 3 addressing topology - HUB ISAM Voice
MG
Internal OAM VLAN
Voice Server 1
Voice LT 1
Network VLAN
NT
Voice LT M
Subtending
VLAN
VOICE VLAN
Figure 8-52 Routing - Basic layer 3 addressing topology - Subtending ISAM Voice
Fast-path VRF
Voice LT 1
NT
Subtending VLAN
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-55
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Figure 8-53 Routing - Basic layer 3 addressing topology - Remote ISAM Voice
Voice LT 1
NT
VOICE VLAN
Public OAM IP Address
Public Voice IP Address
Network IP address Voice LT M
8-56 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-57
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
• Subtending Voice/XLES VLAN at the user side of the fast path VRF:
The VLAN is of “iBridge” mode and configurable.
Ports associated with this VLAN are the subtending port(s).
The VLAN terminates at the SHub and the Voice LT board(s) connecting to the
subtending ISAM Voice and carries:
• RTP traffic exchanged between end users
• RTCP traffic
• XLES traffic exchanged between the Voice server and the subtending Voice LT
board(s)
The basic layer 3 addressing topology with IP subnet reduction is shown in the
following figures:
• For a hub ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-54.
• For a subtending ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-55.
• For a remote ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-56.
MG
Internal OAM VLAN
Voice Server 1
Shared SIGNALING
Voice Server N
/VOICE VLAN
Voice LT 1
NT
Subtending
VLAN
8-58 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
VOICE VLAN
Fast-path VRF
Voice LT 1
NT
Voice LT M
Voice LT 1
NT
VOICE VLAN
Public OAM IP Address
Public Voice IP Address
Network IP address Voice LT M
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-59
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
8-60 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
• Shared public signaling/Voice/XLES VLAN at the user side of the fast path VRF:
The VLAN is of “Residential Bridge” mode in the Hub ISAM Voice and of
“Voice-VLAN” mode in the remote ISAM Voice, and configurable.
Ports associated with this VLAN are the ASAM port(s) connecting the Voice
server in the Hub ISAM Voice and the ASAM port(s) connecting the voice LT
board boards in the remote ISAM Voice.
The shared VLAN terminates at the SHUB / Voice server and at the Voice LT
board in the Remote ISAM Voice nodes. It carries:
• Megaco and SIGTRAN signaling traffic exchanged between the MGC (Call
Server)/ ASP (Application Server Process) and the MG (ISAM Voice).
• RTP traffic originated from or destined to end users connected to a remote ISAM
Voice node.
• RTP traffic originated from an external end user and destined to an end user
connected to the hub node or subtending node.
• RTP traffic originated from an end user connected to the hub or Subtending node
and destined to an external end user.
• RTCP traffic.
• XLES traffic (internal signaling, control and management) exchanged between the
Voice server and the Voice LT board hosted in the remote ISAM Voice node.
• Private Voice VLAN:
The VLAN is of “Voice-VLAN” mode, and configurable.
Ports associated with this VLAN are the ASAM port(s) connecting the Voice
server and the ASAM port(s) connecting the Voice LT.
The private Voice VLAN terminates at the SHUB, Voice server and the Voice
LT. It carries:
• RTP traffic originated or destined to end users connected to the Hub, Subtending
(Case B:) and/or Remote ISAM Voice nodes.
• RTCP traffic.
• XLES traffic (internal signaling, control and management) exchanged between the
Voice server and the Voice LT board residing in the Hub, the Subtending (Case B)
and/or the Remote ISAM Voice node.
• Subtending Voice/XLES VLAN at the user side of the fast path VRF:
The VLAN is of “iBridge” mode and configurable.
Ports associated with this VLAN are the subtending port(s).
The VLAN terminates at the SHub and the Voice LT board(s) connecting to the
subtending ISAM Voice and carries:
• RTP traffic exchanged between end users
• RTCP traffic
• XLES traffic exchanged between the Voice server and the subtending Voice LT(s)
The basic layer 3 addressing topology with IP subnet reduction and IP address
reduction is shown in the following figures:
• For a hub ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-57.
• For a subtending ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-58.
• For a remote ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-59.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-61
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Figure 8-57 Routing - IP subnet and IP address reduction topology - HUB ISAM
Voice
MG
Internal OAM VLAN
Voice Server N
Private VOICE VLAN
Fast-path VRF
Network VLAN
Voice LT 1
NT
Voice LT M
Subtending
VLAN
Public OAM IP Address Private XLES IP Address
Private Voice IP Address Network IP address
Public shared Signaling/XLES IP Address User IP address
Private OAM IP Address Subtending IP address
Voice LT 1
NT
Voice LT M
Figure 8-59 Routing - IP subnet and IP address reduction topology - Remote ISAM
Voice
External OAM VLAN
Shared SIGNALLING
/VOICE VLAN
Voice server N
Voice LT 1
NT
8-62 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-63
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Voice LT 1
OAM VLAN
SIP UA
Voice LT K
Shared SIGNALING/VOICE VLAN
Fast-path VRF SIP UA
Voice LT L
NT SIP UA
OAM IP Address
Shared signaling/Voice IP Address
Voice LT X
Subtending
node
Relying on the former layer 2 forwarding scheme, the layer 3 IP address scheme then
looks as follows:
• Signaling/Voice IP interface:
• Configurable at the Voice LT.
• Multiple IP address per ISAM Voice access node.
8-64 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Figure 8-61 shows the layer 2/layer 3 addressing topology for this model.
SIP UA
SIGNALING VLAN
SIP UA
Voice LT L
VOICE VLAN
NT SIP UA
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-65
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Relying on the former layer 2 forwarding scheme, the layer 3 IP address scheme then
looks as follows:
• signaling IP interface:
• Configurable at the Voice LT board.
• Multiple IP address per ISAM Voice access node.
• Voice IP address:
• Configurable at the Voice LT board.
• Multiple IP address per ISAM Voice access node.
8-66 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Voice LT 1
Voice LT K
SIGNALING VLAN
Fast-path VRF
SIP UA
Voice LT L
NT
Voice LT X
Relying on the former layer 2 forwarding scheme, the layer 3 IP address scheme then
looks as follows:
• Signaling IP address:
• Configurable at the SHub.
• Shared by a redundant pair of SHubs.
• Single IP address per ISAM Voice access node.
• Voice IP address:
• Configurable at the SHub.
• Shared by a redundant pair of SHubs.
• Single IP address per ISAM Voice access node.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-67
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Voice LT 1
External OAM VLAN
SIP UA
SIP UA
NT Voice LT L
OAM IP Address
Shared Signaling/Voice IP Address
SIP UA
Subtending Voice LT X
node
Relying on the former layer 2 forwarding scheme, the layer 3 IP address scheme then
looks as follows:
• Shared signaling/Voice IP interface:
• Configurable at the SHub.
• Shared by a redundant pair of SHubs.
• Single IP interface per ISAM Voice access node.
8-68 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
• The external communication VLAN carries the external management traffic (see
chapter “Management”).
• The public OAM IP interface is configured at the NT (see
chapter “Management”).
• Different VLANs at the network side and at the user side of the fast path VRF.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-69
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Voice LT 1
OAM VLAN
SIP UA
Voice LT K
Network VLAN
NT SIP UA
OAM IP Address
Shared signaling/Voice IP Address
Network IP address
Voice LT X
User IP address
Subtending
Subtending IP address node
8-70 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Figure 8-65 shows the layer 2/layer 3 addressing topology for this model.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-71
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
SIP UA
VOICE VLAN
Voice LT 1
Voice LT K
Fast-path VRF
SIP UA
Voice LT L
Network VLAN
NT
OAM IP Address
Voice LT X
User IP Address
User IP Address
Network IP Address
Subtending IP Address
Subtending IP Address Subtending
Signalling IP Address node
Voice IP Address
8-72 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
• A next hop IP interface is configured on top of the signaling VLAN at the network
side of the fast path VRF.
• A next hop IP interface is configured on top of the voice VLAN at the network
side of the fast path VRF.
• A next hop IP interface is configured on top of the subtending signaling VLAN
at the user side of the fast path VRF.
• A next hop IP interface is configured on top of the subtending voice VLAN at the
user side of the fast path VRF.
• Upstream packet forwarding:
• Signaling/Voice packet is internally relayed from Voice LT board to SHub
• Layer 3 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet at the SHub.
• Layer 2 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet from subtending to network side.
• Downstream packet forwarding:
• Layer 3 followed by layer 4 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet from the SHub to
the Voice LT board.
• Layer 3 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet from network to subtending side.
• Signaling VLAN:
The VLAN is of “Voice-VLAN” mode and configurable.
Ports associated with this VLAN are the ASAM port(s) connecting the Voice LT.
The signaling VLAN terminates at the Voice LT board and carries the SIP
signaling traffic exchanged between the SIP server and the SIP User Agent
(ISAM Voice).
• Voice VLAN at the user side of the fast path VRF:
The VLAN is of “Voice-VLAN” mode and configurable.
Ports associated with this VLAN are the ASAM port(s) connecting the Voice LT.
The Voice VLAN terminates at the Voice LT and carries:
• RTP traffic exchanged between end users
• RTCP traffic.
• Subtending VLANs for signaling and Voice at the user side of the fast path VRF:
The VLAN is of “iBridge” mode and configurable.
Ports associated with this VLAN are the subtending port(s).
The subtending signalling/ Voice VLAN terminates at the Voice LT board
connected to the subtending ISAM Voice and carries:
• SIP signaling traffic exchanged between the SIP server and the SIP UA (ISAM
Voice)
• RTP traffic exchanged between end users
• RTCP traffic.
Figure 8-66 shows the topology for this model.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-73
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
SIP UA
VOICE VLAN
Voice LT 1
Voice LT K
Fast-path VRF
SIP UA
Voice LT L
Network VLAN
NT
OAM IP Address
Voice LT X
Signaling IP Address
Voice IP Address
Network IP Address
Subtending IP Address
Subtending IP Address Subtending
node
8-74 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
• A next hop IP interface is configured on top of the subtending VLAN at the user
side of the fast path VRF.
• Upstream packet forwarding:
• Signaling/Voice packet is internally relayed from Voice LT to SHub.
• Layer 3 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet at the SHub.
• Layer 3 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet from subtending to network side.
• Downstream packet forwarding:
• Layer 3 followed by layer 4 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet from the SHub to
the Voice LT board.
• Layer 3 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet from network to subtending side.
• Signaling/Voice VLAN at the user side of the fast path VRF:
The VLAN is of “Voice-VLAN” mode and configurable.
Ports associated with this VLAN are the ASAM port(s) connecting the Voice LT.
The signaling/Voice VLAN terminates at the Voice LT and carries:
• SIP signaling traffic exchanged between the SIP server and the SIP UA (ISAM
Voice).
• RTP traffic exchanged between end-users.
• RTCP traffic.
• Subtending signaling/Voice VLAN at the user side of the fast path VRF:
The VLAN is of “iBridge” mode and configurable.
Ports associated with this VLAN are the subtending port(s).
The subtending signaling/Voice VLAN terminates at the Voice LT(s) connected
to the subtending ISAM Voice and carries:
• SIP signaling traffic exchanged between the SIP server and the SIP UA (ISAM
Voice).
• RTP traffic exchanged between end-users.
• RTCP traffic.
Figure 8-67 shows the addressing topology for this model.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-75
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Voice LT 1
OAM VLAN
SIP UA
Voice LT K
Network VLAN
NT SIP UA
OAM IP Address
Shared signaling/Voice IP Address
Network IP address
Voice LT X
User IP address
Subtending
Subtending IP address node
8-76 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
H.248, SIGTRAN and XLES signaling packets include configured DSCP and .1P
values.
Figure 8-68 shows the H.248 signaling protocol stack for a POTS termination
connected directly to the hub ISAM Voice. The Z interface is terminated at the Voice
LT. User events like hook off, hook on and so on are converted into XLES/LAPV5
packets which are sent to the Voice server. The Voice server in turn converts the
internal proprietary XLES/LAPV5 protocol into Megaco messages sent to the MGC.
Figure 8-68 POTS signaling protocol stack - HUB ISAM Voice - Switching model
XLES XLES
H.248 H.248
LapV5 LapV5
IP IP IP IP IP
L3 IP
Figure 8-69 POTS signaling protocol stack - HUB ISAM Voice - Routing model
XLES XLES
H.248 H.248
LapV5 LapV5
IP IP IP IP IP IP
L3 IP
Figure 8-70 POTS signaling protocol stack - Subtending ISAM Voice - Switching
model
XLES XLES
H.248 H.248
LapV5 LapV5
IP IP IP IP IP
L3 IP
Termination Voice LT SHub SHub Voice Server SHub EMAN Edge Router MGC
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-77
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Figure 8-71 POTS signaling protocol stack Subtending ISAM Voice - Routing model
Subtending ISAM Voice Hub ISAM Voice
XLES XLES
H.248 H.248
LapV5 LapV5
IP IP IP IP IP IP IP
L3 IP
Termination Voice LT SHub SHub Voice Server SHub EMAN Edge Router MGC
Figure 8-72 POTS signaling protocol stack - Remote ISAM Voice - Switching model
Remote ISAM Voice Hub ISAM Voice
XLES XLES
H.248 H.248
LapV5 LapV5
IP IP IP IP IP
L3 IP
Termination Voice LT SHub EMAN SHub Voice Server SHub EMAN Edge Router MGC
Figure 8-73 POTS signaling protocol stack - Remote ISAM Voice - Routing model
Remote ISAM Voice Hub ISAM Voice
XLES XLES
H.248 H.248
LapV5 LapV5
IP IP IP IP IP
L3 IP
IP IP IP
Termination Voice LT SHub EMAN SHub Voice Server SHub EMAN Edge Router MGC
For ISDN BRI terminations, the Voice server behaves as the signaling Gateway
(SG). It communicates with the ASP through the SIGTRAN protocol. The D-channel
layer 2 protocol (Q.921) is terminated at the Voice LT. The D-channel layer 3
protocol (Q.931) is fully transparent to the Voice server. Q.931 is encapsulated with
SIGTRAN and fully transparently forwarded to the ASP.
The ISAM Voice still acts as the MG for the call control in calls involving
B-channels.
8-78 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Figure 8-74 ISDN BRI signaling protocol stack - HUB ISAM Voice - Switching
model
Hub ISAM Voice
Q931 Q931
XLES XLES
IUA IUA
Q921 Q921 LapV5 LapV5
IP IP IP IP IP
L3 IP
Figure 8-75 ISDN BRI signaling protocol stack - HUB ISAM Voice - Routing model
Q931 Q931
XLES XLES
IUA IUA
Q921 Q921 LapV5 LapV5
IP IP IP IP IP IP
L3 IP
For ISDN BRI Terminations connected to a remote or subtending ISAM Voice, the
D-channel layer 2 protocol (Q.921) is terminated at the Voice LT residing at the
remote or subtending ISAM Voice. Information transfer between the remote or
subtending ISAM Voice and the hub ISAM Voice happens through the proprietary
XLES/LAPV5 protocol that is terminated at the Voice server. The Voice server in
turn converts the internal proprietary XLES/LAPV5 protocol into SIGTRAN
messages sent to the ASP.
Figure 8-76 ISDN BRI signaling protocol stack - Subtending ISAM Voice -
Switching model
Subtending ISAM Voice Hub ISAM Voice
Q931 Q931
XLES XLES
IUA IUA
Q921 Q921 LapV5 LapV5
IP IP IP IP IP IP
I410 I410 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q
Generic
PHY
802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3
Termination Voice LT IHub IHub Voice Server IHub EMAN Edge Router MGC
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-79
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Figure 8-77 ISDN BRI signaling protocol stack - Subtending ISAM Voice - Routing
model
Subtending ISAM Voice Hub ISAM Voice
Q931 Q931
XLES XLES
IUA IUA
Q921 Q921 LapV5 LapV5
IP IP IP IP IP IP IP IP
I410 I410 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q
Generic
PHY
802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3
Termination Voice LT IHub IHub Voice Server IHub EMAN Edge Router MGC
Figure 8-78 ISDN BRI signaling protocol stack - Remote ISAM Voice - Switching
model
Remote ISAM Voice Hub ISAM Voice
Q931 Q931
XLES XLES
IUA IUA
Q921 Q921 LapV5 LapV5
IP IP IP IP IP IP
I410 I410 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q
Generic
PHY
802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3
Termination Voice LT IHub EMAN IHub Voice Server IHub EMAN Edge Router MGC
Figure 8-79 ISDN BRI signaling protocol stack - Remote ISAM Voice - Routing
model
Remote ISAM Voice Hub ISAM Voice
Q931 Q931
XLES XLES
IUA IUA
Q921 Q921 LapV5 LapV5
IP IP IP IP IP IP IP IP IP
I410 I410 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q
Generic
PHY
802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3
Termination Voice LT IHub EMAN IHub Voice Server IHub EMAN Edge Router MGC
8-80 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Figure 8-80, Figure 8-81, Figure 8-82, Figure 8-83, Figure 8-84 and Figure 8-85
show the SIP signaling protocol stack for a POTS termination for the different
architectures. The Z interface is terminated at the Voice LT board. User events like
hook off, hook on, and so on are converted into SIP messages sent to the SIP server.
SIP SIP
UDP UDP
IP IP IP
L3 IP
SIP SIP
UDP UDP
IP IP IP IP
L3 IP
SIP SIP
UDP UDP
IP IP IP IP
L3 IP
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-81
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
SIP SIP
UDP UDP
IP IP IP IP
L3 IP
SIP SIP
IP IP IP IP
L3 IP
SIP SIP
IP IP IP IP IP
L3 IP
8-82 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Figure 8-86 MEGACO POTS Voice protocol stack - Upstream - Switching model
Hub ISAM Voice
RTP RTP
UDP UDP
IP IP IP IP
L3 IP
RTP RTP
UDP UDP
IP IP IP IP
L3 IP
Figure 8-88 MEGACO POTS Voice protocol stack - Downstream - Switching model
Hub ISAM Voice
RTP RTP
IP IP IP IP
L3 IP
RTP RTP
IP IP IP IP IP
L3 IP
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-83
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Figure 8-90 SIP POTS Voice protocol stack - Distributed Architecture - Switching
model
RTP RTP
UDP UDP
IP IP IP
L3 IP
Figure 8-91 SIP POTS Voice protocol stack - Distributed Architecture - Routing
model
Hub ISAM Voice
RTP RTP
UDP UDP
IP IP IP IP
L3 IP
Figure 8-92 SIP POTS Voice protocol stack - Centralised Architecture - Upstream
- Switching model
RTP RTP
UDP UDP
IP IP IP IP
L3 IP
RTP RTP
UDP UDP
IP IP IP IP
L3 IP
8-84 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
RTP RTP
IP IP IP IP
L3 IP
RTP RTP
IP IP IP IP IP
L3 IP
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-85
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
In case the customer decides to make use of the FLAT termination ID format, then
such termination id is to be configured for each of the terminations.
8-86 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
DHCP
The SIP Distributed model allows part of the configuration data to be retrieved
through a DHCP request. Following DHCP options are supported:
Option Name
1 Subnet-Mask
3 Router
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-87
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Option Name
81 Client FQDN
82 Client ID(1)
90 Authentication
(2 of 2)
Note
(1) The insertion of Option 82 by the DHCP client at the voice LT board can be enabled/disabled through
configuration.
Only the sub-option “Remote-ID” is supported.
The content of the “Remote-ID” is configurable. The default value equals the Physical LT Board-ID
i.e. rack/shelf/slot.
CDE Profile
Besides the usual management interface to configure the network and end user
associated database parameters for the integrated voice service, ISAM Voice makes
use of additional configuration input under the format of a downloadable file.
Allowing the integrated voice service to become fully operational requires the
presence of the CDE profile at the Voice server (Megaco ISAM Voice only) and the
Voice LT (both Megaco and SIP ISAM Voice).
The content of CDE profile is customer dependent. A CDE profile is produced
off-line at the factory. The content is collected by means of a questionnaire, filled in
by the customer. The content is considered to be of static nature and concerns mainly
the physical subscriber line, the Z-interface, the tone pattern, the protocols that run
at the end user side and LT board HW characteristics.
There is a dedicated CDE profile for the POTS Voice LT, the ISDN BRI Voice LT
and the Voice server. The latter 2 profiles do only apply to the Megaco ISAM Voice).
The CDE profile for the POTS Voice LT is voice topology independent meaning that
the same CDE profile can be used in either a Megaco or a SIP environment.
The CDE profiles for the POTS/ISDN BRI Voice LT and Voice server are included
in a CDE.tar file. This file must be downloaded and activated in the individual ISAM
Voice access nodes (SIP ISAM Voice). For the Megaco ISAM Voice, that is, the hub
node, the subtending nodes and the remote nodes.
The CDE.tar file is delivered to the customer together with the SW package and all
other associated files that are required to install an ISAM Voice in the access
network.
8-88 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
The system itself takes care that a CDE profile is downloaded to the Voice server
(Megaco ISAM Voice only) and /or Voice LT.
The system supports CDE profile upgrade. They are as well an integral part of the
offline database migration during software upgrade.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-89
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
1 1 0..1
POTS ISDN Signaling Line Id Syntax
LT Board LT Board Gateway 1..2 Profile
Voice
LT Board
1 1
Line Test
Session Voice Server
Parameters 1..1024 1
1 1
1 1
1..72 1
Available
Line Identity Session
1..N
Session
Report
8-90 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
• The classes “SYSTEM”, “NT”, “LT Board” and “Voice Server” reflect the
Access Node, the Network Termination, the Line Termination and Voice server
hardware being involved in the integrated voice service. These classes are not
further elaborated in subsequent sections.
• The class “Voice LT Board” is an instantiation of the class “LT Board”. This class
is not further elaborated in subsequent sections.
• The classes “POTS LT Board” and “ISDN LT Board” are instantiations of the
class “Voice LT Board”. This class is not further elaborated in subsequent
sections.
• The classes “POTS Line” and “ISDN Line” are instantiations of the class “H.248
Termination”. The class “H.248 Termination” is elaborated in subsequent
sections.
• The classes “POTS CDE Profile”, “ISDN CDE Profile” and “Voice Server CDE”
are instantiations of the class “CDE Profile”. The class “POTS CDE Profile” is
elaborated in subsequent sections.
The class “Media Gateway” includes the attributes and methods that allow the
provisioning of the H.248 protocol, L2 and L3 network connection and the network
redundancy parameters as well as the quality of service characteristics for the
signaling as well as the voice stream.
The class “H.248 Termination” includes the attributes and methods that allow the
provisioning of the individual POTS or ISDN termination characteristics.
The class “XLES” includes the attributes and methods that allow provisioning of the
internal Voice cluster signaling characteristics.
The class “Signaling Gateway” includes the attributes and methods that allow the
provisioning of the L3/L4 and network redundancy characteristics of the Assignment
Source Point (ASP).
The Class “Line Id Syntax Profile” includes the attributes and methods that allow the
provisioning of the POTS and / or ISDN termination ID format.
The classes “POTS CDE Profile”, “ISDN CDE Profile” and “Voice Server CDE
Profile” include the attributes and methods that allow the provisioning of the
physical subscriber line, the Z-interface, the tone pattern, the protocols that run at the
end user side and LT board hardware characteristics.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-91
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Figure 8-97 SIP ISAM Voice - Statistics and Counters Management Model
Read-only File Input
Per-Line Stats
Per-Board Stats History 15 min
Current 15 min 96
Per-Line Stats
Per-Board Stats
1 Current 1 day
History 15 min
Per-Line Stats
Per-Board Stats Line Termination
3 History 1 day
Current 1 day 1 Board
Per-Call Stats
Per-Board Stats
History 15 min
History 1 day 0..N
TCA
Threshold
CPU Load 1
1
Per-Line
Performance
Memory Resource 1 Monitoring Info
Occupation 1
Subscriber Line
Performance System Availability
1 1
Monitoring Info 1
Stats
1 Configuration
8-92 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
VSP SIP
Dial Plan
1 0..N Termination
1 1
1 1 0..1
1..256
1 1
Digit Map
POTS
SIP Timers Line
N
SIP Server
1..N 1
NAPTR
1..N Resource Record
POTS
DNS Server MIB LT Board
0..6 SRV
Readiness
1..N Resource Record
ONLY
Session Timer A 1
0..1 1..N Resource Record Voice
LT Board
Line Id Syntax
Profile User Agent
1
Access Point 0..1
1..18 LT
Transport Board
Protocols 1..2 1
1
User Agent
Registration
1
NT
MIB
Network DHCP
Authentication Readiness
Redundancy 1 ONLY
1
SIP
VSP
0..N Termination
1 1
1 0..1
1
POTS
Line
N
1 1
CDE Voice
Profile 1 LT Board
1..N
SIP LT
Service Profile 1 Board
1
NT
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-93
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Figure 8-100 VoIP Narrowband Line Test model and VoIP database model
Line Test
Session NT
Parameters 1..1024 1..16
1 1
1 1
1..72 1..16
Available
Line Identity Session
1..N
Session
Report
VoIP Database NT
1 1
• The classes “SYSTEM”, “NT”, “LT Board” reflect the Access Node, the
Network Termination, and the Line Termination hardware being involved in the
integrated voice service. These classes are not further elaborated in subsequent
sections.
• The class “Voice LT Board” is an instantiation of the class “LT Board”. This class
is not further elaborated in subsequent sections.
• The class “POTS LT Board” is an instantiation of the class “Voice LT Board”.
This class is not further elaborated in subsequent sections.
• The class “POTS Line” is an instantiation of the class “SIP Termination”. The
class “SIP Termination is elaborated in subsequent sections.
• The class “POTS CDE Profile” is an instantiation of the class “CDE Profile”. The
class “POTS CDE Profile” is elaborated in subsequent sections.
8-94 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
The class “Per-Line Stats History 1 day” includes the attributes and methods that
allow retrieving the per-line measured values for the past three 1-day intervals.
The class “Per-Board Stats Current 15 min” includes the attributes and methods that
allow retrieving the per-board measured values during the current 15-minutes
interval.
The class “Per-Board Stats History 15 min” includes the attributes and methods that
allow retrieving the per-board measured values for the past 96 15-min intervals.
The class “Per-Board Stats Current 1 day” includes the attributes and methods that
allow retrieving the per-board measured values during the current 1-day interval.
The class “Per-Board Stats History 1 day” includes the attributes and methods that
allow retrieving the per-board measured values for the past 3 1-day intervals.
The class “Per-Call Stats History 15 min” includes the attributes and methods that
allow retrieving the per-call measured values for the past 96 15-minutes intervals.
The class “CPU Load” includes the attributes and methods that allow retrieving the
CPU occupancy during the past 180 s time period at the Line termination / Network
termination board.
The class “Memory Resource Occupation” includes the attributes and methods that
allow retrieving the actual dynamic memory resource allocation at the Line
termination / Network termination board.
The class “Subscriber Line Availability”: includes the attributes and methods that
allow retrieving the actual service state of the subscriber lines.
The class “Per-Line Performance Monitoring Info” includes the attributes and
methods that allow retrieving the validity of the measured data during the several
intervals.
The class “Per-Board Performance Monitoring Info” includes the attributes and
methods that allow retrieving the validity of the measured data during the several
intervals.
The class “Stats Configuration” includes the attributes and methods that allow to:
• enable/disable performance monitoring overall
• identify an “incoming call” / “outgoing call” during performance monitoring.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-95
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
The class “Digit Map” includes the attributes and methods that allow the
provisioning of the Digit Map that applies to the network of the Voice Service
Provider.
The class “SIP Server” includes the attributes and methods that allow the
provisioning of the (list of) SIP server(s) being installed in the network of the Voice
Service Provider.
The Class “DNS Server” includes the attributes and methods that allow the
provisioning of the (list of) DNS server(s) being installed in the network of the Voice
Service Provider.
The Class “Session Timer” includes the attributes and methods that allow the
provisioning of the Session Timer extension of the SIP protocol.
The Class “Line Id Syntax Profile” includes the attributes and methods that allow the
provisioning of the POTS termination ID format.
The Class “Transport Protocols” includes the attributes and methods that allow the
provisioning of the transport protocols the SIP User Agent must listen to for
incoming SIP requests.
The Class “Registration” includes the attributes and methods that allow the
provisioning of the SIP Register Method behavior in the network of the Voice
Service Provider.
The Class “Network Redundancy” includes the attributes and methods that allow the
provisioning of the Voice Service Provider's network redundancy characteristics
together with the expected SIP User Agent redundancy behavior.
The Classes “User Agent” and “User Agent Access Point” includes the attributes and
methods that allow the provisioning of the L2 and L3 network connection together
with the quality of service characteristics for the signaling as well as the voice
stream.
The class “Termination” includes the attributes and methods that allow the
provisioning of the individual SIP termination characteristics.
8-96 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Equipment Protection
NT redundancy
For further details about NT redundancy, see chapter “Failure protection and
redundancy provisions in ISAM”.
Connectivity Protection
Besides the support of Spanning Tree Protocol (STP), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol
(RSTP) or Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) and Link Aggregation Control
Protocol (LACP) on the network links of the ISAM Voice node, some additional,
more voice specific connectivity protection concepts are introduced.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-97
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
• “Configured heartbeat interval”: The interval by which the “notify” packages are
initiated by the MG is provisioned.
• “Learnt heartbeat interval”: The interval by which the “notify” packages are
initiated by the MG is learnt from the “Inactivity Timer” package notification of
the MGC.
The system decides upon a failure of the current control association from the
moment 7 subsequent “notify” packages were not replied by the MGC.
• “Configured heartbeat interval”: The interval by which the “audit” packages are
initiated by the MGC is provisioned.
8-98 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
• “Learnt heartbeat interval”: The interval by which the “audit” packages are
initiated by the MGC is dynamically learnt by the MG. The MG awaits 3
consecutive “audit” packages from the MGC to calculate the heartbeat interval.
The system decides upon a failure of the current control association from the
moment 8 subsequent heartbeat intervals have passed without receiving neither an
“audit” nor a regular Megaco package from the MGC.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-99
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
8-100 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-101
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
SIP ISAM Voice: SIP Server Redundancy and SIP Server Fail-Over /
Fail-Back
SIP Server Redundancy entails the grouping of individual SIP servers which as a
group can support the ability for a SIP User Agent in the access node to recover and
resume service in spite of a failure of one or multiple of the individual SIP servers.
L2 / L3 Primary Site
Network
I-CSCF HSS
ISAM-V
The ISAM Voice SIP User Agent supports the interworking with a group of “first
hop SIP servers” that form a SIP server redundancy group and whereby all SIP
servers get assigned a different priority. The SIP server with the highest priority acts
as the primary SIP server, while the rest of the SIP servers act as secondary SIP
servers. A “first hop SIP Server” is to be understood as the SIP Server being selected
by the SIP User Agent to send the initial REGISTER/INVITE requests to. Such SIP
server redundancy group consists of a primary and one or multiple secondary SIP
servers.
A SIP server redundancy group can be provisioned by means of:
• A Domain Name whereby the IP address of the individual SIP servers must be
resolved through the Domain Name Service NAPTR, SRV and A resource record
look-up,
• A list of Fully Qualified Domain Names whereby the IP address of the individual
SIP servers must then be resolved through the Domain Name Service A resource
record look-up,
• A list of IP addresses of the individual SIP Servers.
8-102 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
The SIP User Agent triggers autonomously a SIP server Fail-over upon the failure of
the actually selected first hop SIP server. A failure is to be understood as a situation
where a reply is no longer received for an out-of-dialog SIP request or the receipt of
an unsuccessful response code to an out-of-dialog SIP request. In the course of a SIP
Server Fail-Over, the SIP terminations that are currently registered via the failing SIP
server are moved to another SIP server within the same redundancy group.
The SIP server Fail-over trigger default conditions can be customized by means of
SIP Service Profile provisioning.
Once the failed primary SIP server is back in service, the SIP User Agent triggers
autonomously a SIP server Fail-back. In the course of a SIP server Fail-back, the SIP
terminations that are currently registered via a secondary SIP server are moved to the
primary SIP server within the same redundancy group.
The SIP server fail-back is performed gracefully meaning that the SIP User agent
triggers a fail-back for a SIP termination from the moment it has the on-hook state.
Neither ongoing dialogs nor ongoing transactions are interrupted.
Neither for the SIP server Fail-over nor for the SIP server fail-back ongoing dialogs
and transactions are transferred to the selected fail-over / fail-back SIP server, and
this neither at the signaling plane (SIP) nor at the media plane (RTP).
Foreground Service Health Monitoring
Foreground Service Health Monitoring helps the SIP User Agent to rapidly detect
whether the currently selected first hop SIP server can still be addressed for new SIP
requests. Foreground Service Health Monitoring makes use of either the SIP
REGISTER or the SIP OPTIONS Method.
• In case the SIP register method applies, one termination out of the group of
terminations re-registers with a configurable high frequent interval (typically 90
s) while the rest of the terminations re-register with the usual frequency. The
group of terminations must have the following in common (SIP Termination
Group):
• These SIP terminations get the same service route returned upon successful
registration
• These SIP terminations addressed the same First Hop SIP server for their initial
registration.
• In case the SIP options method applies, the SIP User agent will periodically send
(period typically equals 90 s) a SIP options request to the active SIP first hop
server.
Passive Heartbeat
As opposed to Foreground Service Health Monitoring, the main purpose of the
Passive Heartbeat is to help the SIP first hop server to rapidly detect whether a SIP
user Agent can still be addressed for new SIP requests.
When Passive Heartbeat is enabled, the SIP User Agent must reply to the SIP
OPTIONS request that is periodically sent by the SIP first hop server.
The Passive Heartbeat interval configured at and used by the SIP first hop server can
also provisioned at the access node side.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-103
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
By watching the regular receipt of a SIP OPTIONS request from the SIP first hop
server, the SIP User Agent is able to detect whether the SIP first hop server is still up
and running.
Note — The Passive Heartbeat and Foreground Service Health
Monitoring methods are mutually exclusive.
8-104 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
I-CSCF HSS
ISAM-V
I-CSCF HSS
ISAM-V
The ISAM Voice SIP User Agent supports the interworking with a first hop
Geo-redundant SIP server topology.
A Geo-redundant SIP server topology can be provisioned by means of:
• The Domain Names of the geo primary and geo back-up site whereby the IP
address of the individual SIP servers of these sites must be resolved through the
Domain Name Service NAPTR, SRV and A resource record look-up,
• A list of Fully Qualified Domain Names for both the geo primary and the geo
back-up site whereby the IP address of the individual SIP servers must then be
resolved through the Domain Name Service A resource record look-up,
• A list of IP addresses of the individual SIP Servers for both the geo primary and
the geo back-up site.
The SIP User Agent triggers a Geo Fail-Over / Geo Fail-Back upon explicit request
of the operator. See the related documents for detailed information and the detailed
command definitions for initiating such Geo Fail-Over / Geo Fail-back (ISAM
Operations and Maintenance Guide Using CLI).
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-105
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
L2 / L3 ESAPrimary Site
Network
I-CSCF HSS
ISAM-V
ESA redundancy
8-106 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
The ISAM-V triggers an autonomous ESA Fail-Over at the moment that the
connectivity with the ESA Primary Site has completely been lost (none of the First
Hop SIP servers at the ESA primary site are still addressable).
A SIP termination is individually moved to the ESA Back-Up site on the condition
that the SIP termination is not involved in a stable call. For any other call state, the
system will defer the ESA Fail-Over for this SIP termination till the call state has
become “on-hook”.
The ISAM-V does not support the DNS location service for the ESA Back-up site.
The ISAM-V triggers an autonomous ESA Fail-Back at the moment that at least one
of the SIP servers located at the ESA Primary Site can again be addressed.
A SIP termination is individually moved to the ESA Primary site on the condition
that the SIP termination has the call state “on-hook”. For any other call state, the
system will defer the ESA Fail-Back for this SIP termination till the call state has
become “on-hook”.
The ISAM-V does not transfer neither ongoing dialogs nor ongoing transactions to
the ESA Primary / Back-up site, and this neither at the signaling plane (SIP) nor at
the media plane (RTP).
Overload Protection
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-107
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
8-108 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
The End of Overload Persistency Time is set larger than the Overload Persistency
time as to ensure that the CPU load is below the Low-Water-Mark for a sufficiently
long time so as not to immediately cause a new CPU overload situation.
• CPU load monitoring:
• Monitors the overall CPU load of the Voice server by measuring the run time of the
IDLE task.
• Informs registered software applications in case of overload detection
• Upon being notified of an overload situation, the software application takes action
to reduce the load.
• CPU load monitoring parameters (not configurable):
• High water (percentage): 95% (5% IDLE task)
• Low water (percentage): 93% (7% IDLE task)
• Overload persistency (time): 2000 ms
• End of overload persistency (time): 3000 ms
• Sample interval (time): 1000 ms (each sample period, the CPU load (as a
function of the time given to the idle task) is measured)
• Upon the receipt of Overload-condition notification, the Voice server takes the
following actions:
• If requested by MGC and after having received and replied to a Megaco “ADD”
command, report the ocp/mg_overload event (irrespective of the events reporting
settings being configured in the H.248 MIB.
• If not requested by the MGC, reports the ocp/mg_overload event if the
MG-Overload event is enabled in the H.248 MIB (after having received and replied
to a Megaco “ADD” command).
• Raise the MG-Overload alarm.
• Upon the receipt of Overload-condition-Ended notification, the Voice server
takes the following actions:
• Stop the reporting ocp/mg_overload event.
• Clear the MG-Overload alarm
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-109
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Instead, the following rules were incorporated as a local prioritization policy when
applying the MaxTx Limit:
• Requests for ongoing sessions have priority over requests that setup a new
session.
• Response messages are not targeted by overload protection.
• Requests that relieve stress from the system are not targeted by overload
protection mechanisms
• Outgoing calls/requests are not subjected to MaxTx
The following incoming SIP requests are considered “priority” requests:
• Session refreshes (in-dialog INVITE requests with Session-Expires header)
• in-dialog requests such as BYE, PRACK, UPDATE and INFO
• CANCEL requests
• out-of-dialog OPTIONS requests (typically used for heartbeat/polling)
Total Tx Limit
margin Zone 2
MaxTx limit
Zone 1
time
• Zone 1: Incoming traffic stays below Max Tx Limit: All incoming SIP requests
are accepted
• Zone 2: Incoming traffic rises above MaxTx but below Total Tx Limit: All
low-priority SIP requests are rejected with a 503 Service Unavailable response;
High priority requests are still handled
• Zone 3: Incoming traffic reaches Total Tx Limit: No more SIP transactions
available in the system; All incoming SIP requests are rejected with a 503 Service
Unavailable response
8-110 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-111
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
To resolve Domain names and/or Fully Qualified Domain Names, the ISAM Voice
supports the NAPTR, SRV and/or A resource record look-up to recursive Domain
Name Servers.
ISAM Voice supports DNS server redundancy with configurable DNS server
selection mode:
• dns_redun_primary:
Multiple DNS servers can be provisioned whereby the DNS Server being
provisioned with the highest priority is addressed as the primary DNS server.
Any new DNS look-up request gets always sent to the highest priority DNS server
irrespective of whether the previous DNS look-up request got replied by the
highest priority DNS server or not.
Should no reply be received from the primary DNS Server, then the DNS look-up
is repeated to the DNS server with the next higher priority in the list. This repeat
cycle may be continued till a reply is received from a particular DNS server in the
list or the end of the list is reached.
Should all Domain Name servers once been queried but without success and the
DNS Maximum Number of Retransmissions parameter has been provisioned with
a value different from zero, then the ISAM Voice shall again retransmit the DNS
look-up to the Name Servers in the list, starting again with the highest priority
DNS server. Should still no reply be received from none of the DNS servers in
the list, then the re-initiation of the DNS look-up over the complete list will be
repeated for as many times as provisioned in the afore mentioned parameter.
Upon the maximum number of Retransmissions been handled, an alarm is raised
notifying the customer that none of the DNS servers do reply.
• dns-redun-successful:
Multiple DNS servers can be provisioned, The very first DNS look-up is
addressed to the DNS Server being provisioned with the highest priority.
Any new DNS look-up request gets sent to the DNS server that successfully
replied to the previous DNS look-up request. This DNS server remains addressed
for as long as a reply gets received from this DNS server during the initial
retransmission interval.
However, when no response is received in the initial retransmission interval then
the query is repeated to the DNS server with the next higher priority in the list.
When no response is received after all provisioned DNS servers have been tried,
the above procedure continues for another two retries with an exponentially
increasing time-interval.
If three DNS servers were configured, and the primary DNS server fails, while
the query to the second DNS server gets successfully replied, then the following
DNS query will start from the seconds DNS server. But if now the second DNS
server also fails, the query will be repeated to the third DNS server. The overall
retrying sequence in this loop shall be 2, 3, 1 before giving up.
If all three DNS servers fail after three times retransmission, the next loop query
shall be trying from the primary DNS server and the trying sequence is 1, 2, 3.
To support the Domain Name Service for GEO redundant network topologies, the
ISAM Voice allows to provision a separate list of DNS servers for the Geo Primary
and the Geo Back-up site.
The ISAM Voice caches the retrieved NAPTR, SRV and A resource records for a
period equalling:
8-112 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
{MIN {DNS Purge Time; MIN of [NAPTR,SRV,A] TTL values for a particular DN}}
whereby the provisionable DNS Purge Timer allows to limit the TTL value, should
some of the resource records own an excessively long TTL value.
In order to reduce the call set-up elapse time and/or to reduce the burden on the
network, where possible, the DNS Resolver limits the number of DNS queries to a
strict minimum. This is achieved by supporting the “additional section” in the DNS
server reply.
ISAM Voice with FD-Combo ETSI practice has been optimized for the combo
service deployment (combined PSTN and xDSL services).
In such a situation it might be possible that subscribers desire to have the xDSL
service provided by a different service provider than the integrated voice service.
This can be achieved through a correct configuration of the Local Loop Unbundling
relay (configurable on a per subscriber basis).
The default setting of the LLU relay is that there is only a straight connection of the
subscriber copper pair to the Voice LT.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-113
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Alarm Definition
8-114 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-115
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
8-116 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
To allow the support of the External Packet Forwarding facility, the RTP traffic will
always be switched along the SHUB, even if the two voice terminations among
which the RTP traffic is to be exchanged are connected to the same voice LT board.
Restrictions:
1 The External Packet Forwarding facility is supported on all equipment practices.
2 The External Packet Forwarding facility is supported on the HUB, Subtending
and Remote ISAM Voice access nodes.
3 The External Packet Forwarding facility is supported on VLANS of type
“Voice-VLAN” and “Residential Bridge”/v-VPLS.
4 The External Packet Forwarding facility supports L2 aggregated network links
through static L2 aggregation group configuration.
5 The External Packet Forwarding facility supports L2 aggregated network links
through LACP.
6 The External Packet Forwarding facility supports xSTP.
7 The External Packet Forwarding facility is supported for POTS only.
8 The External Packet Forwarding facility is supported in case the ISAM Voice
Access node connects directly or by means of (an) intermediate ISAM Voice
access node(s) to the external EPF device by means of a L2 switching network.
9 Supporting (enabling) the External Packet Forwarding facility is mutual
exclusive to the support (configuration) of the private IP addressing topology (IP
Address and IP Subnet reduction topology).
10 The External Packet Forwarding facility shall only be enabled for the VLAN that
carries the RTP traffic (might be a vlan sharing both RTP and signaling traffic).
11 The External EPF device must allow to disable the ICMP Redirect facility.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-117
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Figure 8-107 Megaco ISAM Voice - Switched device - External Packet Forwarding
enabled
Remote node Main node
NT board Signaling
NT board IP address Voice
XLES server
IP address
SHub Voice SHub Voice
Voice LT IP address IP address Voice LT
board L2 board
aggregation
network
NT board NT board
L3
aggregation
network
SHub Voice SHub Voice
Voice LT IP address IP address Voice LT
board board
Figure 8-108 Megaco ISAM Voice - Switched device - External Packet Forwarding
disabled
Remote node Main node
NT board Signaling
NT board IP address Voice
XLES server
IP address
SHub Voice SHub Voice
Voice LT IP address IP address Voice LT
board L2 board
aggregation
network
NT board NT board
L3
aggregation
network
SHub Voice SHub Voice
Voice LT IP address IP address Voice LT
board board
MGC ASP
SoftSwitch
8-118 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-119
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Figure 8-109 SIP ISAM Voice - Switched device - External Packet Forwarding
enabled
Remote node Main node
NT board NT board
NT board NT board
L3
aggregation
network
SHub Voice SHub Voice
Voice LT IP address IP address Voice LT
board board
8-120 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
Figure 8-110 SIP ISAM Voice - Switched device - External Packet Forwarding
disabled
Remote node Main node
NT board NT board
NT board NT board
L3
aggregation
network
SHub Voice SHub Voice
Voice LT IP address IP address Voice LT
board board
MGC ASP
SoftSwitch
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-121
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
S-VLAN
Capturing
ISAM Voice
device
L2
S-VLAN Aggregation S-VLAN
Network
Capturing
ISAM Voice
device
Off-line SW Migration
The ISAM Voice uses the ISAM offline migration procedure, that is, the integrated
voice service databases and related CDE profiles are considered to be an integral part
of the ISAM offline database migration (next to the NT and SHub databases). This
implies that at software migration time:
• The integrated voice service databases and related CDE profiles are uploaded to
the migration server offline migrated via the Push Button Migration Tool.
• The offline migrated integrated voice service database and associated CDE
profiles are downloaded to the ISAM and activated together with the new
software package.
All Voice servers equipped in a hub ISAM Voice node are supervised
by one and the same Voice Service Provider.
8-122 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
In order for the integrated voice service to work correctly, the same software package
must be downloaded to all ISAM Voice nodes of an ISAM Voice cluster, that is, in
particular with focus on the integrated voice service, the software (maintenance)
release on the voice LT boards must be the same as the software (maintenance)
release on the Voice server and this for the complete ISAM Voice cluster.
The same applies within one ISAM Voice node. Only one software (maintenance)
release can be active at an ISAM Voice node at the same time.
This implies that all Voice server pairs in the hub ISAM Voice node must run the
same software (maintenance) release. As a consequence, for the integrated voice
service to work, all ISAM Voice nodes within the same upgrade/migration cluster
must be on the same software (maintenance) release.
The above rules imply that for both a software upgrade and a software migration, the
upgrade/offline migration procedure for the full upgrade/migration cluster must be
completed in a single maintenance window.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-123
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
8-124 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
The main logical steps to be taken in the H.248 to SIP functional migration are:
1 Configure the SIP voice database
2 Check the ongoing calls and the emergency calls for graceful shutdown
3 Lock the H.248 MGI interface
4 Disconnect the Voice server at L2 from the voice LT boards
5 (re-)Configure the L2/L3 topology to run in SIP mode
6 Unplan the voice LT boards (configured with capability profile = H.248-profile)
7 Replan the voice LT boards with capability profile = SIP-profile
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 8-125
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 — ISAM Voice Network Architecture
The main logical steps to be taken in the switching to routing functional migration
are:
1 Configure the routing protocol (OSPF / RIP)
2 Optionally, configure the static routes
3 (re-)Configure L2/L3 topology to run in route mode.
4 Reset the NT board.
8-126 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 9-1
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
9.1 Introduction
The integrated VoIP service provides classic telephony services to subscribers being
connected with classic POTS/ISDN BRI lines, and to convert the corresponding
signals to VoIP signaling/data packets.
The integrated voice service provides POTS or ISDN BRI service to subscribers over
copper pairs together or without xDSL service.
The voice information is converted to VoIP in the ISAM Voice access node and
forwarded to/from the service provider's Ethernet/IP network over optical fibers
along with the HSI and IPTV services carried by the access device.
VoIP networks are subject to standardization. Within standardization there are two
different approaches for the signaling:
• A set of standards driven by ITU-T, centered around ITU-T document H.248. In
a nutshell: a network based on this standard uses RTP for the voice and Megaco
for the signaling.
• A set of standards driven by IETF SIP. In a nutshell: a network based on this
standard uses RTP for the voice and SIP for the signaling.
The integrated VoIP Service supports both signaling methods and can be deployed
in the corresponding network topologies.
Note 1 — Voice over Broadband (VoBB) is not in the scope of this
chapter
Note 2 — The “ISAM Voice Network Architecture” chapter
describes the behavior and characteristics of the POTS/ ISDN ports
associated with the Alcatel-Lucent access devices offering the
integrated voice service.
9.2 Coverage
The following chapters summarizes the VoIP service features supported by the
different Alcatel-Lucent Voice access products: 7302 ISAM-V, 7353 2U-MDU,
RGW and ONT.
It is the aim to offer the customer a common feature set and common voice end-user
experience at all Alcatel-Lucent access products offering the integrated VoIP
service.
Nevertheless, slight differences in product roadmaps and product's feature
prioritization might result in deviations from the listed feature set and external
behavior. Please contact the responsible Alcatel-Lucent Copper /Fiber Product Units
for further details.
9-2 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
Registration
The Voice Server acting as Media Gateway (MG) announces its existence to the
Media Gateway Controller by means of a registration (Service Change) command.
This registration instantiates a control association between MG and Media Gateway
Controller (MGC).
The Voice Server notifies the MGC that a termination or group of terminations is
about to be taken out of service or has just been returned to service. A situation where
such notification is to be done simultaneously for multiple terminations might create
an overload situation at the MGC.
To guarantee that all terminations are “registered” at the MGC with the correct state,
the Voice Server invokes the termination-state-notify recovery procedure that
verifies the termination state at periodic time interval and that initiates “state change”
retries when necessary.
Basic Call
• Analogue Z interface.
• Line feeding
• Symmetrical programmable ringing
• Metering tone insertion
• Polarity reversal
• Programmable line impedance with echo cancellation.
• Overvoltage protection
• Integrated Narrowband Line Test facility
• Digit collection by detecting either DTMF tones or pulse dialing.
• FSK/DTMF (provisionable per subscriber line).
• Signaling events processing
• En-bloc dialing.
• Voice activity detection, comfort noise, and packet loss concealment.
• Configurable jitter buffer: adaptive or fixed size (per call).
• Echo cancellation:
• Voice, low speed voiceband data, fax (per subscriber line)
• In compliancy to G.168
• High-speed data transmission: with echo tail length up to 16ms
• Silence suppression:
• Detection of silence descriptors in the bearer channel
• Voice Activity Detection
• Transmission of comfort noise to (near-end) customer interface when silence
suppression is activated at the far end packet voice transmitter
• Tone generation: Ring tone, Dial Tone, Special (Information) Dial Tone, Ring
Back Tone, Congestion Tone, Busy Tone, and Howler tone.
• Balanced ringing
• Flexible Termination ID format including wildcard
• Flat termination ID format
• Hierarchical termination ID format
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 9-3
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
9-4 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
Supplementary services
Supplementary services are widely used in a traditional PSTN network. Customers
considering to evolve/migrate from a TDM network to a NGN IP-based network,
expect feature parity with the TDM network. Therefore, the support of
supplementary services is mandatory.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 9-5
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
CWID service ✓
(1 of 2)
9-6 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
Distinctive Ringing ✓
Fixed Destination HotLine ✓ ✓
Call (FDC)
WarmLine ✓ ✓
Inhibition of Incoming Forwarded Calls (IIFC) [a.k.a. Incoming Calls Barring for ✓ ✓
diverted calls]
Message Waiting Indication (MWI): with special dial tone connection, no VMWI ✓
Outgoing Call Screening (OCS) ✓
Call Park ✓
Change Password ✓
VoiceMail ✓
(2 of 2)
Interoperability of the integrated VoIP service access device with a 3rd party Voice
application Server can be supported through commercial agreement.
Please contact the ISAM PU for the supported supplementary services list.
Performance monitoring
The statistics are autonomously enabled by the system. They are reported to the
MGC in either the subtract or the audit reply, once the call has finished.
These statistics are not supported through the usual management interface.
The Megaco integrated VoIP service supports the “nt” as well as the “rtp” package
for the permanent and ephemeral terminations.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 9-7
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
9-8 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
Registration
From a system perspective, the registration of SIP terminations is done by all SIP
UAs in parallel.
From a SIP UA perspective, as a general rule, SIP terminations are registered on an
individual basis and in the order that the SIP terminations become administratively
enabled.
• SIP Registration method in compliancy to RFC3261 (including de-registration
and re-registration)
• Header fields: Call ID, CSeq, From tag, Path, Service-Route, Random contact
• Response codes: 200/404/413/480/486/500/503/401/407/423.
• “reg” event package in compliancy with RFC3680.
(Event header present in SUBSCRIBE and NOTIFY requests.)
• Subscription upon successful registration
• Subscribe / Notify dialog complies to RFC 3265.
• Anti-avalanche register procedure as to avoid stressing the register server.
• MD5 digest encryption of registration password.
Basic Call
General
• Analogue Z interface.
• Line feeding
• Symmetrical programmable ringing
• Metering tone insertion
• Polarity reversal
• Programmable line impedance with echo cancellation.
• Overvoltage protection
• Integrated Narrowband Line Test facility
• Configurable end-of-dialling indicator: *, #, * and #
• Tone generation: Ring tone, Dial Tone, Special (Information) Dial Tone, Ring
Back Tone, Congestion Tone, Busy Tone, and Howler tone.
• Echo cancellation:
• Voice (per subscriber line): configurable as enabled/disabled
• low speed voice band data (per subscriber line)
• fax (per subscriber line)
• In compliancy to G.168
• High speed data transmission: with echo tail length up to 16ms.
• Silence suppression:
• Detection of silence descriptors in the bearer channel
• Voice Activity Detection
• Transmission of comfort noise to (near-end) customer interface when silence
suppression is activated at the far end packet voice transmitter
• Voice activity detection, comfort noise, and packet loss concealment.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 9-9
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
9-10 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
• CODECs:
• G.711 A/u law (10ms, 20ms, 30ms), G.729AB (10ms, 20ms, 30ms, 40ms, 50ms,
60ms), G.723.1 (20ms 30ms), T.38, RFC2833
• Packet loss concealment capability for G.711
• End-to-End codec negotiation at call set-up. In case codec information is absent, the
system shall use the default codec settings: G.711 with 20ms packetization interval.
• RTCP:
• SR, RR, SDES and BYE supported
• The deterministic calculated interval Td is set to 5 s.
• No support for RTP session membership
• Support of PreConditions in compliancy to RFC 4032:
• Enable/disable SIP Preconditions.
• Backwards compatibility (remote party not supporting SIP Preconditions).
• Segmented QoS precondition - basic call origination:
• Resource reservation before sending initial INVITE.
• Indicate the support of SIP preconditions in the Supported header of the INVITE.
• Prevent media stream from flowing until the SIP preconditions are met.
• Segmented QoS precondition - basic call termination:
• Resource reservation before returning SDP answer.
• Hold ringing the callee until the preconditions are met.
• Hold call waiting tone and/or CLIP for incoming call until the required SIP
preconditions are met.
• Prevent media stream from flowing until SIP preconditions are met.
• Segmented QoS precondition - supplementary services:
• Hold ringing, call waiting tone and/or CLIP for incoming call until the required
SIP preconditions are met.
• Segmented QoS precondition - early dialog:
• Only when the SIP preconditions are met, the system decides whether to present
the received early media to the user.
• Reduce power feed in case the subscriber line is detected to be in Off-Hook state
for a longer time period without being involved in a call; provisionable delay to
enter reduced power feed state.
• Flexible SIP URI provisioning.
• Flexible Termination ID provisioning.
• Jitter Buffer monitoring on a per subscriber line.
• Configurable DSCP & 802.1p bit value for signalling and voice traffic.
• Domain Name Service (DNS) support.
• Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) support.
Outgoing call
SIP Invite method in compliancy to RFC3261
• Header fields: Accept header; Supported header (100rel, timer, in-dialog); Allow
header (“INVITE”, “ACK”, “CANCEL”, “BYE”, “UPDATE”, “PRACK”,
“INFO”, “NOTIFY”, “OPTIONS”); User-Agent header; Date header;
• P-Preferred-Id; P-Early-Media; Route header.
• Media resource negotiation
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 9-11
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
Incoming Call
• History-Info / Diversion header present in incoming INVITE copied in 18x
response.
• Incoming INVITE with/without SDP.
• Optional header fields incoming INVITE: History-Info, Allow, Supported,
Accept, Content-Length, Content-Type, Allow-Events, Record-Route,
User-Agent, Session- Expires, Min-SE, Privacy, P-Asserted-identity, and so on.
Also, it should be noted that many headers can be received but will be ignored.
• Optional header fields outgoing 180 Ringing: History-Info, Allow, Supported,
Accept, Content-Length, Content-Type, Allow-Events, Record-Route,
User-Agent, Require.
Media
• Dynamic payload type kept unchanged during a session.
• Support of Early-Dialog Handling. SDP handling in 18x with different/same
to-tag.
• Generation of audible ringing upon receipt of 180-Ringing response.
• Media update upon receipt of RE-INVITE or UPDATE methods with new SDP.
• RFC 2833 (Tightly and Loosely coupled mode)
9-12 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
• Digit collection by detection of DTMF tones / Pulse dialing (Tightly and Loosely
coupled mode)
• Dynamic payload negotiation is compliant with RFC 2833 / RFC 3264.
Session refresh
• Session Timer in compliancy to RFC 4028
• Response code: 422
• Support for receipt of RE-INVITE and UPDATE methods for session refresh
• UPDATE method is used for session refresh initiated by Integrated Voice
Service.
Overlap dialing
• Overlap Dialing: Multiple-Invite method in compliancy with RFC 3578.
• Response code: 484.
• Overlap Dialing: In-Dialog method (INFO method).
Support of “second dialling”:
• Notifying softswitch about capability to support “in-dialog” mode by including
“in-dialog” in Supported header of outgoing INVITE method.
• Establish Early dialog upon the receipt of 183 response with Require header
including “In-dialog”. (No ring-back tone played).
• Play/stop dial tone upon receipt of 180 response including specific “Alert Info”
• Collected digits are sent by means of INFO method.
Metering
• 12/16 Khz metering.
• Support of metering parameters in XML body in compliancy to ETSI TS 183 047.
• Periodic / Burst pulsing
• Burst pulsing in compliancy to ETSI TS 0373_96 part 6.
• Supported modes:
• Periodic pulsing only.
• Burst once then Periodic pulsing.
• Periodic Bursts.
• Periodic bursts with Periodic Pulsing in between the bursts.
• Burst once at the begin of a call.
• Support of tariff type changes during a call.
• Changing from the current tariff type to a new tariff type
• Rate change within a tariff type
• Support of “Free Charge” POTS metering mode.
• Support of Metring types: “Override” & “Period of Day”.
• Support of enable/disable reverse polarity prior to sending of metring pulse.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 9-13
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
9-14 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
Supplementary services
The TISPAN PES emulates the PSTN services to subscribers with full transparency
regarding the “look and feel” of the services. Subscribers can continue to use their
legacy terminals connected to the IMS network via gateways.
TISPAN PES defines two models on how the Voice Gateway interacts with the
Application Server with respect to SIP call manipulation for supplementary services.
In the tightly coupled model, the VGW remains mostly ignorant to the call control
logic of the supplementary service. It simply acts under the direction of the AS and
will report any event to the AS who will manipulate the call leg(s). Supplementary
service logic is mostly centralized in the AS.
In the loosely coupled model, service logic is pushed into the VGW. The VGW will
autonomously interpret user events and will autonomously manipulate the call legs
accordingly.
The Integrated VoIP service supports both models. Although both models cannot run
in parallel.
General
Table 9-4 lists the representative supplementary services that work in conjunction
with the Alcatel-Lucent IMS solution. More extensive treatment of the
supplementary services supported is available in the associated Alcatel-Lucent IMS
documentation.
CWID service ✓
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 9-15
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
Distinctive Ringing ✓
Bad Payer ✓
Selective Call Baring Selective call rejection ✓
Services
Selective call acceptance ✓
(2 of 2)
Interoperability of the SIP based Integrated VoIP access device with a 3rd party
Voice Application Server can be supported through commercial agreement.
Please contact the ISAM PU for the supported supplementary services list.
9-16 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
• “Call Hold”:
• Hard Hold:
• Only calling and called termination involved.
• Allowing calling termination to Flash Hook once to put the called termination on
hold, and to Flash Hook once again to resume the call with the hold termination.
• Call Hold Consultation:
• Calling termination, called termination and 3rd party involved.
• Allowing calling termination to put an existing call on hold and to initiate a
second call to a 3rd party
• ANSI: Full Consultive Call Hold support via feature code.
• “3-party Conference”:
• Automatically bridged call by AS
• User dialing decided conference call
• “Explicit Call Transfer”:
• Consultative call transfer: for forwarding a call after the first person who was called
spoke to the caller. (e.g. This is useful if a secretary is called and forwards the call
afterwards to the responsible person).
• 3-Way Call transfer: With 3-Way Call Transfer, a termination can set up a 3-way
call and then disconnect, allowing the remaining parties to continue the
conversation.
• Blind call transfer: to transfer a call without talking to the called party.
• “Malicious Call Identification”:
• Permanent (transparent to Integrated VoIP service access device).
• After call completion.
• During call (transparent to Integrated VoIP service access device).
Note — In this case the Application Server cannot make any different
between flash-hook for MCID or flash-hook for other supplementary
service e.g. put call on hold.
As such, the Application Server does either support MCID or the rest
of the supplementary service activated by flash-hook, but cannot
support both simultaneously.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 9-17
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
9-18 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 9-19
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
Additional Info
• “CLIP”:
• Primary source for the Calling Line Identity is either the “From” header or the
“P-Asserted Identity” header (RFC3325). The primary source to be considered is
configurable in SIP based Integrated VoIP access device.
• In case the end-user becomes identified to the CLIP service as “No subscription”,
“Private” or “Unavailable”, part of the “From” header or from the “P-Asserted
Identity” header will be set to a dedicated value by the IMS core network. SIP-based
Integrated VoIP access device allows to configure whether either “Display Name”
or “User Part” (PAI / From) or both do include this dedicated value.
• The dedicated value(s) for “No Subscription”, “Private” and “Unavailable” are
configurable in SIP based Integrated VoIP access device.
• Should a termination not be subscribed to the CLI service, then no CLI data
transmission signalling sequence is applied.
• Should a termination be identified as “Private CLI”, then the calling Line identity
parameter is omitted. Instead, “Reason for absence of calling line ID=private” is
propagated.
• Should a termination be unavailable, then the calling Line identity parameter is
omitted. Instead, “Reason for absence of calling line ID=unavailable” is propagated.
• Should both, a tel-uri as well as a sip-uri formatted P-Asserted Identity header be
present, then precedence is given to one of these headers in accordance with the
precedence policy configured in SIP based Integrated VoIP access device.
• In general, IMS networks do provide calling number information in the global
number format identified by the leading “+” character (Ref. RFC3966). SIP based
Integrated VoIP access device is able to convert the leading “+” into a configurable
international-prefix before the CLI propagated in the CLIP FSK data message.
• SIP-based Integrated VoIP access device allows to configure whether the “Date and
Time” parameter is to be included in the CLIP FSK data message. SIP based
Integrated VoIP access device allows to configure whether the date and time shall
be taken from the SIP INVITE Date Header or from the local SIP based Integrated
VoIP access device time reference.
• The Privacy header with value “id”, “user”, “header” is used for Calling Party
Number/Name restriction. Number only, Name only, both Number and Name
restriction are configurable by SIP based Integrated VoIP access device.
• Privacy header with value “none” means that CLI is not forbidden by Privacy
header. Whether CLI is presented or not still depends on the CLIP subscription
status.
• Audible and Visual Message Waiting Indication:
• SIP-based Integrated VoIP access device supports the NOTIFY messages with
Messages-Waiting parameter in the application/simple-message-summary body. If
the message waiting indicator state is ON, then Stutter Tone (Message Waiting
Indicator Tone) will be output during call origination (replacing normal Dial Tone).
• Visual Indication FSK will be output to the telephone set.
9-20 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
Release Control
• Called Subscriber Held (a.k.a re-answer),
• Calling party hold by emergency operator,
• Other calls to/from non-emergency operators for which to hold
• Calling party hold for malicious calling indication in compliancy with the call
flow diagrams documented in NICC ND1021 (v.0.13.1), chapter E.2.7 & E.2.8
(support of INVITE 'no ring').
SMS
• Fixed Line SMS service.
• FSK Data transmission in compliancy to ETSI EN 300 659 - 2.
• TE-altering signal (TAS) used to signal the data transmission and to force the
receiver to switch to VBD mode.
PANI Header
• Format = P-Access-Network-Info: ADSL; dsl-location=”quoted string”
• Used by IMS core to identify the originating access device of a SIP request.
Performance Monitoring
The statistics can be retrieved using CLI or an Element Management System (EMS
/ SDC). See the related documents for detailed information and the detailed
command definitions for retrieving the VoIP service counters and/or statistics.
(Operations and Maintenance Guide Using CLI, 5529 Statistics and Data Collector
Installation and User Guide).
The SIP based integrated VoIP service supports different performance monitoring
methods. Access products may support all or a subset of these methods. Please
contact the ISAM PU for further details.
The different performance monitoring methods are explained hereafter.
History Interval Framework.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 9-21
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
One of the methods supported by the SIP-based integrated VoIP service for the
collection and reporting of statistics and counters is the History Interval Framework.
This basic framework relies on current and historical intervals to store the history of
the statistics and counters. This is typically one interval per 15 minutes or 24 hours.
The start and end time of each interval (15 minutes / 24 hours) are aligned with the
quarter hours / 24 hours of the wall clock.
Should the duration of a call session exceed the interval boundary, then the statistics
and counters for such call session will be collected and reported spread over multiple
intervals. The post-processing i.e the concatenation / sum-up of all portions for such
statistics and counters, in order to calculate the results for the full call, is not
supported by the Integrated Voice Service access device; It is to be done by an
external expert system (e.g. SDC).
OSS Platform
2. Associate PM record 1. Generate PM record
with CDR record by using the for dialog A including
Dialog Reference Dialog Reference
CDR
Other NE
SDC
2. Generate PM record for dialog A including Dialog Reference.
1. Retrieve all PM portions for dialog A using Dialog Reference
Recent 15 min interval N-1 Recent 15 min interval N Recent 15 min interval N+1
The SIP based Integrated VoIP Service supports voice related per-line, per-board and
per call statistics / counters.
For the per-line statistics and counters, the current 15 min / 24 hours interval together
with a set of 96 x 15 min and 3 x 24 hours history intervals is supported.
For the per-call statistics and counters, a set of 96 x 15 min history intervals is
supported (The current 15 min interval is not supported).
For the per-board statistics and counters, the current 15 min / 24 hours interval
together with a set of 96 x 15 min and 3 x 24 hours history intervals is supported.
The SIP based Integrated VoIP Service supports TCA handling. The TCA can be
enabled / disabled for each individual subscriber line. Both the high and the low TCA
threshold are configurable.
Statistics can be explicitly enabled / disabled by means of the regular management
channel. The system does not allow to enable/disable a particular performance
monitoring category. Either PM is enabled for all categories (per-Line, per-Board,
per-Call) or PM is disabled for all categories (per-Line, per-Board, per-Call).
9-22 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
Statistics Description
Packets Sent The number of RTP packets sent by a SIP termination during a single
Packets Received The number of RTP packets received by a SIP termination during a
single interval
Octets Sent The number of octets sent by a SIP termination during a single
interval
Octets Received The number of octets received by a SIP termination during a single
interval
Average Inter-Arrival Jitter The average Inter-Arrival Jitter for (an) RTP data stream(s) of a SIP
termination in a single interval.
Peak Inter-Arrival Jitter The peak Inter-Arrival Jitter measured for (an) RTP data stream(s)
exchanged by a SIP termination during a single interval.
Average Round Trip Delay The average Round Trip Delay for (an) RTP data stream(s) of a SIP
termination during a single interval
Peak Round Trip Delay The peak Round Trip Delay measured for (an) RTP data stream(s)
exchanged by a SIP termination during a single interval
Average Jitter Buffer Fill The average jitter buffer fill level for a SIP termination during a single
level interval
Average Jitter Buffer Fill The average jitter buffer fill level measured during the receipt of (an)
level G711a RTP stream(s), encoded with G711_a by a SIP termination during a
single interval
Average Jitter Buffer Fill The average jitter buffer fill level measured during the receipt of (an)
level G711u RTP stream(s), encoded with G711_u by a SIP termination during a
single interval
Average Jitter Buffer Fill The average jitter buffer fill level measured during the receipt of (an)
level G723 RTP stream(s), encoded with G723 by a SIP termination during a
single interval
Average Jitter Buffer Fill The average jitter buffer fill level measured during the receipt of (an)
level G729 RTP stream(s), encoded with G729 by a SIP termination during a
single interval
Total Packet Loss The total (absolute) amount of packets lost for a SIP termination
during a single interval.
Successful (Re-) Register The number of (re-)registration requests which are successfully
requests replied in this interval i.e. a response = 200 OK with expire header
time = 0 or expire header <> 0 has been returned by the Registrar.
Failed (Re-) Register The number of (re-)registration requests which failed in this interval
requests i.e a response <> 200 OK was returned by the SIP First Hop server /
Registrar or that SIP transaction timed-out.
Active Registrations The number of registrations being active at a subscriber port at the
start of the interval. In the current implementation, only 1 registration
can be active at a subscriber port at a time. An active registration is
counted when a registration request has been successfully completed
in the past (200 OK received to register request with “expire header”
time <> 0) and the register expiration interval hasn't expired.
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 9-23
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
Statistics Description
Outgoing Calls Answered The number of outgoing call attempts in this interval for which an
initial INVITE request is sent AND for which a response is received.
The system allows to provision what kind of response must be
received as to be counted as a successful outgoing call attempt. The
system offers the following options:
• Any response be received (irrespective of whether this is a
successful or unsuccessful response).
• A successful response be received (180 or 200 response only).
Incoming Calls Answered The number of incoming call attempts in this interval for which a SIP
response is sent being the result of the off-hook event been detected.
The system allows to provision the kind of response that will be
considered as to be counted as a successful incoming call attempt.
The system offers the following options:
• Any response be sent.
• 180 response be sent.
(2 of 2)
Statistics Description
Packets Sent The number of RTP packets sent by a SIP termination since the call is
established/ the start of the interval and the end of the call/ the expiry
of the interval
Packet Received The number of RTP packets received by a SIP termination since the
call is established/ the start of the interval and the end of the call/ the
expiry of the interval
Octets Sent The number of octets sent by a SIP termination since the call is
established / the start of the interval and the end of the call/ the
expiry of the interval
Octets Received The number of octets received by a SIP termination since the call is
established/ the start of the interval and the end of the call/ the expiry
of the interval
Average Inter-Arrival Jitter The average Inter-Arrival Jitter for the RTP data stream since the call
is established/ the start of the interval and the end of the call/ the
expiry of the interval.
Peak Inter-Arrival Jitter The peak Inter-Arrival Jitter for the RTP data stream since the call is
established/ the start of the interval and the end of the call/ the expiry
of the interval.
Average Round Trip Delay The average Round Trip Delay for the RTP data stream since the call
is established/ the start of the interval and the end of the call/ the
expiry of the interval.
Peak Round Trip delay The peak Round Trip Delay for the RTP data stream since the call is
established/ the start of the interval and the end of the call/ the expiry
of the interval.
Total Packet Loss The total (absolute) amount of packets lost for the RTP data stream
since the call is established/ the start of the interval and the end of
the call/ the expiry of the interval.
Total Packet Loss due to The total (absolute) amount of packets lost due to Jitter Buffer
Jitter Buffer Overrun Overrun for the RTP data stream since the call is established/ the start
of the interval and the end of the call/ the expiry of the interval.
9-24 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
Statistics Description
Packets Sent The number of RTP packets sent by all SIP terminations of an LT
board during a single interval
Packets Received The number of RTP packets received by all SIP terminations of an LT
board during a single interval
Octets Sent The number of octets sent by all SIP terminations of an LT board
during a single interval
Octets Received The number of octets received by all SIP terminations of an LT board
during a single interval
Average Inter-Arrival Jitter The average Inter-Arrival Jitter for (an) RTP data stream(s)
exchanged by an LT board during a single interval.
Peak Inter-Arrival Jitter The peak Inter-Arrival Jitter measured for (an) RTP data stream(s)
exchanged by an LT board during a single interval.
Average Jitter Buffer Fill The average jitter buffer fill level for an LT board during a single
level interval
Average Round Trip Delay The average Round Trip Delay for (an) RTP data stream(s) exchanged
by an LT board during a single interval
Peak Round Trip Delay The peak Round Trip Delay measured for (an) RTP data stream(s)
exchanged by an LT board during a single interval
Total Packet Loss The total (absolute) amount of packets lost by an LT board during a
single interval.
Average Jitter Buffer Fill The average jitter buffer fill level measured during the receipt of (an)
level RTP stream(s), encoded with G711_a for an LT board during a single
interval
Average Jitter Buffer Fill The average jitter buffer fill level measured during the receipt of (an)
level G711u RTP stream(s), encoded with G711_u for an LT board during a single
interval
Average Jitter Buffer Fill The average jitter buffer fill level measured during the receipt of (an)
level G723 RTP stream(s), encoded with G723 for an LT board during a single
interval
Average Jitter Buffer Fill The average jitter buffer fill level measured during the receipt of (an)
level G729 RTP stream(s), encoded with G729 for an LT board during a single
interval
Spare POTS Ports Total amount of POTS ports, which are not configured in the SIP
termination Table, but present at the LT board. The value is taken at
the beginning of the respective interval
Active POTS Ports Total amount of available configured (configured and not
administratively blocked) POTS ports (independent of line status and
registration) at the LT board. The value is taken at the beginning of
the respective interval
Average CPU Load Average CPU load measured at an LT board during a single interval
Average Memory Utilization Average amount of semi and dynamic memory being used at an LT
board / NT board) during a single interval. Expressed as a percentage.
Average Free Memory Average amount of free semi and dynamic memory measured at an
LT board / NT board during a single interval. Expressed in MB.
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 9-25
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
Statistics Description
Average Memory Used Average amount of semi and dynamic memory being used at an LT
board / NT board) during a single interval. Expressed in MB.
Total Memory The total amount of semi and dynamic memory available at an LT
board / NT board. Expressed in MB
Successful (Re-) Register The number of (re-)registration requests which are successfully
requests replied in this interval i.e. a response = 200 OK with expire header
time = 0 or expire header <> 0 has been returned by the Registrar.
Failed (Re-) Register The number of (re-)registration requests which failed in this interval
requests i.e a response <> 200 OK was returned by the SIP First Hop server /
Registrar or that SIP transaction timed-out.
Active Registrations The number of registrations being active at a subscriber port at the
start of the interval. In the current implementation, only 1 registration
can be active at a subscriber port at a time. An active registration is
counted when a registration request has been successfully completed
in the past (200 OK received to register request with “expire header”
time <> 0) and the register expiration interval hasn't expired.
Outgoing Calls Answered The number of outgoing call attempts in this interval for which an
initial INVITE request is sent AND for which a response is received.
The system allows to provision what kind of response must be
received as to be counted as a successful outgoing call attempt. The
system offers the following options:
• Any response be received (irrespective of whether this is a
successful or unsuccessful response).
• A successful response be received (180 or 200 response only).
Incoming Calls Answered The number of incoming call attempts in this interval for which a SIP
response is sent being the result of the off-hook event been detected.
The system allows to provision the kind of response that will be
considered as to be counted as a successful incoming call attempt.
The system offers the following options:
• Any response be sent.
• 180 response be sent.
(2 of 2)
9-26 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
The call history data (the 32 sets of data) shall be cleared when a POTS line is deleted
(i.e. un-provisioned).
Statistics Description
Time and Date Time and Date when the new call was initiated.
Packets not received Number of RTP packets that were not received (which can be
determined from missing sequence numbers).
Jitter Buffer over-run Number of jitter buffer over-runs (number of RTP packets discarded
because the jitter buffer was full).
Jitter Buffer under-run Number of jitter buffer under-runs (number of RTP packets that were
not processed to provide PCM voice because the jitter buffer was
empty).
Average Jitter The average jitter measured during the receipt of the RTP stream.
Average Jitter buffer depth Average jitter buffer depth while the bearer channel was active.
Peak Jitter The peak jitter measured during the receipt of the RTP stream.
Average Round Trip Delay If the far end did participate in RTCP: Average round trip delay while
the bearer channel was active.
Peak Round Trip Delay If the far end did participate in RTCP: Peak round trip delay while the
bearer channel was active.
Average Mean Opinion Score If the far end did participate in RTCP-XR: Average Mean Opinion
Score (MOS).
Short-Lived Framework
The short-lived method supported for the System-wide resource utilization related
statistics / counters and System-wide Subscriber Line Utilization and service
availability statistics / counters makes use of operational counters.
Statistics Description
Average CPU Load The average CPU load for a particular LT board (180 s)
Detailed CPU load Detailed list of the CPU load measured with a 1 s interval over a total
period of 180 s
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 9-27
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
Statistics Description
Absolute Memory Utilization The absolute value of the total amount of memory resources utilized
by a particular LT board.
(2 of 2)
Statistics Description
Non-Configured Lines The amount of planned/equipped subscriber lines for which no entry
could be found in the SIP Termination Table.
Operational Configured Lines The amount of subscriber lines configured in the SIP Termination
Table and for which the operational state equals “up”.
Non-Operational Configured The amount of subscriber lines configured in the SIP Termination
Lines Table and for which the operational state equals “down”.
The system allows to check the origin of a received SIP request (Invite, Options,
Notify) message.
Following origin check options are supported:
1 A SIP request gets accepted irrespective of the origin of the request (SIP request
is accepted from any SIP first hop server)
2 A SIP request gets accepted on the condition that it originates from the SIP first
hop server that has been selected as the SIP first hop server currently to be
addressed (Active SIP server) for outgoing SIP requests.A SIP request received
from SIP first hop server other than the ACTIVE SIP server is rejected with
response code “403”.
3 A SIP request gets accepted on the condition that it originates from one of the
SIP first hop servers that are maintained in the locally created SIP first hop server
White List. This “White List” includes all configured (IP@, FQDN, DN) and
administratively enabled SIP first hop servers (primary + secondary) in the SIP
Server Table (SIP MIB).
A SIP request received from SIP first hop server other than the SIP first hop
servers appearing in the White List is rejected with response code “403”.
The system allows to check the origin of a received SIP response message.
A SIP response message gets dropped if it does not originate from the Active SIP
server / a SIP first hop server appearing in the White List.
9-28 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
The alarms below listed may be supported by all or only a subset of the integrated
voice service access products. Please contact the ISAM PU for further details.
Generic
• Clock Loss Alarm: A condition meaning that either the NT-A clock or the NT-B
clock or both NT clock signals are lost.
• Invalid Voice Server Database: A condition meaning a corruption of the Voice
Server database.
• Invalid CDE Profile: A condition meaning a corruption of the CDE Profile.
• Missing CDE Profile: A condition meaning that the voice LT board requests a
CDE file that cannot be found at the NT.
• CDE Profile Hash Error: A condition meaning that the Activation of a new CDE
Profile has failed because of wrong CDE Profile Hash Key.
MEGACO
• Media Gateway Controller Unreachable: A condition meaning that the control
association with the MGC has been lost.
• Signaling Gateway Controller Unreachable: A condition meaning that the control
association with the Signaling Gateway Controller has been lost.
• LT Card Unreachable: A condition meaning that the Server card has lost the
connection with the LT card.
• LT Card Mismatch: A condition meaning that the planned LT board type is
different from the equipped LT board type.
• Unknown Megaco Subscriber: A condition meaning that the Megaco subscriber
doesn't exist at the Media Gateway Controller.
• Port Ground Key: A condition meaning that the current threshold of the physical
port has been exceeded (The tip is connected to AC source; The ring is connected
to the AC source).
• Port High Temperature: A condition meaning that the temperature threshold of
the physical port has been exceeded; the port has been shutdown.
• Line Showering: A condition meaning that the number of on-hook and off-hook
occurrences for a particular subscriber lines has exceeded the threshold.
• L1 active failure: A condition meaning that the activation of the link layer of the
ISDN subscriber has failed.
• Over Current: A condition meaning that the line current of the physical ISDN port
has exceeded the current threshold.
• Voice Server Persistent Data Loss: A condition meaning that the Voice Server
has lost all persistent data after been reset.
• Voice Server Flash Disk Full: A condition meaning that amount of free space at
the flash disk of the Voice Server is less than 10%.
• Voice Server implicit DB Rollback: A condition meaning that the Voice Server
is not able to use the most recent downloaded data base contents.
• MG Overload: A condition meaning that the Voice Server is in overload.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 9-29
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
SIP
• Bad Digitmap: A condition meaning that the provisioned digit map is unusable.
• No DNS server reply: A condition meaning that none of the provisioned DNS
servers do reply.
• No DNS server configured: A condition meaning that DNS server provisioning is
missing.
• No SIP server reply: A condition meaning that none of the provisioned SIP
servers do reply.
• No SIP server configured: A condition meaning that SIP sever provisioning is
missing.
• No SIP Registrar reply: A condition meaning that none of the provisioned SIP
registrars do reply.
• Transport Protocol mismatch: A condition meaning that a mismatch exists
between the transport protocol(s) supported by the SIP UA and the transport
protocol(s) to be used to access a SIP server.
• DNS Look-up failure: A condition meaning that DNS look-up failed.
• DHCP Server unreachable: A condition meaning that DHCP server is
unreachable.
• Port Ground Key: A condition meaning that the current threshold of the physical
port has been exceeded (The tip is connected to AC source; The ring is connected
to the AC source).
• Port High Temperature: A condition meaning that the temperature threshold of
the physical port has been exceeded; the port has been shutdown.
• Unknown SIP Subscriber: A condition meaning that the SIP subscriber doesn't
exist in the SIP Application Server.
• Mismatch: A condition meaning that the ONT did not accept the OMCI
configuration requests for the provisioned POTS service
• RTCP Stream error: A condition meaning that the POTS Realtime Transport
Control Protocol packet stream was lost during an active voice call.
• Voice Configuration File Error: A condition meaning that the voice configuration
file contains an error.
• SIP Registration failure - Resolve domain name: A condition meaning that the
SIP registration failed, because of resolve domain name failure.
• SIP Registration failure - Authentication: A condition meaning that the SIP
registration failed, because of authentication failure.
• SIP Registration failure - Time-out: A condition meaning that the SIP registration
failed, because of message time-out.
• SIP Registration failure - SIP Server error response: A condition meaning that the
SIP registration failed, because of error response from SIP server.
• SIP INVITE failure - Resolve domain name: A condition meaning that the SIP
invite failed, because of resolve domain name failure.
• SIP INVITE failure - Authentication: A condition meaning that the SIP invite
failed, because of authentication failure.
• SIP INVITE failure - Time-out: A condition meaning that the SIP invite failed,
because of message time-out.
• SIP INVITE failure - SIP Server error response: A condition meaning that the SIP
invite failed, because of error response from SIP server.
9-30 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
• SIP SUBSCRIBE failure - SIP Server Error response: A condition meaning that
the SIP subscribe failed, because of error response from SIP server.
• SIP SUBSCRIBE failure - Resolve domain name: A condition meaning that the
SIP subscribe failed, because of resolve domain name failure.
• SIP SUBSCRIBE failure - Authentication: A condition meaning that the SIP
subscribe failed, because of authentication failure.
• SIP SUBSCRIBE failure - refresh Time-out: A condition meaning that the SIP
subscribe refresh failed, because of message time-out.
• SIP SUBSCRIBE failure - initial Time-out: A condition meaning that the initial
SIP subscribe failed, because of message time-out.
• Emergency Call ongoing: A condition meaning that an Emergency call is
ongoing.
• SIP Message Timeout Threshold crossed (TCA): A condition meaning that the
number of SIP Message timeouts threshold has crossed for the POTS line.
• RTP Bearer Packet Loss Threshold crossed (TCA): A condition meaning that the
number of RTP bearer packets loss on a POTS line has been crossed.
• Jitter Threshold crossed (TCA): A condition meaning that the RTP Jitter
Threshold has been crossed on a POTS line.
Megaco
• RFC768, RFC791, RFC792, RFC826, RFC894, RFC919, RFC920, RFC950,
RFC1157, RFC2327, RFC2960, RFC3057, RFC3389, RFC3550, RFC4233,
RFC4734
• IEEE Std 802.3, IEEE Std 802.1Q, IEEE Std 802.1P
• ITU-T Study Group 16: H248.1v2, H248.1v3 annex F, H248.2, H248.3, H248.8,
H248.11, H248.14, H248.16, H248.23, H248.26, H248.27, H248.34, H248.45
• ITU-T Study Group II: Basic Call Progress Tones Generator with Directionality,
Expanded Call Progress Tones Generator Package, Basic Services Tones
Generation Package.
• ITU-T Recommendation Q.921, ITU-T T.38 Recommendation Fax over IP,
• ITU-T recommendation V.23 (FSK), ITU-T recommendation Q.552:
Transmission characteristics at a 2-wire analogue interface of digital exchanges
• ITU-T Recommendation Q.1950: Bearer independent call bearer control
protocol,
• ITU-T Recommendation V.152: Procedures for supporting voice-band data over
IP networks
• ITU-T I.603 SERIES I: INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK
(ISDN) Maintenance principles; Application of maintenance principles to ISDN
basic accesses
• Telcordia Bell 202 (FSK)
• ETSI EN 300 659-1 V1.3.1 DTMF for on-hook data transmission
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 9-31
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9 — Integrated Narrowband Support
• ETSI EN 300 659-1 V1.3.1, ETSI EN 300 659-2 V1.3.1, ETSI EN 300 659-3
V1.3.1: Subscriber line protocol over the local loop for display (and related)
services.
• ETSI EMC 300 386 v1.3.1: Electromagnetic Compatibility Requirements
• ETSI ES 283 002: H.248 Profile
• Telcordia recommendation GR-30 LSSR: “LSSR: Voice band Data Transmission
Interface (FSD 05-01-0100)”, 1998
• Calling Line Identification service SIN 227, issue 3.2. British Telecom
specification, 2002
SIP
• RFC768, RFC791, RFC792, RFC950, RFC919, RFC920, RFC2131, RFC2327,
RFC2833, RFC2976, RFC3261 (ETSI TS102 027-1), RFC3262, RFC3263,
RFC3264, RFC3265, RFC3311,RFC3321, RFC3323, RFC3325, RFC3326,
RFC3389, RFC3515, RFC3550, RFC3551, RFC3665, RFC3680, RFC3725,
RFC 3842, RFC3891, RFC3892, RFC3959, RFC3960, RFC4028, RFC4244,
RFC4780, RFC5009, RFC5366, RFC5806
• Draft-kaplan-sip-session-id-02: A Session Identifier for the Session Initiation
Protocol (SIP)
• Draft-ietf-sipping-sip-offer/answer: SIP (Session Initiation Protocol) Usage of
the Offer/Answer Model
• ITU-T Recommendation V.152: Procedures for supporting voice-band data over
IP networks
• 3GPP ETSI TS 23.167: IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) emergency sessions
• 3GPP ETSI TS 23.228: IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS)
• 3GPP ETSI TS 24.228: Signalling flows for the IP multimedia call control based
on Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) and Session Description Protocol (SDP)
• 3GPP ETSI TS 24.229: IP multimedia call control protocol based on Session
Initiation Protocol (SIP) and Session Description Protocol (SDP)
• 3GPP ETSI TS 24.406: Message Waiting Indication (MWI)
• 3GPP ETSI TS 24.407: Originating Identification Presentation (OIP) and
Originating Identification Restriction (OIR)
• 3GPP ETSI TS 24.408: Terminating Identification Presentation (TIP) and
Terminating Identification Restriction (TIR)
• 3GPP ETSI TS 24.410: Communication HOLD (HOLD)
• 3GPP ETSI TS 24.447: Advice Of Charge (AOC)
• 3GPP ETSI TS 24.504: Communication Diversion (CDIV)
• 3GPP ETSI TS 24.505: Conference (CONF)
• 3GPP ETSI TS 24.529: Explicit Communication Transfer (ECT)
• 3GPP ETSI TS 24.615: Communication Waiting (CW) using IP Multimedia (IM)
Core Network (CN) subsystem
• 3GPP ETSI TS 183.043: IMS-based PSTN/ISDN Emulation
• 3GPP ETSI TS 183.047: NGN IMS Supplementary Services; Advice Of Charge
(AOC)
9-32 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-1
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
10.1 Introduction
This chapter focuses on L2 forwarding, consistent with the standards of the Electrical
and Electronics Engineers (IEEE).
Concretely, in the ISAM this involves the iBridge and VLAN cross-connect
forwarding mode.
10-2 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
(priority-)tagged frame
MAC client
dest src 802.1q VLAN
preamble SFD length data + pad FCS
addr addr tag tag
type
7 1 6 6 2 2 2 46...1500 4
e VLAN A
on 8
9
c kb i tch 7
Ba
6
Sw 5
4
2
3
VLAN B
1
9
8
i tch 7
Sw 6 VLAN C
5
4
3
2
1
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-3
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
The ISAM is a DSLAM type access device i.e. a device which supports the VLAN
concept applied to access networks. Its basic function is to interconnect subscribers
with Network Service Providers (NSP) over a public Ethernet Metropolitan Area
Network (EMAN) network. Depending on the business model of the Access
provider, an NSP may offer one or several Services, for instance HSI, VoIP, TV,...
which subscribers want to enjoy.
Consequently, the ISAM is an asymmetrical machine:
• In all practical deployments, the number of subscribers is quite larger than the
number of service providers.
• By definition, the ISAM makes the distinction between interfaces facing users
and interfaces facing the EMAN network side:
• Interfaces which are directly facing subscribers or which are connected to
subtending ISAMs instantiate the so-called “User Side”. Such interfaces are
generally considered untrusted, especially when facing individual subscribers.
• Interfaces connected to the EMAN or directly to service provider equipment (for
example, BRAS) instantiate the so-called “Network Side”. Such interfaces are
considered trusted.
NNIs
UNIs
EMAN
Forwarder
Instances
ISAM
One will also note that in case of subtending ISAM, the access functionality is spread
over the Hub and Subtending ISAMs. Much of the subscriber related functionality
will obviously be performed in the subtending ISAM, alleviating the hub ISAM
requirements to that respect. For what concerns frame forwarding, the Hub ISAM
will just perform a simpler aggregation of subtending traffic. To reflect the
difference in the handling of subscriber traffic vs. subtended traffic, one has
introduced the notion of UNI (User Network Interface) for the links connected to
individual subscribers and NNI for links connected to subtending ISAMs.
Note 1 — Throughout this document and generally in all ISAM
documentation User and Subscriber are synonyms and are
indifferently used.
Note 2 — Even if features on UNI and NNI sometimes differ, L2
Forwarding concepts apply similarly to UNI and NNI.
10-4 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
Because of this asymmetry, the functions on the subscriber side are generally
different from those on the network side, in particular considering privacy and
security aspects.
Beyond the obvious capability of terminating of DSL and PON circuits, much of the
added value of the ISAM compared with utility Ethernet switches resides in its
unique capability to exploit and preserve the difference between user side and
network side, in particular around L2 forwarding.
Generic L2 Forwarder
In a L2 access network, each NSP Service is offered on a particular network VLAN
over the EMAN. The role of the ISAM is to attach every subscriber to the NSP
Service(s) of their choice, that is, to the VLAN corresponding to this NSP Service in
the EMAN.
For that purpose, the ISAM uses a generic L2 forwarder model. In this model the
ISAM associates to every NSP Service a dedicated L2 forwarder, operating within
the context of this network VLAN and to which uplink(s) and subscriber(s) can be
attached by means of forwarder interfaces.
The basic generic L2 forwarder is shown in Figure 10-4.
L2 Forwarder
Forwarder
Forwarding
Identifier Forwarder
data
(Network Vlan for Interfaces
structures
the NSP Service)
E.g. FDB,
Network VLAN PortTable,
NSP for etc…
Server this NSP Service
Generic
L2 Forwarder
EMAN
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-5
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
It makes use of the following data structures which form its operational context:
• Forwarder Identifier:
This is reflecting the fact that the ISAM typically hosts several instances of L2
forwarders, one per NSP Service. Each L2 forwarder instance operates within the
context of a dedicated network VLAN used to identify the forwarder. Depending
on the network deployment strategy, this VLAN can be identified by one of the
following:
• a single VLAN tag (say C-VLAN): this can be for instance when an NSP only
provides one service, say HSI. The forwarder is then a single tag forwarder.
• a dual tag (say S+C-VLAN): this can be for instance when the S VLAN tag
identifies a multiservice-NSP and the C VLAN tag identifies a given service offered
by this NSP (alternate VLAN tag usage are possible as well, e.g. where the C VLAN
tag identifies the individual subscriber rather than a service). The forwarder is then
a dual tag forwarder (sometimes also called a stacked forwarder).
Some L2 Forwarding properties can generally be configured at L2 forwarder
level (e.g. vMAC, downstream broadcast traffic enable, secure forwarding, etc.…
see further)
• Forwarder Interfaces:
Forwarder Interfaces are the access points of the forwarder to the external world,
typically the subscribers and the NSPs. It is through these Interfaces that the
forwarder receives or transmits frames.
Some L2 Forwarding properties can generally be configured on an individual
interface basis (e.g. VLAN Translation,… see further)
• Forwarding Data Structures:
This is the means by which the forwarder knows to which egress forwarder
interface a frame should be directed to. This data structure typically consists in an
FDB (Forwarding DataBase) containing the associations between MAC address
and the VLAN ports on which they were learned (or statically configured).
It should be emphasized that consistent with the concept of VLAN isolation seen in
section “VLAN Tagging as a means to support Virtual LAN (VLAN”, each L2
forwarder has its own private context. For instance, a L2 forwarder interface cannot
belong to two L2 forwarders and each L2 forwarder has its own private FDB.
10-6 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
The iBridge is derived from the standard self-learning IEEE 802.1q-Bridge which
makes use of destination MAC addresses lookup to discriminate subscribers from
each other. A standard bridge however is not suitable for residential DSL access
because it lacks a number of essential security and privacy features. Adding those
features turns a standard bridge into an iBridge (also known as Intelligent Bridge).
Since the ISAM has the notion of user side and network side, it has the capability to
deviate from a normal standard bridge in particular in term of controlling traffic
switching (or flooding) and controlling MAC address learning.
On the other side, due to its very 1:1 nature a VLAN cross-connect does not rely on
MAC address lookup to identify a given subscriber, the network VLAN ID is
sufficient.
Note however that in case of several uplinks, an FDB is still needed for the VLAN
cross-connect to find out the right uplink. So actually, a VLAN cross-connect usually
exhibits a bridge behavior on the network side.
Although privacy is not as a concern as for iBridges VLAN cross-connects are also
aware of user side versus network side for other access related features (e.g. DHCP
Opt82).
A typical VLAN cross-connect is shown in Figure 10-5.
Network VLAN
for User Vlan
NSP FDB
this NSP Service (19)
Server
(17)
VLAN Cross-Connect (17)
EMAN
Because they are both affiliated to the same L2 Generic forwarder iBridges and
VLAN cross-connect follow the same configuration model despite their differences.
Moreover most of L2 access related features apply to both of them as well (e.g.
VLAN translation, DHCP Opt 82, …). This will be further detailed in later sections.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-7
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
Dual-tag L2 Forwarders
This section will elaborate a bit on dual-tag L2 forwarder mentioned in section
“Generic L2 Forwarder”.
These forwarders has the special feature that subscriber upstream frames get their
single-tag outer VLAN replaced by the dual-tag VLAN of the forwarder before being
forwarded to the network. Conversely dual-tagged network frames matching the
forwarder dual-tag identifier will have their dual-tag outer VLAN replaced by the
genuine single-tag subscriber VLAN before being passed to the subscriber. Figure
10-6 illustrates a dual-tag cross-connect (also called S+C cross-connect)
Dual-tag
Network VLAN User VLAN
NSP for this NSP Service FDB (19)
Server (100,19)
EMAN
10-8 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-9
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
The ISAM can support these various deployment models by means of the generic L2
concepts detailed in the next section.
10-10 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
More specifically, VLAN ports, bridge ports and some additional objects are defined
as follows:
• bridge port:
a bridge port is a generic Ethernet interface. In practice, a bridge port can be a
PVC carrying Ethernet, an EFM link or a physical user Ethernet link. A bridge
port can carry a mix of untagged, priority-tagged or tagged frames.
Note — Despite the name, in ISAM, a bridge port is not related to a
specific iBridge! A better name for bridge port would have been
virtual Ethernet port!
• VLAN port:
a VLAN port is a generic tagged Ethernet interface on a bridge port, more
specifically it is only related to the frames tagged with a specific VLAN ID on
this bridge port. In the ingress direction, a VLAN port can be best seen as
picking-up frames with a specific VLAN tag received from the bridge port. For
all practical purposes, a VLAN port is the ISAM implementation of the L2
Forwarder Interface introduced in section “Generic L2 Forwarder”. Tagged
frames received by the ISAM which cannot be related to any configured VLAN
port are discarded.
• Port Default VLAN ID (PVID):
A bridge port can be configured with a PVID. The PVID has only relevance for
iBridging or VLAN cross-connect. It is the VLAN ID which untagged or
priority-tagged traffic should inherit from this bridge port when subjected to
iBridging or VLAN cross-connect. In that case, untagged frames are considered
by the ISAM “as if” tagged by the user with the PVID.
• Port Protocol Default VLAN ID (ProtocolVID):
A bridge port can be configured with a Protocol VLAN ID. A ProtocolVID has
the same purpose as a PVID except that it takes into account the Ethertype of the
packet.
In practice, the ISAM operator can configure up to three port-Protocol-VLAN
IDs per bridge port:
• One ID per PPP
• One ID for IPv4 and related protocols (for example, ARP)
• One ID for the IPv6
When a PPP (respectively IPv4, IPv6) protocol VLAN ID is configured on a
bridge port, all untagged or priority-tagged PPP (respectively IPv4, IPv6) frames
will be considered as if tagged with this VLAN ID. Like the PVID, the
ProtocolVID has only relevance for iBridging or VLAN cross-connect.
When a PVID and Port-Protocol-VLAN ID(s) are both configured on a given
bridge port and an untagged frame is received, the ISAM always selects the
ProtocolVID if the protocol type matches.
So in summary, a L2 forwarder interacts with the external world, i.e. subscribers and
EMAN by means of VLAN ports, whatever line technology is used (PVC, EFM,
Ethernet, and so on) and whatever L2 forwarder type, iBridge or VLAN
cross-connect.
In Figure 10-7 below, one VLAN port is created for each service on a given
subscriber's line.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-11
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
VlanPort
L2 Fwd1
NSP1 BridgePort
VLAN 1
EFM
NSP2 VLAN 2 L2 Fwd2
VLAN 3
EMAN
NSP3
L2 Fwd3
Figure 10-8 illustrates some examples on how VLAN ports and bridge ports help to
make abstraction of the line transport technology and frame encapsulation.
PVID Untag_Serv1
PVID Untag_Serv2
PVID Untag_Serv3
PVID
Tag_Serv1
Tag_Serv2
Tag_Serv3
EFM Tag_Serv1
Untag_Serv2 (PPP)
IP-VID Untag_Serv3 (other)
PVID
10-12 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-13
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
This partitioning is handy to deal with the ISAM functional asymmetry emphasized
at the beginning of section “The ISAM is an Access Device”
• Subscriber side processing:
This involves the functions related to VLAN ports on the user side. Depending on
configuration:
• support of various underlying user frame encapsulation types, e.g. Ethernet PVCs,
Ethernet VDSL EFM, Ethernet Phy, IPoA PVC, PPPoA PVC,...
• support of various VLAN tagging mode: untagged, priority tagged, single tagged or
multiple tagged
• User VLAN tag manipulations: preserve/translate user VLAN IDs, add (upstream)
or remove (downstream) an extra VLAN tag to a specific user frame.
• IPoA to IPoE conversion (see further).
• find out which forwarder instance a received upstream frame has to be submitted to.
This takes place by matching the frame VLAN tag(s) to a VLAN port configured on
the bridge port on which the frame has been received.
Of course, the ISAM performs additional functions on the user side but they are
considered outside the scope of this Chapter because not related or only indirectly
related to L2 Forwarding:
• subscriber management related functions like Opt 82, PPP relay tag, QOS, Filters,…
• redundancy mechanisms like Link Aggregation, Spanning tree,...
• L2 Forwarding:
The role of the L2 forwarder is essentially to decide on which outgoing forwarder
interface(s) an ingress frame has to be sent out. Naturally the iBridge and VLAN
CC use different mechanism to forward frames.
• Network side processing:
This involves the functions related to VLAN ports on network side:
• The ISAM only supports Ethernet frames on the network side: they can be single-
or multiple-tagged (untagged and priority tagged frames are normally never
deployed).
• Finding-out which L2 forwarder instance a received downstream stream frame has
to be submitted to.
• Note that no VLAN translation is supported on the network side
Of course, the ISAM performs additional functions on the network side but they are
considered outside the scope of this FD because not related or only indirectly related
to L2 Forwarding:
• Termination/Relaying of various subscriber or network related protocols (GMP,
DHCP, PPPoE, Routing protocols, OAM, Link aggregation, Spanning Tree …)
• QoS-related functions
To conclude, here is a typical scenario for an operator to establish the connectivity
between subscribers and NSP Servers:
for each NSP, create an iBridge or VLAN cross-connect L2 Forwarder associated to
the VLAN of the NSP:
• attach network uplinks to the L2 Forwarder(s) (see further for details)
• create a bridge port on every user PVC/EFM (a Bridgeport is shared by all
services)
10-14 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
Figure 10-9 shows an example of multi-VLAN access with VLAN translation. In this
example, there are two VDSL access lines: EFM1 and EFM2. PVCs supporting
multi-VLANs are also shown. Note that this example applies to ADSL, VDSL, and
P2P ETH subscriber access lines.
PVC2-VLAN2
Tr
MAC PVC3
GE1-VLAN2 FDB PVC3-VLAN17 DSL
NSP2 Tr
Phy
iBridge EFM1-VLAN2
Tr
Eth EFM1
DSL
Phy Phy
GE1-VLAN3 EFM1-VLAN3
NSP3 Vlan CC Tr
GE1-VLAN4 EFM2-VLAN34
NSP4 Vlan CC Tr EFM2
DSL
Phy
GE1-VLAN5 EFM2-VLAN5
NSP5 Vlan CC Tr
EMAN ISAM
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-15
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
L2 Fwdr
NSP A
L2 Fwdr
NSP B
L2 Fwdr LT
Phy/LAG NSP A
L2 Fwdr
Phy/LAG NSP A
L2 Fwdr
NSP B
L2 Fwdr
NT NSP B
LT
ISAM
The basic strategy for the layer 2 forwarding data plane is that:
• When subscribers are connected to LT boards, the NT board forwards
downstream frames to the proper LT board(s) and the LT board forwards
downstream frames to the proper subscriber line/VLAN.
• It is the LT board that implements the difference between the VLAN
cross-connect mode, the iBridge mode and the stacked iBridge mode. The NT
board behavior is identical for iBridge and VLAN cross-connect.
• It is the LT board that takes care to translate user VLAN into network VLAN
(optionally); the NT board does not perform VLAN translation.
10-16 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
Although the NT board is originally derived from a standard bridge, its behavior will
typically be constrained to fit access network requirements such as for instance
security and privacy. For that purpose the ISAM makes the distinction between ports
facing users and ports facing the EMAN network side:
• Ports connected to subtending ISAMs, to LT boards or directly facing users
instantiate the so-called “user side”. Such ports are considered untrusted.
• Ports connected to the EMAN or directly to service provider equipment (for
example, BRAS) instantiate the so-called “network side”. Such ports are
considered trusted.
With the notion of User side and Network side, the NT has the capability to deviate
from a normal standard bridge in particular in term of controlling traffic switching
(or flooding) and controlling MAC address learning.
In typical network deployment, the NT board will be constrained such that
• Frames received from the network side can be passed:
• back to the network side, possibly on the same physical interface but using another
VLAN (this is to support a ring).
• to the user side (an LT board, a user, or a subtending ISAM).
• Frames received from the user side (an LT board, a user or a subtending ISAM)
can only be passed to the network side.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-17
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
UNI port
L2 Fwder
NSP A
L2 Fwder
NSP B UNI port
L2 Fwder LT
NSP A
L2 Fwder
NSP A
L2 Fwder L2 Fwder
L2 Fwder
NSP A
NSP B NSP A
L2 Fwder
L2 Fwder
NSP B L2 Fwder
NT NSP B
NSP B
LT
LT NT
ISAM Subtended ISAM
NNI port
10-18 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
RB
VLAN 19
Network Ports Network VLAN LT Ports
RB
VLAN 23
VLAN 19 LT
Phy/LAG (= iBridge)
RB
Phy/LAG VLAN 19
VLAN 23
(= iBridge)
RB
NT VLAN 23
LT
ISAM
To configure a bridge for a given VLAN in the NT board, the operator needs to:
• Create the VLAN
• Associate the proper network / LT / subtending / user interface to this VLAN.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-19
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
C 11
VLAN 11 C-VLAN CC
VLAN CC
(=Bridge)
S17 +C23
VLAN 17 S+C-VLAN CC
VLAN CC
(=Bridge)
LT
(No VLAN translation
shown on user side)
S 13
VLAN 19 S-VLAN CC
(=Bridge) VLAN CC
LT
NT
C-, S+C- or
ISAM S-VLAN CC
The ISAM has the capability to receive user frames from ATM PVCs (ADSL), EFM
(VDSL) or Ethernet Physical interfaces on the LT board.
10-20 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
The operator can configure each PVC in such a way that either:
• one single encapsulation only is allowed on the PVC. This is called static
encapsulation mode. Only the frames matching this encapsulation will be
accepted.
• several encapsulations are allowed on the PVC. In this case, the PVC works in
auto-detect encapsulation mode: the ISAM adapts itself to the encapsulation
selected by the CPE. If the encapsulation of the received frame matches one of
the allowed encapsulations, the frame is accepted. Otherwise, the frame is
discarded. This mode allows the subscriber to change his CPE without requiring
the operator to reconfigure the ISAM.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-21
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
Figure 10-14 Subscriber access interface model for iBridges and VLAN
cross-connect
ATM ATM
10-22 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
3, 4
DSL line
Ethernet MAC larger subscriber Ethernet payload
specific
DA, SA,
SA Qtags, Type/Length, FCS
Edge
1 2 3, 4
MPLS & larger subscriber Ethernet payload
Ethernet MAC (with additional VLAN tags)
other blue sky
DA, SA, Qtags, type/length, FCS
10.6 iBridges
In alignment with customer evolving deployment models, the ISAM platform also
support stacked VLAN iBridges mode. With a stacked VLAN iBridge, in addition to
performing bridging operations, the ISAM can add/remove a VLAN header to
customer upstream / downstream traffic, thus allowing supporting different
broadband access solutions.
The following are example of different use cases for stacked VLAN iBridges mode:
• The outer-tag (S-TAG) represents the NSP, while the inner-tag (C-TAG)
represents the NSP-Service
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-23
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
DHCP option 82
iBridge supports the DHCP snooping features for DHCP Option 82 handling.
Likewise, iBridge supports DHCPv6 snooping for the insertion of DHCPv6 Option
18 and Option 37. For more information on DHCP, see chapter “Protocol handling
in a Layer 2 forwarding model” and chapter “Protocol handling in a Layer 3
forwarding model”.
10-24 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
This behavior is also true when the iBridge mode is used to forward traffic from
hub-ISAM LT board NNI ports. All the upstream traffic will be sent towards the
network and never to another NNI port.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-25
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
In the context of hub-ISAM LT NNI ports, in iBridge mode, only the following
frame types are accepted from the NNI ports:
• IP over Ethernet (IPoE) (IPv4)/ARP/Reverse Address Resolution Protocol
(RARP)
• IPv6 over Ethernet (IPv6oE)
• PPPoE
• all Ethernet types
Other frames, including multicast data frames, will be sent towards the network and
never to another NNI port.
iBridge Deployment
In iBridge mode, the operator will avoid putting two ISAMs within the same network
VLAN on the same Ethernet Metropolitan Area Network (EMAN) to reach the same
NSP IP router.
Sharing the same VLAN between two ISAMs would allow inter-ISAM user-to-user
traffic to by-pass the NSP, which is undesirable. Figure 10-16 details this scenario:
• The Ethernet switch will learn all subscriber MAC addresses. If subscriber A can
obtain the MAC address of subscriber C, then subscriber A can send traffic
directly to subscriber C without the traffic going to the NSP IP router. This is
direct user-to-user communication and should be prevented in iBridge mode.
• In such a configuration, an ISAM would receive all broadcast/flooded frames
from any ISAM in the VLAN. This causes potential performance problems and
should not be allowed in iBridge mode.
A
EMAN
B VLAN
NSP
ISAM 2
An operator may still choose to deploy such a configuration for VLAN scalability
reasons. In these scenario's care must be taken to prevent undesirable user-to-user
traffic by:
• enabling split horizon functionality in aggregation network, or
• enable vMAC on ISAMs and use vMAC filters at the ISAM to discard ingress
network traffic with vMAC source addresses.
10-26 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
E
UNI
F
UNI
A
UNI
S-ISAM 1
NNI
NSP IP B
EMAN
Backbone UNI
C
UNI
S-ISAM 1
NNI
D
UNI
Note — The Hub-ISAM can also perform local access and access
aggregation, as shown in Figure 10-17.
MAC learning
In the ISAM, each layer 2 forwarder has its own MAC learning process, independent
from the other layer 2 forwarders. In other words, the text in the section below has to
be understood “within the same network VLAN context”. This means that a MAC
address is unique within a VLAN, but not across VLANs. If a port is connected to
two VLANs, the MAC address is learned twice.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-27
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
• If the MAC address is learned from a residential port, but the same MAC address
is already learned from the EMAN network, the MAC address is not learned and
the frame is dropped (MAC address duplication).
• If the MAC address is learned from a residential port, but the same MAC address
was already on another residential port, the new MAC address is not learned and
the frame is dropped (MAC address duplication).
• If the MAC address is first learned on a residential port, and then learned from the
EMAN network, this movement is accepted and the MAC address is learned. This
means that the MAC address is removed from the residential port (MAC address
movement, that is, the last learned MAC address takes priority).
• If the MAC address is first learned on a subtending, user or internal LT port and
then on another subtending, residential or internal LT port, then the MAC address
is not learned on the second port (that is, no MAC address movement is
performed)
• Well-known MAC addresses (for example, multicast MAC addresses, MAC
addresses allocated for IEEE protocols, and so on) are not learned.
These principles apply also for subtending ports. In this context, a subtending port
behaves at the same level as a residential (user) port.
10-28 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
The committed number of MAC addresses per port is the number of entries reserved
in the forwarding database for that port. This number of entries can be used by the
subscriber connected to that port at all times, that is, independent of any activity of
other subscribers.
However, if not all the available entries on an LT board have been assigned to a port,
then the remaining entries are dynamically assigned to ports based on MAC address
learning with the protection that the total number of entries per port cannot exceed
the configured maximum number of MAC entries per port.
The ISAM LT boards also provides protection against duplicate MAC addresses in
the VLAN context of the forwarder.
When a frame is received on a subscriber port with a source MAC address which was
already learned on another port for this VLAN, this generates a duplicate MAC
address alarm and:
• On layer 2 LT boards, the frame is discarded and the MAC address is not moved
from the original port. Moreover, the offending end-subscriber PVC is locked.
The subscriber port is unlocked again (and the duplicate MAC address alarm is
cleared) after a time period equal to three times the MAC address aging time.
• On layer 3 and point-to-point Ethernet LT boards, the frame is discarded and the
MAC address is not moved from the original port. The port carrying the offending
frame remains fully operational for frames received with non-offending source
MAC address. The alarm is cleared after a time period free of MAC address
conflict.
• The Hub-ISAM LT NNI ports concept is currently supported on the GE Ethernet LT
board only.
• As such, the MAC address learning and the associated duplicate MAC address
alarming does apply to UNI and NNI ISAM LT ports with the same level of
precedence between the two port types.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-29
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
It is important that the MAC aging time is properly configured, otherwise data-plane
connectivity may get lost between the network and the ISAM subscribers (due to the
fact that traffic is not flooded to these subscribers when their MAC address is no
longer present in the forwarding database):
• For PPPoE traffic, the MAC aging time can be kept small, because PPP has a
built-in keep-alive mechanism.
• For DHCP-based service scenarios (IPv4 or IPv6), the MAC aging time must be
taken in the same order of magnitude as the DHCP lease time (unless there is
another time that can be used, for example, an ARP refresh interval with secure
forwarding and ARP relay enabled, an application-layer keep-alive time, and so
on).
The MAC aging time is configurable between 10 s and 1.000.000 s with a default
value of 300 s.
A MAC aging time can be configured per L2 forwarding instance as for some
services the MAC aging time should be kept low, while for other services (for
example, DHCP-based services) the MAC aging time should be increased.
10-30 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
BP1:PVID = 0,C1
Si,X (any i) or
Ut,Cj (j ≠ 1)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-31
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
Figure 10-19 Protocol-based VLAN selection (iBridge shown with only one
subscriber)
Network-side Configured VLAN
User-side traffic
traffic ports
Si,X (any i) or
Ut,Cj (j ≠ 1,2)
Note — The behavior described in this section is also true when the
iBridge mode is used to forward traffic from Hub-ISAM LT NNI
ports.
10-32 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
• In case of VLAN translation, the network-side and subscriber-side VLAN IDs are
different. iBridging, in combination with VLAN translation, is typically used
when a loose coupling is needed between the C-VLAN IDs used on the access
link and the C-VLAN IDs used in the aggregation network; see Figure 10-21.
Note — VLAN translation is not supported on Hub-ISAM LT NNI
ports.
BP1: no PVID
Si,X (any i) or
Ut,Cj (j ≠ 1,2) or
Ut,Ut
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-33
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
Figure 10-21 Support for VLAN translation (iBridge shown with only one
subscriber)
Network-side Configured VLAN
User-side traffic
traffic ports
BP1: no PVID
Si,X (any i) or
Ut,Cj (j ≠ 3,4) or
Ut,Ut
Concepts
The concepts of Bridge Ports and VLAN ports defined on the subscriber side and
used by iBridges and VLAN cross-connects are also valid for stacked iBridge modes.
Two stacked iBridge modes are supported:
• S+C iBridge
• S-iBridge
The S+C iBridge mode allows for C-VLAN tag operations, such as C-VLAN
translation, in addition to adding/removing an S-VLAN header. This forwarding
mode requires the operator to configure a VLAN port for each C-VLAN.
The S-iBridge mode supports two sub-modes of operation:
• S-Tunnel iBridge mode
• S-VLAN mapped mode.
10-34 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
The main difference being that an S+C iBridge offers the ability of VLAN stacking
(see section “C-VLAN cross-connect (basic VLAN cross-connect)”). An S+C
iBridge is considered to be a S-VLAN aware bridge, where each N:1 VLAN
(S-Bridge) is a separate Virtual Bridge (VB) instance. Each VB performs
independent source MAC address learning and frame forwarding processing.
This forwarding mode resembles to the ISAM S+C VLAN cross-connect forwarding
model. The main difference is that in the S+C iBridge mode, the C-VLAN ID can be
shared across multiple UNIs. This is not true with the S+C CC mode, where a
C-VLAN ID is restricted to a single UNI.
The S+C iBridge mode support both protocol-unaware and protocol-aware modes of
operations. For example, DHCP option 82 insertion, PPPoE Intermediate Agent and
secure forwarding (ARP Relay, DHCP Snooping, IP anti-spoofing) are supported for
protocol-aware S+C iBridge operations.
Note 1 — The S-Tunnel iBridge is not supported on DSL LT boards.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-35
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
Concepts
The concepts of bridge ports and VLAN ports defined on the subscriber side and
used by iBridges and VLAN cross-connects are also valid for iBridges defined on
NNI ports.
As noted earlier, the Hub-ISAM LT NNI ports concept is currently supported on the
GE Ethernet line board only.
There are two VLAN iBridge models supported on GE Ethernet LT board NNI ports:
• C-VLAN iBridge: basic VLAN bridge mode (as defined in “VLAN tagging
modes in the iBridge”).
• S-VLAN iBridge: supporting mapped and tunnel VLAN bridge modes (tunnel
mode is described in “VLAN tagging modes in the stacked iBridge modes” and a
description of mapped mode follows).
10-36 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
The S-iBridge forwarder, supported on the NNI port type, does support mapped and
tunneled modes:
• In Tunnel Mode, the ISAM systematically adds a VLAN tag to frames
originating from the NNI. This mode is enabled by configuring an S-VLAN
PVID on the Bridge Port. It is to be noted that S-VLAN iBridge accepts
indifferently untagged and single tagged frames.
• In Mapped Mode, the ISAM considers NNI traffic as if already inside a tunnel.
In Mapped mode, the ISAM just extends the NNI tunnel further to the EMAN
without adding any extra VLAN tag. With Mapped mode, it is not possible to
translate the NNI S-VLAN into a different network S-VLAN.
Both the Tunnel mode and the Mapped mode can co-exist simultaneously in the
ISAM. Whether a frame has to be handled in S-VLAN Tunnel or Mapped iBridge
results from a comparison between the most external frame tag (if any) and the
Bridge port PVID.
Thus the NNI port S-iBridge forwarding behaviors can be summarized as follows:
• When upstream traffic on a given NNI bridge port does not match a defined
S-VLAN port attached to a given S-iBridge and no S-VLAN port default VLAN
exists on that bridge port, then this traffic is dropped.
• When upstream traffic on a given NNI bridge port matches a defined S-VLAN
port attached to a given S-iBridge and no S-VLAN port default VLAN exists on
that bridge port, then this traffic is accepted into the VB instance for bridging
functions. In this case, no new tag will be added on upstream egress. This mode
of operation is called mapped mode.
• When an S-VLAN port default VLAN has been defined on an NNI bridge port,
then all traffic is accepted into the VB instance for bridging functions and this
traffic will be added an S-VLAN tag on upstream egress. This mode of operation
is called is tunnel mode.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-37
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
10-38 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
The operator creates a C-VLAN port on top of the bridge port, and couples it to the
C-VLAN cross-connect. When the ISAM receives C-VLAN-tagged frames on a
bridge port it forwards them in the context of a C-VLAN cross-connect.
When no VLAN translation is needed, the VLANs used in the network are extended
all the way to the end subscribers. In this case, the end-subscriber side VLAN IDs
are said to have a network-wide scope. VLAN translation allows that the
network-side and subscriber-side VLAN IDs are different.
Forwarding of untagged/priority-tagged frames in C-VLAN cross-connect
The ISAM receives untagged or priority-tagged frames on a given bridge port, and
forwards these in the context of a C-VLAN cross-connect. To achieve this, the
operator creates a C-VLAN port on top of the bridge port, and couples it to the
C-VLAN cross-connect. Next, the operator configures on the bridge port a PVID or
a Port-protocol-default VLAN that points to the VLAN port.
Figure 10-22 shows the C-VLAN cross-connect model.
11, *, Data
NetVlan (11) 11, *, Data CC: 1-1 VlanId (11)
Ut, Data
PVID
NetVlan (21) 21, *, Data CC: 1-1 Tr VlanId (11) 11, *, Data
In the basic VLAN cross-connect mode, the number of VLAN identifiers is limited
to 4 K. Since the VLAN is an EMAN-wide identifier, there is a scalability issue:
there cannot be more than 4 K subscribers connected to the whole EMAN. To solve
this issue, two VLANs are stacked and the cross-connection is then performed on the
combination (S-VLAN, C-VLAN), theoretically reaching up to 4 M subscribers.
An S+C-VLAN cross-connect can be seen as the generalization of a C-VLAN
cross-connect. It has the same mode of operation and the same configuration model
except that with an S+C-VLAN cross-connect, the user C-VLAN is always
translated into a dual tag S+C Network VLAN.
Figure 10-23 shows the concept of the S+C-VLAN cross-connect mode.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-39
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
12, *, Data
31, 12, *, Data CC: 1-1 +- VlanId (12)
NetVlan (31,12) PVID Ut, Data
10-40 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
It should be noted that a Tunnel-VLAN cross-connect can coexist with C-VLAN and
S+C-VLAN cross-connects on the same bridge port. When this is the case, upstream
user traffic is preferably sent to the C- or S+C-VLAN cross-connect if the user
VLAN matches the corresponding VLAN ports. The rest of the upstream traffic is
sent by default through the Tunnel-VLAN cross-connect. Figure 10-25 illustrates
this case.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-41
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
NetVlan 31,23 31, 23, *, Data CC: 1-1 +- Tr VlanId (13) 13, *, Data
“*, Data “
here means any frame except
with outertag = 11 or 13
10-42 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-43
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
LAG
LAG
LAG
Br
Br L2CP:LACP Br
L2CP
VLAN1
Br
Br x x Br
Br
Br
Br VLAN2 L2CP Br
Br
x x
LAG
LAG
LAG
LAG
Br
Br VLAN3 L2CP Br
Br
x x
EMAN
Assu m p tio n :
EMAN tr a n sp a r e n t to ta g g e d L2 CP traffic
10-44 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
L2CP
PVID = VLAN1
EMAN
CPE PVC/EFM x
L2CP
VLAN1
x
PVC/ EFM CPE
x
VLAN2
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-45
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
VRF
VL
VRF
Services VRF
VRF
VRF
Customer
premises
IP subnet IP address VLAN IP subnet
• Residential cross-connect:
This mode provides a connectivity scheme compatible with a fully centralized
subscriber management where each individual subscriber is connected to an IP
edge (IP connectivity; see Figure 10-29) or a BRAS (PPP connectivity; see
Figure 10-30) through a single bit pipe. In this configuration, the subscribers are
sharing the same subnet for scalability reasons and (normally) do not present their
private network configuration to the network.
VLAN-CC
Services VRF
10-46 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
VLAN-CC
IP PPP
Services Routing Termina-
tion
IP subnet IP address
PPP session VLAN
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-47
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
• Subscriber identification:
A single or a stacked VLAN tag towards the network is associated to a single
business subscriber. Various VLAN assignment schemes exist:
• S-VLAN cross-connect: The S-VLAN indicates the subscriber while the C-VLANs
represent various subscriber-defined services.
• S+C-VLAN cross-connect: The C-VLAN indicates the subscriber, while the
S-VLAN indicates the DSLAM (or the DSLAM-PE pair).
• Tunnel-VLAN cross-connect: The S-VLAN indicates the end subscriber, while the
C-VLANs represent various subscriber-defined services.
• Security features:
For bridged encapsulation: optional limitation of the number of MAC addresses
per VLAN cross-connect.
• Service enforcement:
Policing per end-subscriber VlanPort or BridgePort.
10-48 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
• Security features:
• 802.1x authentication to allow or disallow the traffic (PPPoE and IPoE) through the
pre-configured VLAN cross-connect in function of the connected CPEs (this is not
supported however on the hub-ISAM LT NNI ports)
• Optional limitation of the number of MAC addresses per VLAN cross-connect
• ACLs: though this should typically be done by the IP edge, it might happen that the
latter does not own enough processing capacity to support that feature
• IP address anti-spoofing: this should ideally be done centrally in the network, but IP
address anti-spoofing might not always be available centrally and/or might suffer
from some dimensioning/performance issues when used for a large amount of
subscribers
• Service enforcement:
• Policing per end-subscriber VLAN port
• Further detailed policing actions based on CoS and/or ACL results should be
typically performed centrally where the service awareness is present.
• QoS policy: in case a single PVC is used to carry multiple services and the CPE is
not generating priority tagged frames, segregating services is then only possible at
IP level using the QoS policies offered by the ISAM QoS Policy framework. For
instance, one can define IP sub-flows based on, for example, DSCP values, IP
source or destination addresses or even UDP/TCP port addresses. Each of these
sub-flows can then have its QoS parameters re-marked and/or can be policed. The
same applies for VDSL ports that only carry untagged frames.
• Service selection: performed centrally
• Service accounting: performed centrally
• Local multicast handling: driven by IGMP
See also “Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model” for more information.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-49
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
The IPoA cross-connect mode offers a solution for connecting subscribers with
RFC-2684-routed encapsulation (IPoA) via the GE uplink with the same services as
in an ATM environment. For example, it offers no changes in IP configuration,
transparency for the involved (routing) protocols, QoS, and so on. IPoA is only
supported for IPv4.
In any case, the subnet configuration at the subscriber side (behind the CPE) is
transparent to the ISAM. The ISAM only sees the IP address of the CPE and the IP
address of the edge router; see Figure 10-31 and Figure 10-32.
NE CPE
IP
100.100.100.9 100.100.100.8 /30 Network CPE 100.100.100.10
side side
CPE
Edge IP
100.100.100.13 100.100.100.12 /30 100.100.100.14
Router
CPE
100.100.100.17 100.100.100.16 /30 IP 100.100.100.18
10-50 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
IP PVC11
C_VLAN1 CPE1
PVC12
Edge PVC21
Router S_VLAN IP
C_VLAN2 CPE2
PVC22
PVC31
C_VLAN3 IP
CPE3
PVC32
= L2 interface
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-51
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
Secure forwarding relies on DHCP snooping (for more information on DHCP, see
chapter “Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model” and chapter “Protocol
handling in a Layer 3 forwarding model”.
The operator can enable or disable the secure forwarding feature per iBridge / VLAN
cross-connect.
When secure forwarding is applied to iBridges, it is sometimes referred to as
Enhanced iBridge forwarding.
10-52 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
IS AM
Useer r
Us CPE L
LT
DHCP s nooping/ ARP
Useer r
Us CPE S tatic config. Relay
VLAN IP Subnet
Useer r
Us CPE iBridge
Useer r
Us CPE L
LT NT
DHCP s nooping/ ARP
Useer r
Us Relay EMA IP
CPE S tatic config. IP
network
Useer r
Us iBridge Bridge IP edge
CPE
Useer r
Us CPE L
LT
DHCP s nooping/ ARP
Useer r
Us CPE S tatic config. Relay
Useer r
Us CPE iBridge
IP session awareness
The ISAM snoops DHCP messages to learn what IP addresses/subnets have been
allocated to a subscriber port.
The ISAM keeps the IP session information (that is, IP address and associated subnet
of the subscriber, lease time, default gateway IP address, DHCP server IP address,
and so on) during the lifetime of the DHCP session.
The IP session information is used during ARP relay and to install IP anti-spoofing
filters.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-53
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
IP address anti-spoofing
The following applies for IP address anti-spoofing:
• IPv4 address anti-spoofing for dynamic IP addresses learned through DHCP.
Any IP packets whose IP source address does not match any IP address allocated
to the subscriber interface through DHCP are discarded.
Though the main scenario when considering IP awareness in the iBridge VLAN
cross-connect context is a configuration where IP addresses are dynamically
allocated by a DHCP server, static IP addresses and/or subnets must also be
supported to cover the following cases:
• migration from legacy network where CPEs are already configured with a static IP
address
• DHCP servers that do not support Option 82
• IPv6 address anti-spoofing for dynamic IPv6 addresses learned through
DHCPv6.
The ISAM discards any IPv6 packets whose IPv6 source address does not match
any IPv6 addresses or prefixes allocated to the user interface. The ISAM will only
check the first 64 bits of the 128-bit IPv6 address.
• IPv6 address anti-spoofing for static IP addresses and/or IP subnets (IP prefix +
length) configured by the operator.
Any IPv6 packets whose IPv6 source address does not match any static IPv6
addresses and/or prefixes programmed by the operator are discarded. The ISAM
will only check the first 64 bits of the 128-bit IPv6 address.
• IP address anti-spoofing for control messages.
IP address anti-spoofing is applied to control messages like ARP, IGMP and
DHCP.
ARP relay
The iBridge forwarding rules allow a basic ARP handling:
• Downstream ARP messages
When setting the broadcast flag for a given iBridge, downstream ARP requests
are forwarded to all subscribers connected to the iBridge.
• Upstream ARP messages
ARP requests originating from the subscriber are broadcast to all network bridge
ports.
10-54 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
ICMPv6
The details of ICMPv6 protocol handling are captured in Chapter “Protocol handling
in a Layer 2 forwarding model”.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-55
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
The concept of virtual MAC (vMAC) offers a complete solution by replacing the
MAC address of the subscriber with a MAC address defined by the operator (and
therefore, fully controlled). Enabling vMAC allows improving layer 2 forwarding
models in the following two areas:
• Security:
Translating the MAC address of the subscriber by an operator-defined MAC
address ensures, by definition, the uniqueness of the MAC address across the
whole access network, automatically alleviating all issues related with duplicate
MAC addresses.
• Scalability:
By guaranteeing that a MAC address is unique across the whole access network,
an operator can now choose to connect multiple DSLAMs to the edge router
through the same network VLAN. By doing so, the operator increases the number
of subscribers sharing the same subnet and, consequently, improves the pooling
effect when allocating IP addresses.
10-56 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
I-Bridge
VRF Bridge
I-Bridge
IP subnet IP address
Activating vMAC support in iBridge removes the preceding constraint and allows
sharing a same network VLAN across multiple DSLAMs. This network VLAN
sharing improves the scalability of the access network regarding IP address
allocation; see Figure 10-35.
vMAC
bridge
VRF Bridge
vMAC
bridge
vMAC features
vMAC has the following features:
• vMAC support can be enabled or disabled per network VLAN
• maximum number of vMAC per port is programmable
• silent discard of packets received with a new subscriber MAC address when no
free vMAC is left
• vMAC translation is not applied to multicast, broadcast and invalid MAC address
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-57
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
vMAC can also be used in conjunction with IP routing where the NT board acts as
IP router and the LT board as iBridge.
vMAC support together with the IP routing model (and LT board acting as iBridge)
is advised, so that any issues with duplicate MAC addresses are avoided. This is what
you would expect with a black box IP router DSLAM (that is, the IP router should
still work even if all subscribers were using the same MAC address).
vMAC support is characterized as follows:
• Upstream traffic:
• Each time a new MAC address is received from the subscriber, a free vMAC is
associated with the MAC address of that subscriber.
• The MAC source addresses of the Ethernet packets are overwritten with the vMAC
associated with the subscriber MAC address found into the MAC source address
field.
• vMAC ALGs might be applied to control plane messages (ARP, DCHP, Link
Related Ethernet OAM, and so on).
• Downstream traffic:
• The MAC destination addresses of the Ethernet packets are overwritten with the
subscriber MAC address associated with the vMAC found in the MAC destination
address field. Multicast and broadcast destination addresses have a special format
and are not impacted by the vMAC ALG (when allowed to get through)
• vMAC ALGs might be applied to control plane messages (ARP, DCHP, Link
Related Ethernet OAM, and so on).
10-58 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
When unused, vMAC are freed based on the standard MAC address aging process.
Silent discard
Packets received with a new subscriber MAC address when no free vMAC is left are
silently discarded.
Any packet received from a subscriber, and whose MAC source address should be
learned because it is still unknown, will be silently discarded if there is no free
vMAC left for that subscriber.
Bit 43...42 No Reserved field for other applications, set to 0’s for the vMAC
application
Bit 41 No U/L field set to 1 (local MAC address validity)
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-59
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
(2 of 2)
DHCP ALG
The chaddr field of the DHCP messages must be translated as follows:
• Upstream: the subscriber MAC address is replaced by the associated vMAC
address
• Downstream: the vMAC address is replaced by the associated subscriber MAC
address
Note — When vMAC is enabled, the DHCP lease time must be less
than the MAC aging timer (on the ISAM or on the VLAN), or else the
vMAC address for the subscriber will be forgotten before the DHCP
session expires. In this case, when the subscriber attempts to renew
the session, it is possible that the network is reached using a different
vMAC address, causing it to be discarded.
ARP ALG
The MAC address field present in the ARP message payload is updated in a similar
way as for DHCP.
ICMPv6 ALG
The MAC address field present in the ICMPv6 Neighbor Discovery message
payload is translated as follows:
• Upstream Neighbor Solicitation (NS): translate the MAC address carried in the
“source link-layer address” option. This option contains the MAC address of the
routed modem (or PC behind a bridged modem), hence it must be translated to the
vMAC address
• Upstream Neighbor Advertisement (NA): translate the MAC address carried in
the “target link-layer address”
• Upstream Router Solicitation: translate the MAC address carried in the “source
link-layer address” option.
10-60 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-61
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
This chapter covers the so-called “PPP cross-connect forwarding mode”. Although
it shares many concepts with iBridges and VLAN CC L2 forwarders, this mode is
quite different.
PPP cross-connect is a forwarding mode in which the ISAM forwards traffic from
PPP sessions from the user side through PPP sessions at the network side towards a
BRAS and conversely, and this as long as the user PPP session is living. There is
always a 1:1 relationship between the PPP session at user side and the PPP session
at network side. This justifies the use of the term “cross-connect” which must be
understood as “PPP session cross-connect”.
Like iBridges and VLAN CC, a PPP cross-connect is defined in the context of a
network VLAN ID. A PPP CC forwarder (often called PPP CC Engine) interacts
with the user side world through PPP CC client port interfaces.
By nature the PPP session is PPPoE at the network side. The network VLAN of a
PPP cross-connect can be single tagged (like an iBridge or a C-VLAN cross-connect)
or dual tagged (like an S+C-VLAN cross-connect).
It should be noted that PPP cross-connect does not require that the user encapsulation
is Ethernet. It works as well with PPPoA as with PPPoE although the PPP session
setup handling is different:
• In case of PPPoA, the ISAM is responsible for setting up and releasing the PPPoE
session which will encapsulate the user PPP packets.
• In case of PPPoE, the PPPoE session is set up and released by the user himself
and the ISAM just relays it to the network side.
When the PPP session is terminated, the ISAM deletes the marked session
information.
A property of PPP cross-connect is that the ISAM sends PPPoE packets to the
network using its own MAC address as source address. Thus, for the network, the
ISAM looks like the PPP client itself and actually performs user MAC address
concentration.
10-62 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
The general model of a PPP cross-connect engine with MAC address concentration
is quite intuitive. It is shown in Figure 10-36.
iBridge VLAN
PPPoE
PPPoE
or PPPCCE
PPPCCE
Server
Server
CC VLAN
PPPoA
&
PPPoE
In case of PVC
The VLAN which is attached to a PPP cross-connect Engine on the network side
must be of iBridge or VLAN cross-connect type. Of course, when the VLAN is of
type cross-connect, only one user is attached to the engine.
The type of interface on the user side on which a PPP client port can be configured
must be one of the following:
• EFM interface for untagged PPPoE traffic
• PVC for PPPoA and/or untagged PPPoE traffic
• Ethernet interface for untagged PPPoE traffic
• VLAN port interface for tagged PPPoE traffic
The interfaces stack for PPP client ports is shown in Figure 10-37.
Figure 10-37 Subscriber access interface stack for PPP client ports
PPP client port PPP client port PPP client port PPP client port
VLAN port
Bridge port
ATM ATM
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-63
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
All the supported encapsulations for PVCs are shown in Figure 10-38.
Figure 10-38 Accepted ATM encapsulation for PPP cross-connect Forwarding with
MAC address concentration
asamAtmVclEncapsAutodetect
Client
Client Port
Port disabled(1) or
autoDetectPPPoA(4)
PPPCCE
PPPCCE PPPoA
VC
VC asamAtmVclEncapsType
llcNlpid(3) or
vcMuxPppoa(6)
Client
Client Port
Port
Untagged
PPPCCE
PPPCCE
PPPoE
VC
VC asamAtmVclEncapsAutodetect
disabled(1),
asamAtmVclEncapsType
Client
Client Port
Port llcSnapBridged(1) or
Tagged vcMuxBridged(4)
PPPCCE
PPPCCE
PPPoE
VlanPortBridgePort VC
VLANPort VC
asamAtmVclEncapsAutodetect
autoDetectPPP(3) or
Client
Client Port autoDetectIpoePpp (5)
Port PPPoA
PPPCCE
PPPCCE
or asamAtmVclEncapsType
Untagged llcSnapBridged(1),
VC
VC
PPPoE llcNlpid(3),
vcMuxBridged(4),
vcMuxPPPoA(6)
10-64 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
L2 Fwd PPPCCE
PPPCCE
EMAN L2 Fwd
LT
NT
DSLAM
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 10-65
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10 — Layer 2 forwarding
10-66 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11 — Protocol handling in a Layer 2
forwarding model
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 11-1
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11 — Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model
11.1 Introduction
Protocol Described in
Section
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol and Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol 11.3
802.1x 11.5
Broadband Access Network Cluster Management Protocol (BCMP) 11.6
Protocol Described in
Section
ARP 11.7
DHCP 11.8
IGMP 11.9
PPPoE 11.10
(1 of 2)
11-2 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11 — Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model
Protocol Described in
Section
DHCPv6 11.11
ICMPv6 11.12
(2 of 2)
These protocols play an important role in the way subscribers establish connectivity
and/or access broadband services. The ISAM supports a set of protocol processing
features in order to maintain network security and allow customer identification and
troubleshooting. These are defined in the next sections.
The use of these control protocols can lead to security issues when malicious users
try to perform a (Distributed) Denial of Service attack towards the systems handling
the user-generated control traffic (for example, a BRAS, an Edge Router or a DHCP
server). In order to protect these systems, the ISAM can be configured to perform
upstream policing for the following protocols: ARP, DHCP, DHCPv6, IGMP,
ICMPv6, PPPoE and Connectivity Fault Management. The policing rate and
maximum burst size can be configured separately for each of the mentioned
protocols.
Link Aggregation allows one or more links to be aggregated together to form a Link
Aggregation Group, such that a MAC client can treat the Link Aggregation Group as
if it were a single link. Link aggregation is defined in IEEE 802.3-2005, clause 43.
This specification specifies the establishment of Link Aggregation Groups,
consisting of N parallel instances of full duplex point-to-point links operating at the
same data rate.
This Link Aggregation Group provides increased bandwidth and/or increased
availability. Link aggregation is defined with a load sharing mechanism that
distributes the traffic over the active links of the Link Aggregation Group. When one
of the physical links of the link Aggregation Group is no longer active, then the load
sharing adapts and distributes the traffic over the remaining active links. If the total
traffic exceeds the bandwidth of an active link, then normal QoS handling applies.
Figure 11-1 shows an example of link aggregation.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 11-3
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11 — Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model
NE
ADSL
m x FE/GE
FE/GE n x FE/GE
EMAN NSP IP backbone
Link Aggregation
Group 2
NSP IP backbone
Link Aggregation is defined for use between any type of Ethernet nodes (that is, both
bridges and end stations). The binding of links into Link Aggregation Groups may
be under manual control by an operator. In addition, automatic determination,
configuration, binding, and monitoring may occur through the use of a Link
Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP).
11-4 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11 — Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model
Link Aggregation Groups are defined by configuring individual physical links with
identical link aggregation parameters. Especially the parameter actor-key is
important as the Link Aggregation Group is defined as the set of links with the same
value for this parameter.
The use of the LACP protocol can be enabled or disabled.
Load balancing is supported and the load balancing criteria can be configured to use
the source and/or destination MAC address, or to use the source and/or destination
IP address.
Figure 11-2 shows link aggregation support.
n n
xHub LT links LT
L
s s
The ISAM can be configured with several network interfaces. They can be used to
connect the ISAM to multiple Ethernet Bridges, see Figure 11-3 as example, or
directly to end stations such as, for example, a Router or a BRAS.
For an Ethernet network to function properly, only one active path can exist
throughout an EMAN Network between two end stations. These paths are
symmetrical, that is, they are used for both directions of communication.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 11-5
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11 — Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model
Ethernet
NSP IP backbone
Bridge
NE m x FE/GE
ADSL
FE/GE
EMAN NSP IP backbone
n x FE/GE
RSTP
The Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) as defined in IEEE 802.1D-2004, clause
17, is a Layer 2 Control Protocol that provides path redundancy while preventing
undesirable loops in the network.
Providing path redundancy starts with having a physically redundant network
topology.
Multiple active paths between end stations cause L2 loops in the network. If a loop
exists in the network topology, the potential exists for duplication of messages.
Therefore the task of RSTP is defining a single active path between each pair of end
stations.
To realize this single active path, RSTP forces certain redundant data paths into a
standby (blocked) state. The logical topology that is realized in this way is a single
tree with a selected root end station and with the other end stations at leave positions.
Ethernet Bridges are involved in selecting the active path and blocking the standby
paths. After a network node or link has become unavailable, RSTP will run again to
define a new tree topology.
MSTP
If the network contains more than one VLAN, the logical network configured by a
single RSTP would work, but better use can be made of the available redundant
nodes and links by using an alternate spanning tree for different (groups of) VLANs.
Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) which uses RSTP for rapid convergence,
enables VLANs to be grouped into a spanning-tree instance. Each instance has a
spanning-tree topology independent of other spanning-tree instances. This
architecture provides multiple forwarding paths for data traffic, enables load
balancing and limits the number of spanning-tree instances required to support a
large number of VLANs. MSTP is defined in IEEE 802.1Q clause 13.
11-6 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11 — Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model
In some network topologies the use of RSTP or MSTP will not provide any benefit.
This is the case when the single active path is already realized at physical level. An
example is that the user equipment connected to LT boards (must) have already by
construction a single physical interface and inherently this will form a single active
path. Therefore and because of this RSTP and MSTP are not supported on these
interfaces. Other examples are the use of a single link (aggregation group) between
a hub and a subtending ISAM. Therefore, RSTP and MSTP can be enabled or
disabled per Ethernet interface of the ISAM. As an example, RSTP and MSTP shall
be disabled on the network interface of the subtending ISAM in case it is disabled on
the corresponding subtending interface in the Hub ISAM.
Note 1 — The 7302 ISAM supports RSTP and MSTP towards
DSLAMs in a ring.
Note 2 — The 7302 ISAM and the 7330 ISAM FTTN support STP
(IEEE 802.1D-1998, clause 8) for inter-operability with older routers.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 11-7
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11 — Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model
This section describes Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) and identifies the
level of support in the ISAM.
CFM elements
Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) is an Ethernet Operations and Maintenance
(OAM) capability that allows service providers or network operators to verify and
isolate connectivity faults and configuration problems at layer 2. CFM is specified in
the standard IEEE 802.1ag.
To support CFM functionality, network operators must configure software entities
called Maintenance Points (MPs) on selected bridge ports on the network. MPs are
points where CFM messages are inserted, extracted, or monitored to verify
connectivity within part or within the whole of the Layer 2 network.
MPs are organized into Maintenance Associations (MAs) and Maintenance Domains
(MDs) on a network. Table 11-3 describes the CFM elements that must be
configured on an Ethernet network.
MA An MA is defined as an OAM maintenance entity per service instance per MD. The
service instance could be a VLAN or a set of VLANs. The OAM maintenance entity
scope is defined by a set of associated Maintenance end Points (MEP). The MEPs
define a closed segment of the VLAN in the Layer 2 network. The segment matches
the scope or involvement of a particular administrative OAM domain (operator) in
that VLAN.
As such, MDs/MAs allow network operators to test the segment of a given VLAN
that is within their own scope. For example, it allows them to perform a test on all
links and nodes of their own network and being used by the VLAN or service.
Typically, the set of operator segments are all at the same MD level and then the
MDs/MAs cannot overlap.
MDs/MAs also allow network operators to divide a network into separate
hierarchical administrative OAM domains. An MD/MA at a higher level has no
visibility inside an MD/MA at a lower level. Also, at the higher level the same
concepts apply: the scope is delimited by MEPs and the MDs/MAs at the same
higher level cannot overlap.
There may be one or more MA, that is, service instances, per MD. There may be
multiple MAs for the same service instance (VLAN) if these are within different MDs
and the lower level MDs/MAs are terminated with MEPs.
(1 of 2)
11-8 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11 — Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model
MP MPs are organized into MAs and MDs and are configured on ports within an MD/MA
(VLAN).
There are two types of MPs:
• Maintenance end points (MEPs)
• Maintenance intermediate points (MIPs)
MEPs are points that identify the border of a maintenance entity. MEPs can initiate
or terminate CFM messages.
MIPs are points inside the network segment that is defined as a maintenance entity.
MIPs can respond to and allow the transit of CFM frames originated from another
MP.
(2 of 2)
IEEE 802.1ag defines these generic CFM OAM procedures. DSLF TR-101 defines
the usage of these procedures in a Layer 2 Access Network.
An access aggregation network typically has the following MD levels:
• Service provider domain from the edge router/BNG to the CPE
• Carrier domain from the edge router/BNG or Ethernet switch to the user port on
the ISAM
• Intra-carrier domain from the edge router/BNG or Ethernet switch to the network
port on the ISAM
• Access link domain from the user port on the ISAM to the CPE
Figure 11-4 shows CFM implemented on a typical access aggregation network.
When a customer contacts the service provider helpdesk because of lack of service,
the service provider can run a test in the service provider domain from the BNG
towards the CPE. If the fault is isolated to a specific section, the service provider can
notify the owner of that section who can run tests at a lower level within his domain.
This continues until the failing point is identified.
ME Intra-carrier
MD level 3
Access link ME
MD level 1
CPE
Ethernet
access Regional
network network
RG Ethernet
DSLAM
switch BNG
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 11-9
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11 — Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model
CFM functions
The CFM protocols define multiple functions that act as tools to test and isolate
connectivity faults in the network.
The CFM link trace acts as an ICMP traceroute command. Multicast Link Trace
Messages (LTMs) are sent from the originating MEP and are addressed to another
MEP of the MA. Each MIP along the trace path inspects the message to determine
whether the target MAC address of the LTM is known. If the MIP knows the MAC
address, the MIP forwards the LTM to the next MEP, and a response in the form of
a Link Trace Reply (LTR) message is sent back to the originating MEP. An MIP that
does not know the target MAC address does not send back an LTR. When the target
MP responds with a successful LTR message, the link trace test is successfully
completed.
A CFM loopback acts as an ICMP ping command. Multicast or unicast loopback
messages (LBMs) are sent from the originating MEP. In the case of a unicast LBM,
the MAC address of the destination MP is inserted. When the target MP receives the
LBM with the matching MAC address, it sends back a loopback response (LBR) to
the originating MP. When the originating MP receives the LBR, the loopback is
complete. In the case of a multicast LBM, each MEP within the targeted MA in the
MD level that receives the LBM request will reply with an LBR.
A connectivity check (CC) is a message multicast to all MEPs in the same MA at
fixed intervals. When a peer MEP does not receive a specified number of CCM reply
messages in a given time, a fault is raised.
11-10 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11 — Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model
The 802.1X protocol complies with both the IEEE 802.1X and the CCSA
specification. Its purpose is to control the access of users to the Layer 2 Access
Network. Each 802.1X-enabled user port (including the GE Ethernet LT board UNI
user ports) is by default in a closed status and successful authentication is needed to
open the port.
Packets from unauthenticated subscribers are dropped at the LT until an 802.1x
session is set-up after authentication by an external RADIUS Server, see Figure 11-5.
• For an un-authenticated port, all subscriber frames are discarded.
• For an authenticated port, all subscriber frames are processed based on the Layer
2 configuration
LT IHub Ethernet ER
11.6 BCMP
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 11-11
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11 — Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model
The BCMP protocol can be enabled or disabled by the operator to allow the EPON
OLT to act as the BCMP proxy for resolution of BCMP packets which are sent from
the BCMP client, and the BCMP server, and further to forward relay the BCMP
packets to between the BCMP client, and the BCMP server.
For BCMP protocol handling on the LT board:
• in upstream: BCMP receives the L2 packets, extracts the L2 information and then
sends it to the NT board
• in downstream: BCMP receives L2 information from the NT board, constructs a
L2 response packet for forwarding through the host message interface
BCMP server
OLT LT LT LT LT
ODN ODN
ONU ONU
HS
BCMP client BCMP client
EOC EOC
CDN CDN
EOC EOC
The user data stream can be forwarded through the EPON OLT using the S+C RB
mode. However, to forward the SNMP packet transparently through the OLT,
configuration of a specific management VLAN for the SNMP packet is required.
11-12 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11 — Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model
11.7 ARP
The IETF RFC 826 defined Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is a protocol defined
within the context of using IP over Ethernet. An IP node uses the ARP protocol to
obtain the Ethernet MAC address of another IP node identified by a known IP
address and connected to the same Layer 2 network.
The ISAM provides ARP handling functionality sufficient to prevent broadcast
storms toward the subscribers. This is achieved in the following ways:
• in iBridge mode:
• When an ARP request is received from a user port, the ARP request is broadcast to
the Ethernet network interface. This deviates from the standard Ethernet broadcast
because the ARP request is not broadcast to the other user ports. This behavior is
also true for the GE Ethernet LT board NNI ports.
• When an ARP request is received from an Ethernet network interface, the ARP
request is only broadcast in the VLAN when downstream broadcast is enabled in the
VLAN. Otherwise, the ARP request is dropped. In case of the GE Ethernet LT board
NNI ports, the ARP request is only broadcast in the VLAN (not configurable).
• in VLAN cross-connect mode:
ARP requests are forwarded transparently downstream and policed upstream
using the control protocol packet policer.
• in both forwarding modes:
ARP reply messages receive no special treatment compared to any other data
packet.
• in secure-forwarding-enabled iBridge/VLAN cross-connect mode:
An ARP relay function exists to forward the downstream ARP request messages
to the right user only. This is achieved by forwarding downstream ARP request
messages to the user port that owns the IP address that is to be resolved via the
ARP request.
In the upstream direction this ARP relay will perform IP address anti-spoofing,
that is, it checks the <IP,MAC> binding of a specific customer, learned via DHCP
snooping. An ARP packet is only accepted if the MAC source address and the IP
source address in the ARP payload correspond to a specific customer having
established IP connectivity on that port. Valid ARP requests will be forwarded to
the network. In case of static IP address configuration, the ARP relay performs a
similar check for the sender IP address. The packet is accepted if this address is
configured on that port.
The ISAM supports counters that track the number of ARP packets that have been
dropped per VLAN port because they contain spoofed information in the ARP
payload.
Note 1 — The ARP-Relay function learns the IP addresses from the
end-users either via DHCP snooping or via static configuration.
Note 2 — The GE Ethernet LT board NNI ports and HC-UNI ports do
not support secure forwarding.
Note 3 — For DSL LTs and GE Ethernet LT board UNIs, the above
description also applies to S+C iBridge forwarding mode.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 11-13
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11 — Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model
11.8 DHCP
11-14 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11 — Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model
The Layer 2 DHCP Relay Agent functions can be split in three parts:
• Relaying DHCP messages to and from network and subscriber interfaces
• Option 82 handling
LT xHub Ethernet ER
IP
DHCP client network
LT NT
CPE DHCP
server
US/DS: DHCP boadcast US: adds option 82 and sends packet to xHub
or unicast packet DS: remove option 82 and send on to correct user port
The DHCP client can send broadcast or unicast DHCP messages. These will be
forwarded in the upstream direction:
• If the insertion of option 82 is enabled, the ISAM verifies the DHCP message and
adds option 82 to a valid DHCP message as described further on.
• If the insertion of option 82 is disabled, the ISAM still verifies the DHCP message
as described further but does not add an option 82.
But with or without option 82 insertion, the broadcast message remains a broadcast
message, the unicast message remains a unicast message. For more information on
the handling and configuration of DHCP Option 82; see section “Option 82
handling”.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 11-15
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11 — Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model
In the downstream direction the DHCP Relay within the Edge Router (or the DHCP
server in case it is directly connected to the Layer 2 Access Network) sends broadcast
or a unicast DHCP messages. This depends on the broadcast flag inside the DHCP
message sent from the DHCP Client. In all cases the Layer 2 DHCP Relay Agent will
forward the DHCP message to the correct user only. For a unicast DHCP message
the user is identified from the MAC address in the Ethernet header, for broadcast
DHCP messages the user is identified from the payload of the DHCP messages, for
example, chaddr. In any case the option 82 is removed before forwarding the DHCP
message.
Relaying DHCP messages in the iBridge and cross-connect mode with IPoA to
IPoE interworking function
The Layer 2 DHCP Relay Agent for the iBridge and cross-connect mode with IPoA
to IPoE interworking function is very similar to the Layer 2 DHCP Relay Agent
when the IPoA to IPoE interworking function is absent. Its implementation is also
distributed over the LT boards. The possibilities for option 82 insertion are also the
same.
But here, IPoA packets from and to the user do not have an Ethernet header. As such,
the chaddr in the upstream DHCP messages is normally not a MAC address. The
ISAM will insert itself an identifier in the chaddr of upstream messages. This field
being returned by the DHCP Server allows the ISAM to identify the correct user. The
ISAM will restore the original chaddr before sending the DHCP message to the user.
Option 82 handling
IETF RFC 3046 defines a “Relay Agent Information option” and assigns it the code
82. In this way the option is often referred to as “option 82". Option 82 provides
security when DHCP is used in public access networks. It provides the DHCP Server
with trusted information on who is requesting an IP address.
But to make it really a trustable identifier the ISAM shall also discard upstream
messages with an option 82 already added by the user. Therefore, the ISAM also
makes some validity checks on upstream DHCP messages.
In the upstream direction, the insertion of DHCP option 82 is configurable. If
enabled, option 82 parameters are inserted both for unicast and broadcast DHCP
messages. If disabled the ISAM does not add option 82. The validity checks are
however executed also when option 82 insertion is disabled.
IETF RFC 3046 defines option 82 as containing two sub-options: the circuit-id being
sub-option 1 and the remote-id being sub-option 2.
In addition to enabling or disabling option 82 insertion, it is possible to control the
insertion and contents of the sub-options:
• the circuit ID: this can be configured with one of the following values:
• do not add this sub-option into option 82
• add the customer ID into the circuit-id sub-option
• generate a physical line ID and add this into the circuit-id sub-option
11-16 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11 — Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model
• the remote ID: this can be configured with one of the following values:
• do not add this sub-option into option 82
• add the customer ID into the remote-id sub-option
• generate a physical line ID and add this into the remote-id sub-option
Note — The values for the circuit ID and the remote ID are not
allowed to be identical.
Insertion of the circuit ID and/or remote ID can be enabled or disabled per VLAN in
iBridge or VLAN cross-connect mode.
Customer ID
The Customer ID is fully configurable for each DSL line, ATM PVC, Ethernet
interface or VLAN port by the operator (string with a length between 0 and 64 bytes).
It is possible to configure a system-level Customer ID. When doing so, the system
has the following behavior:
• If the customer ID at the interface level (vlan.port, UNI) is set to the default value
“available”, then the customer ID configured at system-level will be used for that
interface. This can be useful in case an operator wants to use the same Customer
ID on all UNIs, without having to configure it on each individual UNI.
• In case a specific user value is configured for a UNI or vlan.port, it takes
precedence over the system-level customer ID setting.
In case the Customer ID is configured for one user at various levels, for example, at
ATM PVC and at DSL line level, then the most fine grained level will be used. For
example, the Customer ID configured for an ATM PVC will take precedence over
the customer ID configured at the DSL line.
Physical line ID
By default, the Physical line ID is auto-generated by the ISAM and contains
information used to identify the precise circuit from which the DHCP message
originates (for example, DSL line, ATM PVC, Ethernet interface or VLANport).
The Physical line ID syntax is configurable. The Physical line ID syntax is a
concatenation of keywords, separators, and free text strings:
• for ATM-based DSL interfaces, the default value is “Access_Node_ID atm
Rack/Frame/Slot/Port:VPI.VCI”
• for EFM-based DSL and for Ethernet interfaces, the default value is
“Access_Node_ID eth Rack/Frame/Slot/Port”
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 11-17
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11 — Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model
• Frame: shelf number in the rack. The variable is called 'Frame' to be inline with
TR-101.
• Slot: slot number in the shelf.
• Port: port number on the LT. On DSL or point-to-point LT boards, the “port”
stands for an end-user DSL/fiber interface
• VPI: VPI on user interface in case of ATM over DSL
• VCI: VCI on user interface in case of ATM over DSL
• Q-VID: VLAN ID on user interface (when applicable)
• N-VID: refers to the C-VLAN ID at the network-side, which may be different
from the user-side “Q-VID”
• U-VID: VLAN ID on user interface in case of tagged frames and nothing inserted
as VLAN id in case of untagged frames. The special character / delimiter in front
of this keyword in case of untagged frames is not inserted.
• DUVID: same as U-VID, but in this case the special character / delimiter in front
of this keyword incase of untagged frames is inserted.
• LzQVID: VLAN ID on user interface with 4 digits and leading zeroes (for
example, VLAN ID 1 denoted as 0001, VLAN ID 10 denoted as 0010, VLAN ID
100 denoted as 0100 and VLAN ID 1000 denoted as 1000).
• I-VID: Refers to the second or inner VLAN-id in dual-tagged Ethernet frames.
Bandwidth information
DSLF TR-101 defines additional sub-options on top of those defined in IETF RFC
3046, such as a set of sub-options to pass DSL line bandwidth characteristics.
You can also enable or disable the insertion of the line rate characteristics per VLAN
in iBridge or VLAN cross-connect mode.
The ISAM can be configured to either add only the actual line rate information in
DHCP option 82, or to add the full set of access line parameters defined in TR-101.
For example, this includes the minimum, maximum, attainable and actual line rates
and interleaving delays.
This functionality is supported on the DSL and Ethernet LT boards.
11-18 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11 — Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model
DHCP snooping
If secure forwarding in Enhanced iBridge respectively in VLAN cross-connect is
configured, DHCP messages are snooped in order to learn the IP address associated
with the end user.
More information on DHCP snooping can be found in chapter “Protocol handling in
a Layer 3 forwarding model”.
11.9 IGMP
For more information about IGMP, see chapter “Multicast and IGMP”.
11.10 PPPoE
PPPoE relay
In many cases the Layer 2 (Ethernet) Access network extends Ethernet into the home
network. A CPE in the home network terminates the DSL link or Ethernet interface
that provides the connectivity with the Access Network. One possibility is that the
CPE is a router. Then this router CPE will be the single PPP Client establishing
PPPoE sessions. Another possibility is that a bridge CPE transparently bridges the
request coming from a device deeper in the home network. Something in between
can be that a CPE multiplexes PPPoE sessions coming from multiple devices deeper
in the home network.
All these cases have in common that PPPoE frames are sent from the user equipment,
through the ISAM, to a BRAS more centrally in the network. DSLF TR-101
specifies that in such case the DSLAM has to add some subscriber information to the
upstream discovery messages, that is, to the PADI, PADR and upstream PADT
packets.
So for PPPoE relay, the ISAM inserts a PPPoE Relay tag in all the upstream PPPoE
messages in the discovery phase (that is, frames with EtherType = 0x8863). This
information insertion is the only intervention of the ISAM on PPPoE frames in the
upstream direction. This means that all PPPoE messages forwarded to the BRAS will
still contain the MAC address of the subscriber as source MAC address (MAC SA)
and the broadcast MAC (PADI) or the MAC address of the PPPoE Server (PADR,
PADT) as destination MAC address (MAC DA).
The ISAM does not make an intervention in the downstream direction.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 11-19
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11 — Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model
All PPPoE messages in the session phase are forwarded without any processing.
11-20 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11 — Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model
ATM
termination
IP Edge
PPP-L2TP
interworking
The initial PPP request packet and all further packets sent within the established
PPPoE session are sent with a VLAN tag with the priority configured for the PPP
client port.
During the session, every upstream PPP packet is encapsulated in PPPoE, where the
MAC address of the ISAM is used as MAC source address. Downstream, the reverse
operation takes place and the MAC layer is stripped. From a BRAS perspective, the
session looks like any normal standard PPPoE session.
To give the Access Service Provider (ASP) the maximum information that can help
him to accept a PPPoE session establishment or to silently ignore the request, the
ISAM provides the PPPoE Server with access loop identification and line rate
information just as for PPPoE Relay. The difference is that in this case these
messages are generated by the ISAM.
Beside all these similarities there is still something special:
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 11-21
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11 — Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model
The ISAM can inform the PPPoE Server that the PPPoE session being established is
an “interworked session, that is, a session established on behalf of a user. This could
be useful for the BRAS. For example, to use a different a approach for limiting the
number of sessions per client. This information is provided through the insertion of
the BBF-IWF-tag sub-option in the PPPoE vendor specific tag. This sub-option is
defined in BBF TR-101.
Adding this sub-option can be enabled or disabled per PPP cross-connect Engine.
A second special thing relates to the Maxim Transmit Unit (MTU). In this scenario
the PPP Client is a PPPoA user and it assumes it can send PPP packets of 1500 bytes.
To encapsulate these frames in Ethernet, the interworking function shall add 8 bytes
of PPPoE header and as such the frame does no longer fit in a standard Ethernet
frame with a maximum payload of 1500 bytes. The normal procedure then requires
the PPP Client and the PPP Server to negotiate about the MTU. To facilitate the
convergence of this negotiation, the ISAM supports Ethernet frames that are 8 bytes
longer then standard Ethernet. This facility is signaled in the PADI message to the
PPPoE Server by adding the PPP-Maximum-Payload tag. This tag is defined in IETF
RFC 4638.
Adding this tag can be enabled or disabled per PPP cross-connect Engine.
Also for the release phase the ISAM cannot restrict to passively forwarding frames.
When the PPP session is terminated, the ISAM also terminates the corresponding
PPPoE session. The involved PAD-T message is sent with a VLAN tag with priority
7.
Normally, when a DSL line has gone out of service, the PPPoE session will only
time-out in the BRAS after a certain time (typically 3 minutes). This delay is
considered too long, for example, by service providers that offer a PPP-based HSI
service with time-based billing.
Therefore, the ISAM removes an interworked PPPoE session and sends a PPPoE
PAD-T message to the BRAS upon a loss-of-connectivity to the subscriber (this can
be indicated by loss of DSL synchronization on the associated subscriber line).
Note — PPPoA to PPPoE interworking is not supported on the GE
Ethernet LT board. It is also not supported on DSL LTs in Stacked
iBridge model.
11-22 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11 — Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model
Next to solving the scalability issue, the PPPoE relay with MAC address
concentration also increases the security within the network. The MAC address of
the subscriber does not enter the EMAN anymore. This address is replaced by the
own MAC address(es) of the ISAM and, consequently, all issues related to duplicate
subscriber MAC addresses are solved. The subscriber MAC address has only a local
meaning (that is, local to the PVC) and, consequently, even if all the subscribers
would present the same MAC address to the ISAM, they could still be connected to
the BRAS without any problem.
Spoofing the MAC address of another subscriber will not allow to grab its traffic
because the subscriber MAC address is not used by the EMAN nor by the ISAM to
route the traffic.
MAC address concentration can be enabled or disabled per PPP cross-connect
Engine.
Note 1 — PPPoE relay with MAC address concentration is not
supported on the GE Ethernet LT board NNI and HC-UNI port types.
Note 2 — PPPoE relay with MAC address concentration is not
supported on DSL LTs for Stacked iBridge model.
If enabled the ISAM behaves very much like in the PPPoA to PPPoE interworking
scenario with the difference that the interworking applies to multiple PPPoE sessions
coming from users instead of to PPPoA sessions.
11.11 DHCPv6
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 11-23
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11 — Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model
• Customer-ID
• Physical line ID in CCSA format
This allows the operator to migrate to IPv6 in a VLAN cross-connect model, without
losing access line information.
The Access Node is also able to add the Relay Agent Remote-ID Option (option 37,
defined in RFC 4649) to the DHCPv6 Relay-forward messages sent to the BNG. This
is used in order to further refine the access loop logical port identification.
The Relay Agent Remote-ID contains an operator-configured string of 63 characters
maximum that (at least) uniquely identifies the user on the associated access loop on
the Access Node on which the DHCPv6 Solicit message was received.
The actual syntax of the user identification in the Relay Agent Remote-ID can take
the same values as the ones supported for the DHCP option 82 sub-option 2:
• No Remote ID (empty)
• Customer-ID
• Physical line ID (using a default or a configured syntax at system level)
In the ISAM implementation the LDRA is enabled when either option 18 insertion
or option 37 insertion is enabled, and LDRA is disabled when both option 18
insertion and option 37 insertion are disabled. The operator can enable/disable the
insertion of option 37 into upstream DHCPv6 messages for each lightweight
DHCPv6 Relay Agent instance.
Bandwidth information
The Lightweight DHCPv6 Relay Agent supports the insertion of the
“Vendor-specific Information” Option (option 17) as defined in RFC 3315 in order
to add information about access loop characteristics. This is similar to the DHCP
behavior specified for IPv4 (see section “Bandwidth information”). The ISAM can
be configured to add the full set of access line parameters in DHCPv6 option 17, as
defined in TR-101. This includes among others the minimum, maximum, attainable
and actual line rates and interleaving delays.
This functionality is supported for the DSL LT boards (except the 72-port ADSL2+
LT board) and the Ethernet LT boards (except the NNI port type).
11-24 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11 — Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model
DHCPv6 snooping
See chapter “Protocol handling in a Layer 3 forwarding model”.
11.12 ICMPv6
When using MAC address translation or virtual MAC addresses, the MAC address
field present in the ICMPv6 Neighbor Discovery message payload must be
translated. See section “Virtual MAC” for more information on virtual MAC
addresses.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 11-25
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11 — Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model
11-26 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
12 — IP routing
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 12-1
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
12 — IP routing
12.1 Introduction
The IP routing model of the ISAM is a typical router implementation with increased
security and scalability, allowing to use cheaper devices (that is, simple Ethernet
switches) in the aggregation network. It can be characterized as follows:
• Packets are forwarded based on the IP Destination Address (DA) with the ISAM
acting as a next hop.
• IP connectivity towards the end user can be established statically by the operator
or learned dynamically by inspecting the DHCP messages exchanged between
the subscriber and the DHCP server during the IP session establishment.
• IP connectivity towards the network and the subtending nodes can be established
statically by the operator or dynamically by routing protocols.
• Service Level Agreement (SLA) enforcement can be achieved by means of
policing and an Active Control List (ACL), and this at various granularity levels.
• Improved security:
• Subscriber MAC addresses are never propagated to the network (inherent IP
routing)
• ARP messages do not cross the ISAM leading to not broadcasting ARP messages to
all subscribers
• IP address anti-spoofing and ACL
• Improved scalability
• The ISAM presents a single MAC address towards the network
• The broadcast message load generated by the subscribers towards the network is
reduced by either handling them locally (for example, ARP) or by converting them
into unicast messages (for example, L3 DHCP relay).
12-2 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
12 — IP routing
802.1x/RADIUS authentication
Subscriber interfaces (IPoE over ATM or EFM/Ethernet) can be authenticated
through 802.1/RADIUS protocols before connecting to a router in ISAM.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 12-3
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
12 — IP routing
The ISAM can automatically manage the forwarding parameters associated with the
interfaces of the subscribers by snooping the DHCP messages exchanged with these
subscribers (populate the snooped IP address of the subscriber, remove that IP
address once the snooped IP address lease time is elapsed). This basically reduces the
operator's cost of operation since the connectivity establishment is performed
dynamically at IP session set-up time without any involvement of the operator.
However, an operator may still configure subscribers statically if desired (for
example, business users). Static configuration is required whenever a subnet needs
to be assigned to a subscriber, while ISAM only supports dynamic subscriber's IP
address allocation for an individual IP address.
User-to-user communication
User-to-user communication can be enabled or disabled at the VRF level. When
disabled, user-to-user traffic will be discarded. When enabled, local ARP proxy also
needs to be enabled on the user gateway IP interface.
TTL=0 forwarding
Standard IP routers are expected to discard packets received with TTL=0 and not
intended for one of the router interface IP addresses. However, some specific
network configurations require the ISAM to forward such packets.
12-4 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
12 — IP routing
MTU
The L2 MTU size is fixed to 2048 and not configurable.
Implementation notes:
• The ISAM does not perform IP packet fragmentation for forwarded packets
(packets generated by the ISAM itself are subject to fragmentation)
• Packets received with a length larger than the MTU are discarded.
ECMP
Up to 4 Equal Cost Multi Path (ECMP) next-hops are supported per route.
Directed broadcast
ISAM does not support forwarding of the broadcast IP packets directed to the
directly connected subscriber subnets (where subnet is all zeros or all ones). Directed
broadcast IP packets are discarded by ISAM.
ICMP redirect
ISAM does not support ICMP redirect.
The IP routing model of the ISAM consists of iBridge forwarders (with secure
forwarding enabled) on the LT boards connected to a standard IP forwarder on the
NT board.
Figure 12-1 shows the IP routing model based on iBridge.
User C E LT ISAM
DHCP snooping/ ARP
User C E Sta tic config. relay
I-bridge
V-VLAN per VRF
User C E
User C E LT NT
DHCP snooping/ ARP Routing
User relay DHCP Rela y ARP
C E Sta tic config. protocols Agent
EMAN IP
User C E I-bridge VRF IP Ed g e N e two r k
User C E LT
DHCP snooping/ ARP User ga tewa y IP interfa ce
User C E Sta tic config. relay
on the V-VLAN
User I-bridge
C E
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 12-5
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
12 — IP routing
An internal VLAN is established between the LT boards and the NT board acting as
an IP router. There is typically one v-VLAN per VRF instance. Multiple v-VLANs
for a single VRF can be considered whenever a given VRF is forwarding multiple
services and the services are associated with either a different PVC or a different
VLAN at the subscriber interface.
Note — The ISAM supports only one VRF (IP routing) instance.
The user gateway interface is the IP interface, which is facing the subscribers, and
which is created on top of the V-VLAN. The subnet of the subscriber gateway
interface is shared among the subscribers connected to the iBridge instance identified
by the V-VLAN on the LT boards. The IP address of the subscriber gateway interface
is used as the gateway IP address for the subscribers directly attached to the subnet
of the subscriber gateway interface.
Multi-netting is also supported for the subscriber gateway interface to allow multiple
subscriber subnets.
12-6 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
12 — IP routing
When grooming traffic from multiple subtended ISAMs into a Hub ISAM, the ISAM
supports two approaches:
• Subtended nodes operating as Layer 2 devices (Preferred)
• Subtended nodes operating as L3 devices
Figure 12-2 ISAM sub-network configuration for video traffic (e.g VDSL)
Seen by the operator as
one big virtual router
ONT
RG
R
Aggregation
Network
DHCP
Relay
L2
LT NT
EiB R
LT NT
Identical LT configuration
EiB B in Hub and Sub ISAMs
Sub ISAM
EiB: Enhanced iBridge
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 12-7
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
12 — IP routing
IGP
L3
IGP
Aggregation
L3 Network
IGP
L3
12-8 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
13 — Protocol handling in a Layer 3
forwarding model
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 13-1
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
13 — Protocol handling in a Layer 3 forwarding model
13.1 Introduction
This section addresses layer 3 protocols in the scope of a layer 3 forwarded model as
described in chapter “IP routing”.
Layer 3 protocols can be divided into two parts:
• routing protocols: see section “IPv4 Routing Protocols”
• user access protocols:
• ARP: see section “ARP”
• DHCP Relay: see section “DHCP relay agent”
• DHCP snooping: see section “DHCP snooping”
Introduction
The supported routing protocols are:
• RIP
• OSPF-v2
These routing protocols are supported on network interfaces and interfaces towards
a subtended ISAM directly attached to the NT board (that is, not supported on the GE
Ethernet card NNI port type). In addition, the RIP protocol can be supported on
subscriber interfaces to advertise the routes towards the routers at the network side
of the ISAM. The ISAM does not accept any route advertisement from the
subscribers for security reasons.
The ISAM will report alarms to inform the Manager about lack of resources, major
issues and state transitions in the protocol.
RIP
The Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is a distance vector protocol. It calculates
the shortest distance, and therefore the most desirable path, between source and
destination addresses, all based on the lowest hop count.
The ISAM supports:
• RFC 1812 defined for IPv4 routers for handling IP packets that are forwarded and
destined to the system
• RFC 2453 defined for RIPv2 protocol
• RFC 1058 defined for RIPv1 protocol
• RFC 2082 defined for RIPv2 MD5 authentication
13-2 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
13 — Protocol handling in a Layer 3 forwarding model
RIPv1 compatibility
The ISAM is compatible with RIPv1 and RIPv2 versions of the RIP protocol. It
supports the configuration of the version of the RIP PDUs that are transmitted and
received by the RIP router in the ISAM.
OSPF-v2
Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) is a dynamic routing protocol used to learn and
populate the forwarding database in the DSLAMs and the edge devices at the
network side.
The ISAM complies with the following standards:
• RFC 1812 defined for IPv4 routers for handling IP packets that are forwarded and
destined to the system.
• RFC 2328 defined for OSPF-2 protocol.
• RFC 3101 defined for OSPF to support the Not-So-Stubby Area (NSSA) option.
The NSSA option is used by deployments to reduce the size of the LSA database.
There is no external route imported into an NSSA area from other OSPF areas. In an
NSSA, external routes learned by OSPF routers in the NSSA area are advertised
within the NSSA area and are translated by ABRs into external route advertisements
for distribution into other areas of the OSPF domain.
• RFC 1765 for OSPF database overflow in case of conditions when the system
receives updates from the neighbors that exceed the available database limit.
• RFC 2370 for OSPF opaque LSA option.
Area support
The ISAM supports areas, as defined in RFC 2328, for OSPF-2 protocol. The OSPF
router on the ISAM can associate interfaces with the backbone area, a normal area,
a stub area, or an NSSA area.
13.3 ARP
The IETF RFC 826 defined Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is a protocol defined
within the context of using IP over Ethernet. An IP node uses the ARP protocol to
obtain the Ethernet MAC address of another IP node identified by a known IP
address and connected to the same Layer 2 network.
This section describes ARP handling in ISAM in case of an IP routing model.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 13-3
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
13 — Protocol handling in a Layer 3 forwarding model
ARP protocol tracing can be enabled on a few subscriber interfaces. The system can
provide the list of messages exchanged with the subscriber to the ISAM syslog utility
that will determine the destination of the traces (that is, CLI screen, remote server,
local file)
13-4 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
13 — Protocol handling in a Layer 3 forwarding model
DHCP protocol tracing can be enabled on a few subscriber interfaces. The system
can provide the following to the ISAM syslog utility that will determine the
destination of the traces (that is, CLI screen, remote server, local file):
• the stable states and/or exceptional events related with DHCP handling
• the list of messages exchanged with the subscriber
Basic functionality
The ISAM can act as layer 3 DHCP relay agent for the subscribers in IP routing
forwarding mode.
The layer 3 DHCP relay agent is responsible to relay DHCP messages between the
subscribers and DHCP servers as follows:
• Upstream:
Broadcast DHCP messages received from the subscribers are unicast to the
configured DHCP servers of the VR (of an IP router) associated with the interface
of the subscriber.
Note — The L3 DHCP relay agent only relays broadcast packets to
the configured servers. The L3 DHCP Relay agent never forwards or
relays unicast DHCP packets from subscribers to servers.
• Downstream:
Unicast DHCP messages received from the DHCP servers are either unicast or
broadcast (based on the broadcast flag) to the correct subscriber interfaces.
Subscribers connected to the same interface may get IP addresses in the same subnet
or from different subnets. User-to-user communication between those subscribers
would be via the ISAM (in the IP routing mode) and via the IP edge router (in the
iBridge mode), even though there is a direct connectivity between them.
Note 1 — The layer 2 DHCP relay agent is located at the LT board
and the layer 3 DHCP relay agent is located at the SHub.
Note 2 — When the chaddr concentration is enabled, Option 82
should be configured. This feature is only available for IP-aware
bridge.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 13-5
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
13 — Protocol handling in a Layer 3 forwarding model
When multiple services are offered via the same VRF while each service uses a
dedicated IP address range managed by a different set of DHCP servers, the operator
can enable multiple layer 3 DHCP relay instances per router, and dedicate the usage
of each instance to one service. This approach avoids overloading DHCP servers
(with a given service) with DHCP messages that are not relevant for that service.
A layer 3 DHCP relay instance is characterized by:
• VRF ID
• Relay agent IP address
• List of DHCP servers to be addressed
When receiving a DHCP message from a user and which must be handled by a layer
3 DHCP relay agent, the incoming IP interface (or VLAN where the DHCP message
came in) is used to select one of the relay agent instances configured within the VRF.
Thus, the ISAM will only relay the DHCP message to those DHCP servers which are
associated with the selected DHCP relay instance.
This is shown in Figure 13-1.
LT L2-enhanced
forwarder A
IPa1
User L2 DHCP NT
Subs 1 Relay A v-
IPb1
VL
User A
N DHCP
A
L2-enhanced server
forwarder B IP a,b
L3 DHCP IP x
IPc1 Relay Agent A
User Subs 2 L2 DHCP
Relay B
ISP DHCP
server
LT L2-enhanced IP c,d
L3 DHCP
IPa2 forwarder A
User Relay Agent B IP y
B
AN
IPb2 L2 DHCP
User Subs 3 Relay A
VL
v-
IPc2
User L2-enhanced
Notation:
forwarder B
IPd1 : is an IP interface
User Subs 4
L2 DHCP giaddr=any VRF IP address
Relay B Option 82 insertion,
session snooping
13-6 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
13 — Protocol handling in a Layer 3 forwarding model
In the IP routing model, the IP-aware bridging model, the iBridge model and the
VLAN cross-connect models (assuming secured forwarding is enabled for the last
two models), the ISAM maintains the relation between the subscriber IP addresses
and the corresponding subscriber interfaces by snooping the DHCP messages. The
DHCP snooping is distributed and performed by every LT board. There is no NT
board involvement.
The LT board snoops the following information:
• the subscriber IP address:
required for IP anti-spoofing in the upstream direction (that is, an IP packet
received with a source IP address which is not learned from the incoming
subscriber interface is discarded).
• IP address lease:
The ISAM also monitors the IP address lease. The relation between the subscriber
IP address and the subscriber interface is removed when the lease time is expired.
In case the lease is infinite, the subscriber IP address can only be removed by a
manual operator action (by locking the subscriber interface or powering-off the
corresponding LT board).
As the NT board is not using data retrieved from the DHCP snooping (that is, no
dataplane configuration), DHCP sessions are by definition preserved against:
• an NT board reset or switchover due to a software or a hardware failure
• an NT board reset due to software upgrade
The ISAM supports counters that track the number of packets that have been dropped
per line because they contain a spoofed IPv4 source address. These counters can be
made available to an external management system for troubleshooting.
The DHCP sessions are stored in the reset-safe memory of the LT and NT boards and
are preserved against:
• an LT board reset due to recoverable or unrecoverable software failure leading or
not to the power-on reset
• an LT board reset due to software upgrade
• an LT board reset due to hardware failure
• an LT board replacement
In cases where the DHCP sessions could not be preserved (exceptional case of
combined NT and LT board failures, for example, during complete ISAM power
down), the subscribers will have to re-establish DHCP sessions in order to recover
the IP connectivity.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 13-7
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
13 — Protocol handling in a Layer 3 forwarding model
13-8 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
14 — Multicast and IGMP
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 14-1
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
14 — Multicast and IGMP
14.1 Overview
Multicast is the simultaneous transmission from a single device (such as a video head
end) to a group of recipients (such as video Set Top Boxes) using the most efficient
strategy to deliver the data over each link of the network only once.
The ISAM supports IP Multicast based on VLAN bridging (layer 2) technology.
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) is the control protocol for multicast in
a layer 2 network. It is used between the recipients (hosts) and multicast routers to
join and leave a group.
By default, bridges flood multicast frames as well as IGMP packets between the
multicast router and the hosts. This not only creates a security issues when end users
can see each other's IGMP messages, but also the resulting bandwidth waste is
unacceptable on relatively low bandwidth interfaces like xDSL. Bridges can
optimize the bandwidth usage by snooping the IGMP control packets exchanged
between hosts and multicast router. Efficient multicast trees are constructed from the
learned information. The ISAM supports IGMP proxy, which serves as an alternative
variant for IGMP snooping.
Bridge IP network
Bridged
Member group A VLAN
Member group B
data
IGMP
Member group B
Data plane
IP Multicasting uses IP datagrams with a multicast destination IP address, which is
a class D address in the range “224.0.0.0” through “239.255.255.255”.
14-2 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
14 — Multicast and IGMP
In the layer 2 network between the hosts and the edge router, the IP datagrams are
encapsulated in Ethernet frames with a multicast destination MAC address that is
derived from the multicast destination IP address. Hosts should not only accept
frames with a destination MAC address matching their own MAC address, but also
frames with a multicast destination MAC address of the groups of which they are a
member.
Note — Remark that multiple (32) IP addresses map to the same
multicast IEEE 802 MAC address.
In Figure 14-2, the multicast forwarder is shown as segregated from the unicast
forwarder for the same VLAN. Multicasting is only supported in VLANs that have
IGMP enabled, so-called multicast VLANs.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 14-3
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
14 — Multicast and IGMP
Control plane
The ISAM supports an IGMP Proxy. Compared to an IGMP Snooper, an IGMP
Proxy maintains independent “Router” state machines towards the hosts and “Host”
state machines towards the routers. this offers some advantages, such as spreading
the load of queries towards subscribers.
The IGMP Proxy updates the mFIB tables dynamically, based on the control plane
events (join requests, leave requests).
IGMP
R Proxy H
upda te
join 240.0.10.1
join 240.0.10.2 Multica st Fwd
join 240.0.10.1
VLAN port
IGMP version 2 as well as IGMP version 3 are supported. The system can be
configured to only accept IGMPv3 and drop incoming IGMPv2 messages. IGMPv1
messages will always be dropped.
Multicast services are configured on subscriber ports by creating an IGMP channel
on top of the subscriber port. This enables IGMP proxy on the subscriber port.
By enabling IGMP on a network VLAN, that is, making it a multicast VLAN, IGMP
snooping is enabled on all network ports and subtending ports that are in that VLAN.
When IGMP is encapsulated over PPP, it is handled transparently
14-4 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
14 — Multicast and IGMP
The regular multicast mechanisms are suited to provide a very basic video service.
More advanced capabilities are available. Most of these capabilities require the
configuration of the list of IP addresses of the multicast channels that can be joined
by the ISAM subscribers. This is known as the list of preconfigured multicast
channels, or “premium” video channels.
Join requests received from the subscribers are identified as targeting a
preconfigured multicast channel by comparing the join (multicast IP address, source
IP address) against the list of preconfigured multicast channels identified as follows:
• Cross-VLAN multicast (see section “Cross-VLAN multicasting”): (multicast IP
address, source IP address)
• Fixed multicast VLAN per IGMP channel (see section “Fixed multicast VLAN
per IGMP channel”): (multicast IP address, source IP address, multicast VLAN)
Static infeed
The availability and join latency of popular multicast channels can be improved by
feeding them statically up to the ISAM. The channel is semi-permanently streamed
in the aggregation network up to the ISAM uplink, whether hosts joined the channel
or not. There is no need for the edge router to react on IGMP requests to join this
channel.
Statically fed channels towards subtending nodes are configured in the ISAM by
configuring static multicast branches, as opposed to the dynamic multicast branches
created through IGMP signaling. By doing so, the root of the replication tree
becomes static. It is also possible to configure a list of static egress ports (branches)
on subtending ports or on network ports, so the channel is also statically fed up to the
next node.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 14-5
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
14 — Multicast and IGMP
IGMP static
Branch Root
dynamic
Cross-VLAN multicasting
Multicasting in an iBridge is normally contained within the same VLAN. As a
consequence multicast-enabled subscriber ports would need to be VLAN ports
within the multicast VLAN.
With cross-VLAN multicasting ALL the subscriber ports that are multicast-enabled
can receive multicast traffic from ALL the multicast VLANs. This makes it possible
to:
• mix multicast and other services at the subscriber ports, yet segregate these
services in the aggregation network in different VLANs.
• offer multicast services on subscriber ports of different iBridges, yet share the
multicast channels in a common VLAN. Cross-VLAN thus reduces the number
of copies of the same multicast channel.
• offer multicast services on subscriber ports that employ other forwarding modes
than iBridge, such as VLAN cross-connects. Without cross-VLAN multicasting,
multicast traffic would be discarded or would be transparent, implying no
efficient replication.
• organize multicast channels in multiple multicast VLANs, without limiting the
access possibilities of the subscriber.
240.0.10.2
Multicast VLAN
forwarding
(network-side)
SAP
14-6 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
14 — Multicast and IGMP
In cross-VLAN multicasting, when the subscriber joins a channel, the ISAM finds
the multicast VLAN from the preconfigured multicast channel. If the requested
multicast IP address, possibly extended with source IP address - see “Source Specific
Multicasting”, is not in the list of multicast channels, then the join is handled in the
scope of the subscriber VLAN. In case the subscriber VLAN forwarder is an iBridge
(that is, multicasting is supported), the join is proxied as a “best-effort” video service.
Else, the join is transparently forwarded or is discarded, see Table 14-1.
STB Edge
router
Fwd BTV VLAN 15
BTV + VOD
Fwd VOD VLAN 16
Multicast
channel list
Multicast
VLAN
IP address
240.0.10.1 15
240.0.10.2 15
Note — The method to use SSM in the control plane but not in the
data plane of L2 networks is specified in DSLF TR-101.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 14-7
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
14 — Multicast and IGMP
144.30.30.1
Multicast Multicast
Fws table channel list
Multicast Multicast Source
VLAN VLAN
IP address IP address IP address
240.0.10.1 15 240.0.10.1 140.20.20.1 15
240.0.10.1 36 240.0.10.1 144.30.30.1 36
14-8 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
14 — Multicast and IGMP
This feature changes the algorithm for determining the multicast VLAN, as it was
explained in “Cross-VLAN multicasting”. With “fixed multicast VLAN per IGMP
channel”, the multicast VLAN for preconfigured multicast channels, is determined
by the per-IGMP channel configured multicast VLAN. The VLAN for
non-configured multicast channels remains the unicast VLAN as it is the case for the
cross-VLAN multicast model.
Fwd
BTV S-VLAN 16
The “fixed Multicast VLAN per IGMP channel” mode is defined at system level and
cannot be used simultaneously with other modes where multiple Video Service
Providers can be selected by the subscribers by means of either the “Group Address”
(ASM) or the “Source Address” (SSM).
Fast leave
In the normal leave procedure of IGMP, when a host leaves a multicast channel, the
router queries the port for any other hosts that must still receive the multicast
channel. It typically takes more than 1 second before the router can decide there is
no more interest in the multicast channel and that the Multicast Fwd table is updated
to stop replication on that port.
Zapping behavior is such that the host which left the multicast channel does not wait
until the multicast channel is stopped and immediately joins another multicast
channel. During a short time, both the old and the new multicast channel are
therefore present on the subscriber port. For xDSL lines, which bandwidth is often
tailored to accommodate a limited number of multicast channels, the extra bandwidth
from the old channel may lead to frame loss.
With fast leave, the ISAM keeps track of all the hosts that joined a certain multicast
channel and immediately knows when the last host on the subscriber port has left the
multicast channel. If that is the case, then the ISAM immediately updates the
Multicast Fwd table to stop replication on that port.
Fast leave can be enabled per multicast channel.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 14-9
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
14 — Multicast and IGMP
ISAM ISAM
STB STB
CPE CPE
Bandwidth Bandwidth
240.0.0.1 240.0.0.1
>1s
Query 240.0.0.1
240.0.0.1
Time Time
14-10 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
14 — Multicast and IGMP
Both mechanisms can also apply per bundle. A bundle is a set of multicast channels.
In a wholesale environment, each multicast service provider can hold its own bundle.
Assigning resources per bundle is a way to achieve fairness between the different
multicast service providers. The bundle is configured indirectly by configuring per
multicast channel whether the multicast channel belongs to a bundle, and if so,
configure the bundle name.
• Control the number of multicast channels per multicast bundle
This mechanism can be used as a simple multicast-only RAC assuming that all
multicast channels have more or less the same bandwidth.
The maximum number of multicast channels is configured per multicast bundle.
• Control the downstream multicast bandwidth per multicast bundle
This mechanism takes into account the actual bandwidth of each multicast
channel, as configured per multicast channel. It is still a multicast-only RAC.
The maximum video bandwidth is configured per multicast bundle.
Access control
Access control limits subscribers access to multicast services.
The ISAM can restrict the access to a predefined set of multicast channels and
disallow joining any other multicast channels, like some kind of ACL. For this
purpose multicast packages are configured, containing a set of preconfigured
multicast channels. The set of multicast packages that are allowed to be viewed is
then configured per IGMP channel.
Packages can also be used to give limited preview access to multicast channels. The
set of multicast packages that are allowed to be previewed is then configured per
IGMP channel. With preview access, subscribers can view the multicast channel
during a short time period.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 14-11
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
14 — Multicast and IGMP
ISAM
non-Querier
STB
Join 240.0.0.1
0.1
Join 240.0.
Join 240.0.0.
1
Query
Querier
MR SAP
IGMP forking
An Edge Router implementing hierarchical scheduling, shapes downstream traffic
according to the actual user line rate, minus the bandwidth taken by multicast
channels streamed on this user line. Such Edge Router needs to be aware of that
bandwidth.
An IGMP Proxy enhanced with IGMP forking copies every upstream IGMP packet
towards the Edge Router into the same VLAN on which it has been received. The
forked packets contain the original source MAC and IP address from the STB. By
monitoring all the IGMP traffic on the user line, the Edge Router can thus calculate
the bandwidth taken by multicast channels on this user line.
IGMP Forking can be enabled in the IGMP system or on the IGMP channel.
14-12 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
14 — Multicast and IGMP
ISAM
Aggregation network Edge
Proxy Router
( Proxied Join )
Join
STB Fwd
BTV VLAN 15
Forked Join
BTV+HSI+Voice Fwd
HSI+Voice VLAN 16
To be effective in avoiding overload issues, the operator should make sure that these
forked IGMP packets are not snooped/proxied in the ISAM or elsewhere in the
aggregation network. In particular, the operator should:
• choose a BTV VLAN different from any unicast forwarding VLAN in which
forked packets are inserted
• not deploy non-configured (best effort) multicast service in any unicast VLAN in
which forked packets are inserted
• not deploy L2 LT boards in the ISAM (because such cards apply IGMP proxy on
ALL the network VLANs, even on unicast VLANs that may carry forked IGMP
traffic)
• enable IGMP snooping on maximum 5 VLANs in the SHub (if more, then the
SHub will snoop ALL the VLANs). Remark that, by default, VLANs in the SHub
are created with IGMP snooping enabled.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 14-13
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
14 — Multicast and IGMP
LT
STB IGMP Proxy
Unicast VLAN
mcast fwd
SHub
Multicast IGMP Snooper
VLAN Aggregation
LT mcast fwd
network
IGMP Proxy
mcast fwd
Multicast VLANs
Multicast channels
Multicast VLANs Multicast bundles
Multicast channels Router ports
IGMP channels Multicast trees
Multicast packages
This section focuses on the case where the ISAM participates in the multicast data
and control plane. Depending on the forwarding model and on the configuration
(multicast enabled or not, joined channel in the list of multicast channels or not), the
ISAM does or does not participate. If the ISAM does not participate, the ISAM may
discard or transparently pass the multicast data and control frames. Table 14-1
provides a summary of the handling of IGMP packets and multicast frames in
forwarders.
iBridge (IPoE) IGMP and mcast IGMP proxy and IGMP proxy and
discarded mcast replication mcast replication
14-14 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 15-1
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
15.1 Introduction
These services must be delivered with the appropriate level of QoS. In the case of
xDSL access networks with Ethernet aggregation, there are a number of network
elements, for example, BRAS, IP edge routers, ISAM, or CPE, that must each give
the correct priority treatment to the various application flows. Network performance
objectives for the different service types are documented in the ITU-T
Recommendation Y.1541 (Network performance objectives for IP-based services).
This is achieved by classifying these application flows at the ingress of the network
into a limited set of aggregate flows that are characterized by certain QoS markings.
The different network elements will then provide per-QoS class queuing and
scheduling for these aggregate flows.
The following section provides an overview of the role played by the ISAM in
end-to-end QoS.
Overview
Figure 15-1 shows the standard QoS model which includes a configurable
system-wide p-bit-to-traffic-class mapping, four queues and a fixed scheduling
scheme. Some LT board types support an eight-queue model, as explained in the
following notes. If an LT board type is not explicitly mentioned in the following,
then it only supports the standard QoS model.
The GE Ethernet LT board always supports 8 queues.
15-2 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
TC7 111
Voice TC6 110
TC5 101
GE/FE WRR
Video TC4 100
WFQ
TC3 011
CL TC2 010
WRR
WFQ TC1 001
BE TC0 000
DSCP to P-bits
Traffic Classes
Classification
p-bit marking
Mapping of
Scheduling
Mapping to
Mapping to
queues
Classification
The purpose of classification is to identify flows or streams of traffic which need a
different treatment, that is, which require a different quality of service.
1. Voice
classification
For the standard model, four main traffic classes have been identified: Voice, Video,
Controlled Load (CL) and Best Effort (BE). These traffic classes are listed in
Table 15-1, together with their application and recommended 802.1p value.
For LT boards that only support four queues, the eight traffic classes are mapped to
four queues, according to a fixed scheme. See “Mapping and queueing” for details.
For LT boards that support 8 queues, each traffic class is mapped to its own queue.
This approach segregates network control, voice and video-telephony into the
highest priority queue, broadcast video and video-on-demand into the second queue,
business customer data traffic into a third queue, and residential customer data traffic
into the fourth.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 15-3
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
When the outcome of classification is “discard”, we're dealing with Traffic filtering
by means of Access Control Lists (ACLs). In this way, it is possible to filter out
certain packet flows based on multi-field classification at layer 3/4 or layer 2.
Control plane and management plane traffic is separately classified based on
protocol type.
Marking
Marking is defining the value of:
• layer 2: p-bits - part of the VLAN-tag
• layer 3: DSCP - part of the IP packet header
111
110
101
100
011
010
001
000
15-4 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
In addition to the above policies it is also possible to align the p-bits, that is, p-bits
are derived from the DSCP codepoint, or the IPv6 Traffic Class field. There is a
single system-wide p-bit alignment table for upstream.
For stacked VLANs, there are some additional points to note related to p-bit
marking:
• In case of S+C VLAN cross-connect or S+C VLAN RB, both S- and C-VLAN
p-bits are set to the same value.
• In case of S-VLAN cross-connect tunnel or S-VLAN RB tunnel, the C-VLAN
p-bit is never modified. The S-VLAN p-bit is set according to the preceding
explanation. The default behavior for tagged frames is to copy the C-VLAN p-bit,
if no other marking is specified.
The p-bit marking of protocol frames is handled in a different way to data plane
traffic. The handling differs according to the protocol.
• IGMP frames sent by the ISAM are always marked with highest priority, that is,
p-bits=7.
• DHCP frames:
• When traffic is received with p-bits marked at user side, the marking is left
unchanged.
• When unmarked traffic is received, the default p-bit marking for the given VLAN is
applied.
• PPP control frames (for example, PADI/PADO) are marked with fixed p-bits=7.
The CDE option exists to configure in the same way as done for DHCP:
• When traffic is received with p-bits marked at user side, the marking is left
unchanged.
• When unmarked traffic is received, the default p-bit marking for the given VLAN is
applied.
• ARP frames are tagged always with highest priority (p-bit=7)
Policing
Subscribers are subject to certain traffic contracts that specify how much traffic they
can send towards the network. Policers are installed to enforce these contracts.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 15-5
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
A policer may apply to an entire subscriber interface or to QoS subflows within the
subscriber interface. In this context, a QoS subflow (or subclass) is defined as the
aggregate of packets flowing through the interface that are bound by a subcontract
and require a specific common treatment.
Two types of policer are supported:
• single token bucket policer
• two-rate three-color policer (supported only on GE Ethernet LT board)
The characteristics of these two types are explained in “Policer profile”.
Figure 15-5 illustrates the policing feature implementation for a single token bucket
policer.
L2 filter
CIR L3 filter
CBS Policy-action=
Policer-Profile
Per-SAP policing
Subflow policing
15-6 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
TC7 111
Voice TC6 110
TC5 101
Classification
p-bit marking
Mapping of
Mapping to
Mapping to
queues
The eight traffic classes are mapped either to four queues or to eight queues.The
selection of which mapping to use is hardware dependent. It depends on how many
hardware queues are supported by a specific LT board type. Again this mapping is
non-configurable. The mapping of eight traffic classes to eight queues is a
one-to-one mapping. The mapping of eight traffic classes to eight queues, and the
mapping of eight traffic classes to four queues is as in Table 15-2.
7 3 7
6 3 6
5 2 5
4 2 4
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 15-7
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
3 1 3
2 1 2
1 0 1
0 0 0
(2 of 2)
For UNI ports on a GE Ethernet LT board, it is advised to align the p-bit to traffic
class mapping per forwarder, for use in the downstream direction, to the system-wide
mapping. This alignment must be done explicitly because the mapping per forwarder
is not explicitly defaulted to the system-wide mapping when not programmed. This
explicit alignment is not needed when the system-wide mapping is kept identical to
the default configuration. Refer to “QoS on a GE Ethernet LT board” for further
details.
It is also optionally possible to define a mapping of p-bits to color marking. There
are two types of color marking available:
• Policer color marking (green, yellow, or red)): based on received p-bit value,
applicable to the GE Ethernet LT board
• Drop Precedence (DP) color marking (either green or yellow), based on remarked
p-bit value, applicable to other LT board types
The color marking is used as input to color-aware BAC. See “Queue configuration
and queue profile” for description of color-aware BAC. The policer color marking is
used as input to color-aware policing.
Only the GE Ethernet LT board supports color-aware policing. Only the GE Ethernet
LT board supports color-aware BAC in the upstream direction.
15-8 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
TC7 111
Voice TC6 110
TC5 101
GE/FE WRR
Video TC4 100
WFQ
TC3 011
CL TC2 010
WRR
WFQ TC1 001
BE TC0 000
DSCP to P-bits
Traffic Classes
Classification
p-bit marking
Mapping of
Scheduling
Mapping to
Mapping to
queues
Voice
Video SP
CL
WFQ
BE
Scheduling is work-conserving, that is, lower QoS classes can occupy bandwidth
that is not actually consumed by higher QoS classes.
This model implies that both voice and video traffic are very well contained and only
trusted sources are allowed to use the high-priority traffic classes.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 15-9
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
15-10 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
This section deals with traffic received from the network link and transmitted on the
subscriber link or locally terminated on the ISAM.
Downstream traffic is subject to similar QoS actions as upstream traffic. This section
will focus on the differences between downstream and upstream QoS handling.
Classification
Same capabilities as for upstream QoS handling (see “Classification”).
Marking
In the downstream direction, frames usually arrive in the ISAM with DSCP or p-bits
properly marked by service-aware edge devices (such as BRAS, edge router,
application gateway, and so on). If this is not practical for some reason, the p-bits can
be aligned to the DSCP found in the packet IP header.
Further, multi-field based marking is supported in downstream; SAP-based marking
is only supported in upstream.
Same capabilities for marking of protocol frames as for upstream QoS handling
(see “Marking”).
Policing
No traffic engineering will be done at ingress on the network interfaces. The idea
here is that ingress policing and ACLs at the service provider level have already been
applied in a (access provider-owned) box deeper in the network.
However, after the forwarding decision egress policing may apply. Subscribers are
subject to certain traffic contracts that specify how much traffic they can receive on
their DSL connection. Policers are installed to enforce these contracts. A policer may
apply to an entire subscriber interface or to a QoS subflow within the subscriber
interface.
As for upstream, it is possible to configure either single token bucket policers or
two-rate three-color policers.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 15-11
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
Note — (*) Video on Demand (VoD) traffic is not taken into account.
15-12 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
Downstream, frames are expected to arrive with correct priority markings. If the
video feed interface is a dedicated Ethernet interface, a default p-bit value can be
attached to video frames. If, for various reasons, it is impractical to set the p-bits in
the upstream node, the SHub allows to align the p-bits to the DSCP for IP packets
incoming on the external interfaces.
The NT supports Connection Admission Control on the uplink for multicast traffic;
the bandwidth of known multicast streams is checked against net available
bandwidth on the uplink. Consequently, a multicast join request for a multicast
stream that was not yet present on the uplink will only be honored if the check is
successful.
upstream
Segregation into DSL
GE output buffers
Per-DSLline
Per-DSL li Input ATM or EFM
aggregate (802.1P aggregates) Policing processing
processing reassembly
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 15-13
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
The input-processing entity stands for all the protocol and forwarding-plane
processing functions. Each frame received from the network interface will have a
handler or meta-data that will contain all the fields needed by subsequent
QoS-related functions.
The next phase is the classification, policing and segregation process within a DSL
link; see Figure 15-10.
Session rate limitation is achieved by way of policing. Policing can be done at
different subscriber SAPs: bridge port, VLAN port, IP interface, or PPP CC client
port.
Both upstream and downstream policing is possible with possibly asymmetrical
values.
The ISAM handles policer conflicts in such way that, for each frame, the policer
installed on the highest layer of the interface hierarchy will be applicable. No frame
will be policed by more than one policer.
BAC is either Tail Drop or RED per downstream queue (optionally DP-aware).
A WFQ scheduler ensures fair redistribution of the remaining bandwidth between
CL and BE traffic. Some boards also support shaping per downstream queue.
Figure 15-11 shows the Ethernet-to-ATM QoS transition.
15-14 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
Scheduling is done solely on the Ethernet frame level, even for ATM-based DSL
transmission types.
The queuing decision (within a DSL port) is independent from the forwarding
decision. There is no explicit fairness between different PPPoE or IPoE sessions
within a DSL link. Their peak rate is enforced independently by way of policing, and
then they share the same First In First Out (FIFO) per traffic class.
Marking is generally applicable upstream, although with the policy framework, it is
possible to modify downstream p-bit and DSCP values. Packets may arrive from user
ports tagged, untagged, or priority-tagged. At the bridge port and VLAN port level,
the ISAM supports a remarking table which maps all user-defined P-values to
allowed values. Untagged frames can be marked based on subscriber SAP defaults
(statically configured).
The ISAM allows also DSCP-marking for various subscriber SAPs. DSCP-to-DSCP
re-marking is also possible, just like p-bit re-marking for tagged and priority-tagged
frames. Finally, a global DSCP-to-p-bit alignment table is provided to align
DSCP-marked traffic on selected interfaces to p-bits, as traffic segregation still relies
on p-bits.
PPP-session marking for p-bits is possible based on the QoS session profile
attributes.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 15-15
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
Upstream PVCs are mono-QoS (that is, one P code point can be attached to them).
Each PVC will have an attribute that contains the default and unique VLAN ID and
the 802.1-bit value. The default 802.1-bit value can be specified by the operator by
means of the management interface.
The bit used for marking upstream frames is also used for downstream prioritization
of unicast traffic (the priority level equals p-bits/2).
Table 15-3 QoS capabilities of UNI ports and NNI ports on GE Ethernet LT boards
(1 of 2)
15-16 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
(2 of 2)
Legend:
BP: supported at Bridge Port level
VP: supported at VLAN port level
Notes
(1) VLAN-based p-bit to queue mapping is only supported in the downstream direction. System level
mapping is recommended
(2) Upstream only
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 15-17
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
There are some special considerations related to the QoS for the LAG:
• Downstream queues, queue profiles and scheduler node profiles are all
configured on the LAG port and the configuration is applied identically to each
physical port in the LAG.
• A downstream queue shaper applies across all ports of the LAG, for the queues
of a specific traffic class. In the case of a UNI LAG, the aggregate of the traffic
across all queues is shaped. In the case of an NNI LAG, if the shaper rate is R and
the number of active links is N, then each queue is shaped to a rate of R/N.
• A downstream port shaper applies across all ports of the LAG. In the case of a
UNI LAG, the aggregate of the traffic across all ports is shaped. In the case of an
NNI LAG, if the shaper rate is R and the number of links is N, then each port is
shaped to a rate of R/N.
• A policer associated with an LAG will be applied to traffic for all active links in
the LAG.
• As usual, a session profile is attached to a bridge port or a VLAN port. Since the
bridge port or VLAN port is associated with the entire LAG (not just one physical
port) then the session profile applies to all physical ports in the LAG. This is also
true for the marker profile, policers and filters that belong to the session profile.
• p-bit marking/remarking configured on the bridge port or a VLAN port of an
LAG is applicable to all physical ports of the LAG.
• CAC checks are made using the aggregate bandwidth of the LAG, not the
bandwidth of the individual physical ports.
• QoS counters apply to the LAG, not to the individual physical ports of the LAG.
The ISAM uses QoS profiles to perform ingress and egress traffic policing, class
queuing, and scheduling. QoS profiles can be created and then assigned to QoS
resources and SAPs.
IACM part
The following QoS profiles are supported on the LTs (IACM part):
• CAC profile
• Ingress QoS profile (p-bit to traffic class mapping)
• Queue profile
• Session profile
• Marker profile
• Policer profile
• Policy profile
• Layer 2 filter
• Layer 3 filter
• Policy action profile
15-18 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
CAC profile
A CAC profile is primarily used to perform multicast video admission control for an
individual xDSL port in the downstream direction. The maximum downstream
bandwidth to be occupied by video can be further constrained by setting the
maximum multicast bandwidth parameter in the CAC profile.
A CAC profile contains three configurable rate parameters:
• the minimum reserved bandwidth for voice
• the maximum allowed bandwidth for multicast video
• the minimum reserved bandwidth for data traffic
The ISAM derives the line rate from the physical interfaces and calculates an
estimate of the available Ethernet bandwidth using configurable overhead factors.
The line rate taken into account may be the guaranteed sync rate or the actual line
rate in case of xDSL, based on a global configuration. In the profile, a part of the
available downstream bandwidth can be reserved for voice and data applications, and
the remaining part will be kept by the system as the available bandwidth for multicast
video. Only pre-configured multicast streams are considered for CAC. Unicast
video, regardless of whether or not it is premium content or generic internet
streaming video, is ignored by the CAC function.
A CAC profile can be associated with an xDSL interface, using the QoS DSL link
configuration command, see the CLI Commands for FD 24Gbps NT and the
Operations and Maintenance Using CLI for FD 24Gbps NT documents for more
information.
For the Layer 3 LT boards, in the downstream direction, the queue weight is
configured for the Controlled Load (CL) queue and the Best Effort (BE) queue. The
default weight of the CL queue is 66 and the default weight of the BE queue is 34.
A queue profile is associated with each queue. The queue profile is a BAC profile
that contains admission control information for frames arriving at the buffer from the
services side of the network. There are a number of default BAC profiles which can
be used, but which can not be modified nor deleted.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 15-19
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
Two basic BAC types are supported in downstream: RED and tail drop. However,
their color-aware variants are also available on some LT boards:
• Two color tail drop
• Two color RED
• Three color tail drop (GE Ethernet LT board only)
• Three color RED (GE Ethernet LT board only)
Discard
probability
Arriving frames are accepted as long as the average queue filling level remains below
the minimum threshold. Frames received at the moment the minimum threshold is
exceeded will be dropped with a probability as indicated by the RED curve.
For tail drop queues, only a max queue size has to be configured. Queue size is set
as the number of frames that can be stored in the queue. Arriving frames are queued
as long as the queue is not full. After the queue is full, all incoming frames are
discarded until the queue can transmit a frame over the xDSL line and space in the
queue is made available.
In the case of color-aware BAC, a separate curve must be configured for each color.
That means, in the case of color-aware RED, that MinThreshold, MaxThreshold and
DropProbability are configured separately for each color. In the case of color-aware
tail drop, only MaxThreshold needs to be configured for each color. The following
two figures illustrate the three-color WRED and the three-color tail drop,
respectively.
15-20 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
Drop
probability
100%
Averaged queue
filling level
Drop
probability
100%
Actual queue
filling level
Shaper profile
ISAM uses shaper profiles to capture shaper configuration parameters. For a DSL
line, a shaper profile contains the following configuration parameters:
• Type: only single-token bucket shapers are currently supported.
• Committed Information Rate (CIR): in 16 kb/s increments up to a maximum of
128 Mb/s.
• Committed Burst Size (CBS): in byte increments up to a maximum of 256 Mbyte.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 15-21
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
Session profile
The QoS session profile is the main building block for conveying user traffic,
contractual rights, and treatment of subscriber services through the network element.
This profile is a macro profile that has its own parameter settings, as well as
references to other profiles.
A QoS session profile is always a user SAP. Please consult the CLI Commands for
FD 24Gbps NT document for the most recent list of supported SAP types.
A QoS session profile is composed of a logical flow type, a marker profile and two
policer profiles for up and downstream policing of the logical interface to which a
certain session profile is attached.
Logical Flow QoS Policer QoS Policer QoS Marker QoS Policy QoS Policy
Type Profile Up Profile Down Profile Up List Up List Down
The logical flow type is a mandatory parameter but is ignored from R4.0 onwards,
that is, the logical flow type is always considered null (generic). Hence, the QoS
Session profile can be attached to any interface, provided that the settings inside the
profile can be configured on the target hardware. Unsupported fields/actions are
silently ignored at run-time.
QoS Session profiles are assigned statically, as specified by the operator.
15-22 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
The scope of a QoS Session profile is always a user logical interface or Service
Access Point (SAP). The following are examples of such “logical interface” types
supported:
• PVC: all frames on a PVC
• 802.1x session: all frames on a bridge port that was opened via a 802.1x
authentication
• PVC.VLAN: all frames on a bridge port with the same VLAN ID
• IPoE VLAN CC: all IPoE frames in a VLAN CC interface
• PPPoE iBridge: all PPPoE frames in iBridge interface
Marker profile
The marker profile is a building block of the QoS session profile. The marker profile
is used to convey upstream marking settings to the Service Access Point (SAP).
The marker profile carries a flag for enabling DSCP to p-bits alignment of the SAP,
based on the global DSCP to p-bits alignment table of the layer 3 boards. This further
allows to specify the SAP default p-bits, the DSCP, or the DSCP contract table
(depending on the SAP type). The marker profile can also be used to re-mark the
p-bit based on trTCM packet color.
Six types of marker profiles exist:
• d1p: fixed value imposed for p-bit
• dscp-contract: DSCP code-point translated
• d1p-dscp: fixed value imposed both for p-bit and DSCP code-point
• dscp: fixed value imposed for DSCP code-point
• d1p-dscp-contract: fixed value imposed for p-bit, while DSCP code-point
translated
• d1p-alignment: p-bit value derived from DSCP code-point. This mapping to p-bit
markings applies to the IPv4 DSCP value as well as to the IPv6 Traffic Class
field.
All types of marker profile are supported in the upstream direction. The marker
profile is not supported in downstream direction.
Only the following types of marker profile are supported for IPv6 packets:
• a fixed value imposed for p-bit
• d1p-alignment
See the CLI Commands for FD 24Gbps NT and the Operations and Maintenance
Using CLI for FD 24Gbps NT documents for more information about marker
profiles.
Policer profile
The ISAM uses policer profiles to enforce predetermined limits on upstream and
downstream subscriber traffic. Single-token bucket policers are supported where the
action upon the conformance result is either pass or discard. The layer 3 LT boards
support policing, both upstream and downstream.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 15-23
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
The GE Ethernet LT board also supports the two-rate Three Color Marker (trTCM).
This is a type of policer that marks each packet with a color - green, yellow, or red.
The trTCM contains some additional parameters:
• Excess information rate (EIR)
• Excess Burst Size (EBS)
• Color mode: either color-aware or color-blind
• Green action: forward
• Yellow action: forward, discard
• Red action: forward, discard
• Coupling flag: enabled or disabled.
The trTCM is intended to be used in conjunction with the color-aware BAC types
described in “Queue configuration and queue profile”. The color-aware mode makes
use of the Drop Precedence marking described in “Mapping and queuing”. The Drop
Precedence marking is either in-profile (green), out-of-profile (yellow or red). The
coupling flag is defined in the MEF 10.1 and only is applicable for color-aware
mode.
You need to create a separate policer profile for each direction. When you create and
configure a session profile, you have the option to associate both an upstream and a
downstream policer profile with that session profile. Once configured and
associated, policing is applied to all the frames within the session with which the
policer profiles are associated. As such, rate enforcement is performed uniformly for
all subscriber lines that are associated with that session profile.
In addition to this fast path policer, there is also a slow path policer that limits the
number of (upstream) control frames that are excepted to the on-board processor for
each subscriber line. This mechanism has been put in place to protect this shared
resource against DoS attacks from malicious users.
The slow path policer is also a single token bucket policer with Committed
Information Rate expressed in terms of packets per second and Committed Burst
Size expressed in terms of number of packets. This policer type is not subject to
profiling.
15-24 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
Policy framework
P-bits DSCP
A set of non-conflicting actions can be grouped in a Policy Action list. This includes
a default disposition (permit/deny statement for ACL functionality), setting p-bit and
DSCP and policing. All packets identified by way of the associated filter can be rate
limited by a policer instance. Some subflow policies can share common attributes,
such as policing. The “Sharing” property of a policy action table enables or disables
policer sharing. Policer sharing will be used when the same policy action list is
referenced more than once on the same SAP in the same direction, and if the Sharing
attribute was set to “enable”.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 15-25
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
The ISAM LT boards support more policies in the upstream direction than in the
downstream direction. This is in line with the typical requirements, as more security
policies are required in the ingress direction, while in the egress, mostly only traffic
class rate limitation applies.
There is a complex sanity check in place for avoiding conflicting policies, such as
filtering on MAC DA for IPoA traffic, and so on. In the downstream direction,
p-bit/DSCP code point modifications can only be realized by means of a policy
action.
15-26 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
SP
WFQ System Bus Counters
(per Traffic Class):
Passed Bytes/Frames
Load
Memory Pool Master
Tx
Downstream
System Bus TCA):
Load
SP
WFQ
Tx
Aggregate buffer counters:
Dropped frames US
Dropped frames DS
Dropped low prio frames High
priority Line Counters:
Passed Bytes/Frames
Aggregate buffer TCAs: threshold Droppedd Bytes/Frames
Dropped frames US Load
Dropped frames DS
Dropped low prio frames
The queue/line loads and counters are calculated on a 15-minute basis. No long
history is kept; only the current and previous 15-minute counters are retrievable.
The total buffer pool is divided in two regions: a common region and a region saved
for high-priority traffic (that is, voice or video packets). The preliminary buffer pool
threshold can be specified in terms of percentage of total buffer pool, above which
only high-priority traffic is permitted into the buffer pool (both upstream and
downstream).
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 15-27
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
For upstream and downstream (which share the same pool on L3 cards) there are
dedicated threshold crossing alarms that can be triggered when more than a
programmable number of OBC, resp. non-OBC packets are dropped. Packet loss in
the total buffer pools may occur when:
• the egress queue sizes have been enlarged to a large extent, and many egress ports
on multiple queues suffer large backlogs
• when exceptionally high loads with smallest packet sizes persist over a long
duration (basically several hundreds of packets at gigabit speeds with less than
100 bytes each)
OBC-directed packets (that is, control packets) are also tracked for packet loss and
associated threshold crossing alarms can be activated. The queues towards the OBC
may overflow when:
• there are large bursts of control frames in the downstream direction
• there are large and correlated bursts on many ingress lines in the upstream
direction
Due to the fact that each subscriber line has a programmable packet policer for
control traffic it is inconceivable that the OBC-directed queues should overflow as a
result of just one subscriber line.
The following line-card level counters and alarms are supported:
• number of packets passed (per Traffic Class)
• number of bytes passed (per Traffic Class)
• total system bus load meter (per Traffic Class)
• threshold crossing alarm for system bus total load
• aggregate buffer overflow events for upstream resp. downstream traffic
• aggregate buffer overflow events for upstream resp. downstream OBC directed
traffic
• partial buffer overflow events for low priority traffic (that is, Controlled Load and
Best Effort)
15-28 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
• threshold crossing alarm for dropped upstream resp. dropped downstream traffic
due to aggregate buffer overflow
• threshold crossing alarm for dropped upstream resp. dropped downstream OBC
directed traffic due to aggregate buffer overflow
• threshold crossing alarm for dropped low priority traffic due to partial buffer
overflow
The system maintains 32 15-minute counter sets and one previous and current 1-day
counter set related to aggregate buffer overflow (aggregate upstream, aggregate
downstream, aggregate upstream OBC, aggregate downstream OBC and partial
buffer pool overflow).
Fan-out load per traffic class is useful to trigger operator attention to unusually high
load conditions per LT board. In case the system bus gets overloaded (via normal but
rare or abnormal load conditions) this information can be used to take action in terms
of limiting the number of subscribers provisioned per LT board or finding problems
with multicast sources. The system automatically calculates fan-out loads (that is, the
load that goes down the system bus after multicast replication has occurred) vs. the
actual system bus bandwidth (as this varies with hardware versions).
For fan-out load the system keeps 96 15-minute counters sets (load, pass
bytes/frames per Traffic Class) and one previous and current 1-day counter set (pass
bytes/frames) in addition to rolling counters. The 15-minute history counters are
useful for tracking system load evolutions over the day. Since the load is calculated
per traffic class, not only per LT board, this information can be used to track the
system load and bandwidth usage for the multicast video service (as this could not
possibly be tracked deeper in the network).
SHub part
P-bit-to-queue mapping
The SHub has its own dedicated p-bit-to-queue mapping.
DSCP-to-P-bit alignment
On the SHub there is a single DSCP-to-p-bits alignment table that can be enabled per
SHub external interface for incoming traffic. It applies to all incoming (IPv4 only)
traffic for all VLANs.
CAC profile
A Resource Admission Control mechanism is supported on the uplink as well. See
chapter “Multicast and IGMP” for more detailed information.
Queue profile
Queue settings are hard-coded (that is, not operator configurable).
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 15-29
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15 — Quality of Service
Scheduler profile
The following scheduling parameters can be configured on external interfaces:
• port level rate shaping
• relative weight of Controlled Load, respectively Best Effort traffic
Scheduling parameters can be configured per member of a Link Aggregation Group
and is replicated to other members.
Supported range of shaping rates is [64Kbps - 10Gbps] in steps of 64 Kbps.
Supported range of WRR weights is [1-15].
Scheduling on internal interfaces is not configurable at all.
Flow profile
A flow definition is used to describe the scope of a policer instance. A flow definition
can be instantiated on multiple ports, but only once per port. On different ports it can
be paired with different policers.
Following flow types are supported:
• Port
• VLAN
• VLAN.P
• VLAN.DSCP (for IPv4 only)
Meter profile
The operator can create (62) policer prototypes. A policer prototype contains rate and
burst tolerance information, and can be used on multiple ingress ports and on
multiple flows. Following ranges are supported for the respective policer parameters:
• information rate: [1Kbps - 10Gbps] units of 64Kbps
• burst tolerance: [3Kbytes - 512Kbytes] 8 discrete values
15-30 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
16 — Resource Management and
Authentication
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 16-1
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
16 — Resource Management and Authentication
16.1 Introduction
16-2 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
16 — Resource Management and Authentication
CLI and TL1 operators can be authenticated either locally on each DSLAM or
remotely via a central RADIUS server.
In case of remote authentication via RADIUS, besides the username and password,
also the terminal IP address from where the operator is initiating the Telnet session
or the SSH session with the ISAM, is sent to the RADIUS server. This will allow the
RADIUS server to also use the IP address of the operator during authentication. The
IP address is always sent. It is up to the RADIUS server to check the IP address or
not during authentication. If the operator is connected thought a CRAFT (serial)
terminal there is no operator IP address hence no attribute with IP address in the
Access Request is sent to the RADIUS server.
There is one restriction: if CLI or TL1 over SSH with key authentication is used, then
the authentication has to be done locally. RADIUS does not support keys.
This functionality is only supported for CLI and TL1. The authentication occurs once
for a complete session. Operator authentication is not supported for SNMP operators
as SNMP does not work with the concept of session. Communication with a
RADIUS server would have to be set up for each SNMP request, in order to
authenticate the originator.
A centralized authentication server has a lot of benefits for the management of
operator accounts, but is a danger with regard to availability and security. It is
advisable to support redundant RADIUS servers (this is supported by the ISAM). In
addition, the ISAM will fallback to local authentication in case the communication
with the RADIUS server fails.
Typically, the local database only contains the administrator account in case
RADIUS is used. To prevent isolation, one default local operator profile can be
configured, which applies when RADIUS is not reachable and when the operator is
not configured in the local database.
Note — No accounting is performed for authenticated CLI/TL1
operator sessions.
Passwords, RADIUS secrets, and other authentication data are encrypted in such a
way in the system database that the plain form cannot be derived from the system
database when this is not required for normal operation (for example, passwords for
PAP local authentication). In cases where it is necessary to retrieve the plain text
form, adequate encryption (MD5) is used to avoid unauthorized retrieval. This
applies for authentication on all the management interfaces and on all the user
interfaces.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 16-3
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
16 — Resource Management and Authentication
16-4 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
17 — ATM Pseudowire emulation
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 17-1
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
17 — ATM Pseudowire emulation
17.1 Introduction
ATM
VLAN or S-VLAN
PWE3
MPLS Pseudowire
VLAN
IP DSLAM ATM PVC
PWE3 in N:1
8/35 mode with N > 1
80/32
PWE3 GW
Residential
8/35
80/33
Aggregation Network
8/35
80/32
80/34 80/33
80/34
8/35 90/32
OLO with shared
90/32
bandwidth
92/32 92/33
8/35
OLO with dedicated
bandwidth/business
92/33 93/33
8/36
8/35 93/33 94/33
8/35 94/33
PWE3 in N:1
mode with N = 1
The “ATM Pseudowire” feature is based on IETF RFC 4717, and is also referred to
as ATM Pseudowire Emulation Edge to Edge (ATM PWE3). In this mode, the ISAM
can receive upstream ATM traffic from DSL subscribers and encapsulate this traffic
into one or more ATM Pseudowires sent over an MPLS tunnel towards the
aggregation network. On the other side of the network, a Pseudowire Gateway (for
example, the Alcatel-Lucent 7750) terminates the ATM Pseudowires from several
ISAMs and aggregates the traffic on one or more STM-1 interfaces connected to the
ATM core network.
17-2 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
17 — ATM Pseudowire emulation
In downstream direction, the PWE3 Gateway encapsulates the received ATM traffic
into the corresponding ATM Pseudowires, and sends them in MPLS tunnels towards
the different ISAMs. The ISAM terminates the MPLS tunnels and ATM
Pseudowires, extracts the ATM cells and sends them on the correct DSL line.
The feature co-exists with the standard ISAM L2 forwarding behavior, that is, on the
same ISAM LT board some user ports can be configured as regular Ethernet / AAL5
lines while other user ports can be configured for ATM Pseudowire handling.
Each ATM Pseudowire can be configured to either carry traffic from a single ATM
PVC or from multiple ATM PVCs:
• “N-to-One mode, with N=1”: the ATM Pseudowire only carries traffic from a
single ATM PVC. Each ATM Pseudowire packet either contains a single ATM
cell, or multiple ATM cells all using the same VPI/VCI
• “N-to-One mode, with N>1”: the ATM Pseudowire carries traffic from multiple
ATM PVCs. Each ATM Pseudowire packet either contains a single ATM cell, or
multiple ATM cells using the same or different VPI/VCIs
In order to establish the MPLS tunnels and ATM Pseudowires, the ISAM supports
the necessary commands to configure the connections.
It should be noted that the ATM Pseudowire functionality is supported on the DSL
LT board, with no intervention of the NT card. As a result of this, each DSL LT board
which offers ATM Pseudowire services will have to be configured with one or more
separate IP interfaces and MPLS tunnels. This increases the total number of MPLS
tunnels at the system level. For instance, if each DSL LT board would be configured
with one MPLS tunnel, then there will be 16 MPLS tunnels at system level.
In case each ATM cell is encapsulated in a separate ATM Pseudowire packet, the
additional overhead of the MPLS header can become very high, making the solution
less bandwidth efficient. To avoid this, it is possible to group multiple ATM cells
into a single ATM Pseudowire packet. This “cell concatenation” feature reduces the
encapsulation overhead, making the solution more bandwidth efficient.
The maximum number of ATM cells that may be concatenated into a single ATM
Pseudowire packet can be configured. Up to eight cells can be concatenated.
Configuring a high value of cell concatenation could result in putting an additional
transmission delay on the ATM cells, since the ATM Pseudowire packet would only
be sent out once the ATM Pseudowire packet has been filled up to its maximum
number of concatenated cells. To avoid excessive transmission delays, the maximum
additional transmission delay that may be put on the ATM cells can be configured.
When the configured transmission delay is reached, the ATM Pseudowire packet
will be sent out, regardless of whether or not it contains the maximum number of
concatenated cells.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 17-3
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
17 — ATM Pseudowire emulation
17.4 QoS
The QoS implementation is based on the regular DSL LT QoS framework. All QoS
features are packet-based, not ATM cell-based. QoS is based on the use of the
Ethernet priority bits and the MPLS Exp bits. This means there is no ATM QoS, no
cell-based QoS, and no F4/F5 termination. Different service types can be defined
which are identified with different Ethernet p-bits or MPLS Exp bits. This allows
mixing Residential/shared bandwidth and Business/dedicated bandwidth services
over the ATM Pseudowires.
When mapping ATM cells into an ATM Pseudowire packet, the ISAM supports
setting the p-bits and MPLS Exp bits of those packets according to a two-rate Three
Color Marker. Policing can be done on a combination of the Committed Information
Rate (CIR) and the Excess Information Rate (EIR).
In downstream direction, color-aware RED can be applied to the different queues, in
order to discard traffic with a relative lower priority.
The MPLS control plane is not supported. In other words, MPLS tunnel and ATM
Pseudowire configuration needs to be provisioned rather than signaled.
17-4 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 A-1
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
A.1 Overview
This section provides a description of various applications for which the ISAM
provides an effective solution.
Mobile Backhaul
Fixed operators and converged fixed/mobile operators can benefit from leveraging
cost-optimized residential broadband access infrastructure for backhauling traffic
from mobile base stations. The ISAM access node, in cooperation with dedicated cell
site devices fulfills the requirements for backhaul of 2G/3G and LTE base stations in
terms of bandwidth, TDM/ATM/ETH service delivery, high availability, QoS and
base station synchronization; for data as well as for mission critical voice services,
and this for the range of DSL, and point-to-point fibre access technologies.
Hospitality solution
To remain competitive in their market segment many hoteliers are looking to
increase the overall guest experience in their hotel. The ISAM can provide
triple-play and enhanced media applications in the hotel guest room, conference
rooms, lobby, and so on, by leveraging on the existing copper wiring (Cat3). The
existing Cat3 wiring, currently used for Voice (PABX), can be enabled with xDSL
without rewiring or other labor cost.
A-2 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
Scope
This section describes solutions for backhaul of 2G/3G and LTE mobile base stations
over ISAM 7302/7330/7356/7360.
Mobile backhaul over (bonded) ADSL2+, over (bonded) SHDSL, over (bonded)
VDSL2, over point-to-point Ethernet (FE/GE) is included, covering solutions for
data off-load as well as full backhaul of voice and data.
Apart from the ISAM 7302/7330/7356/7360 node, the solution also proposes the cell
site devices (residential DSL CPE, dedicated DSL CPE for business/mobile
backhaul, 7705 SAR-F/7705 SAR-M) for which the solution is validated.
Apart from this, an end-to-end mobile backhaul solution also requires an aggregation
network and a gateway device that interfaces to the mobile gateways. These are not
specified here. Please refer to the Alcatel Lucent Mobile Backhaul Blueprint
Solutions for a description of Alcatel Lucent end-to-end mobile backhaul solutions.
Introduction
Mobile backhaul (mobile backhaul) is about transporting traffic between mobile base
stations (2G BTS, 3G NodeB, LTE eNodeB) and a centralized mobile gateway (2G
BSC, 3G RNC, LTE S-GW).
Mobile backhaul comes from a legacy of 2G base stations, carrying low volumes of
traffic (voice and low BW data) and backhauled over a TDM (PDH/SDH) network,
with first mile access to the TDM network typically over 1 or 2 copper (or
microwave) E1/T1. The TDM network inherently provided synchronization as well
as resilience and QoS for mission critical services.
With the growth of data services in 3G and LTE, traffic volumes are increasing
rapidly and exponentially and mobile operators need more bandwidth fast. On the
other hand, mobile ARPU is more or less flat and consequently there is pressure on
the cost per bit, also for backhaul. The legacy TDM backhaul infrastructure cannot
scale in a cost effective way.
The following evolutions are happening:
• transition from copper (and TDM microwave) to fibre (and packet microwave) in
mobile backhaul access, at a pace allowed by investment levels
• transition from TDM transport to packet transport (carrier Ethernet, IP/MPLS)
• convergence of residential/business/mobile backhaul over a common transport
infrastructure (the High Leverage Network)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 A-3
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
In this context there is a clear incentive for fixed access operators to leverage
residential broadband assets (existing or new rollouts) for mobile backhaul.
Using broadband access technologies for mobile backhaul allows to re-use existing
outside plant (copper). Moreover, broadband access technologies (DSL,
point-to-point Ethernet) are existing, cost optimized platforms and will enable
significantly reduced port cost per mobile base station/mobile site.
Technical challenges
The following technical challenges arise when leveraging broadband access
infrastructure for mobile backhaul:
Bandwidth
Mobile backhaul bandwidth requirements have evolved from 1-2 E1/T1 (2-4Mbps)
for a 2G site to more than 250Mbps for a full blown multi-provider, multi-generation
2G/3G/LTE site.
With respect to this bandwidth evolution, the different broadband access
technologies can be positioned as follows:
• (bonded) ADSL2+ and (bonded) SHDSL can be positioned as short-to-mid
term tactical solutions for 3G bandwidth relief. For example, four pair bonded
g.SHDSL.bis can support symmetrical bandwidth up to 22.8 Mbps. ADSL2+
deployment will in practise be limited to data off-load, while SHDSL can and will
typically be used in full off-load scenarios (*). For SHDSL, ATM IMA and EFM
bonding are preferred for reasons of resiliency (if one pair goes down, the group
will not be impacted). Of the two, EFM bonding is superior with respect to
bandwidth efficiency, provisioning and flexibility in data rates for the different
pairs.
• For example, with bandwidths of ~ 400/100 Mbps downstream/upstream at 500
m, 250/50 Mbps downstream/upstream at 1000 m for 8-pair bonded VDSL2,
bonded VDSL2 is a strategic, rather than a tactical solution for evolution to and
including LTE. VDSL2 could be deployed in off-load scenarios but definitely
have full backhaul as the final goal (*).
• Point-to-point fibre is a full-blown solution capable of supporting all scenarios
to LTE. Again, point-to-point fibre could be deployed in off-load scenarios but
definitely has full backhaul as the final goal (*).
Note — (*): See the section on “QoS and High Availability for
mission critical traffic” for distinction between data off-load and full
backhaul.
A-4 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
Synchronization
Base stations with legacy E1 interfaces need frequency synchronization for the
purpose of TDM transport (that is, to avoid frame slips).
All base stations also need frequency synchronization for the purpose of providing
an accurate wireless carrier frequency.
In addition, Time Division Duplex (TDD) base stations need phase synchronization
for the TDD mechanism to operate. Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) systems may
also need phase synchronization for specific advanced wireless features like MBMS
and network MIMO, but deployment of these must be considered longer term and is
of no immediate concern.
Base stations can be synchronized in multiple ways:
• using a synchronized E1/T1 from a TDM network (frequency synchronization
only)
This is the synchronization method in the legacy TDM network. It is also the
synchronization method in a data off-load approach, where synchronization (and
voice) remain to be transported by the TDM network, but data is off-loaded to the
packet network.
• using an on-site GPS (frequency and phase synchronization)
This is the synchronization mechanism in CDMA and will most likely be the first
synchronization mechanism in TDD and FDD deployments requiring phase sync.
• using synchronization from the packet network
These synchronization methods classify in 2 flavours:
• Physical layer mechanisms
These provide end-to-end synchronization on the physical layer. Several physical
layer synchronization mechanisms are standardized: NTR for DSL, SyncE for
Ethernet.
• Packet layer mechanisms
These include NTP, 1588v2 point-to-point, ACR, DCR. Of these, 1588v2 is the
more forward looking with evolution to provide phase synchronization as well as
frequency sync.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 A-5
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
A-6 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
TDM
ATM AGG GTW
ETH
CSG AN L2 aggregation
AGG GTW
Base station Controller
IP/MPLS or Carrier
Ethernet repair mechanisms
Demarcation
End-to-end OAM features and SLA monitoring (including the first mile) are
typically handled by the cell site gateway device, either by IP/MPLS mechanisms or
by carrier Ethernet mechanisms. 802.1ag and Y.1731 can be used between the cell
site device and the gateway device for end-to-end checks of connectivity, loss and
delay, either on a continuous basis or on-demand. Optionally, 802.1ag MEPs and
MIPs can be placed in ISAM for further troubleshooting and fault isolation.
Access node features:
• Transparent for end-to-end IP/MPLS OAM and 802.1ag/Y.1731 OAM
• Optional 802.1ag MIP/MEPs in the access node for troubleshooting.
Solution description
Figure A-2 shows the different access options for mobile backhaul over ISAM and
the associated cell site gateway portfolio.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 A-7
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
SAR-M xDSL
point-to-point Ethernet (FE|GE)
Low-end residential type DSL CPEs (ADSL2+, 7130 Cellpipe VDSL2) are low-cost
solutions for data off-load of 3G base station Ethernet interfaces (for base stations
with hybrid ATM/Ethernet interfaces).
Dedicated 3rd party SHDSL CPEs for business/mobile backhaul can be positioned as
mid-range solutions for full backhaul of TDM, ATM and Ethernet services over
(bonded) SHDSL.
7705 SAR-F (fiber uplink) and 7705 SAR-M (with modular uplink of fiber), 2-8pair
bonded VDSL2, 4-pair bonded SHDSL + 2-pair bonded ADSL2+ (SAR-M combo)
are high-end solutions for off-load and full backhaul of TDM, ATM and Ethernet
services. 7705 SAR-F and 7705 SAR-M are IP/MPLS based.
Figure A-3 shows the logical end-to-end topologies for mobile backhaul between
multiple mobile base stations and a centralized mobile controller.
A-8 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
IP/MPLS
TDM TDM
ATM ATM
ETH ETH
CSG AN AGG L2 tunnel (IP/MPLS) GTW
Mixed
TDM TDM
ETH ETH
CSG AN AGG L2 tunnel (IP/MPLS) GTW
Carrier Eth
TDM TDM
ETH Carrier Ethernet ETH
CSG AN AGG GTW
Access nodes can be dual homed to redundant aggregation nodes and mobile
controllers can be dual homed to redundant gateway devices for High Availability
purposes.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 A-9
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
Optical GE SyncE E1
FE/GE
PTP
GE LT
7705 SAR-M
8 kHz
backplane Optical GE SyncE Optical GE SyncE
to 7354 REM direct connection to base station
7302/7330 ISAM
Physical layer synchronization can be fed into ISAM either via BITS or via SyncE
from the network through synchronization-capable dedicated NT variants. If no
BITS or SyncE is available in the CO, we recommend to terminate 1588v2 in an
external client in the CO, to feed the output of that client into the BITS of the ISAM
and to go with physical layer synchronization from there.
Synchronization can then be propagated over the first mile to a
synchronization-capable cell site gateway through a physical layer mechanism:
SHDSL NTR, VDSL2 NTR, or SyncE (GE point-to-point LT board). 7356 ISAM
FTTB deployments also support physical layer synchronization from CO to the
cabinet through SyncE.
Finally, the cell site gateway provides synchronization to the base station either
through a synchronized E1 or through a SyncE interface.
The physical layer synchronization entails frequency synchronization only.
Scope
This section describes solutions for emulation of (E1/T1) leased line services with
access over ISAM over SHDSL, using 3rd party SHDSL CPEs (single or multiple
E1/T1 interface).
In principle, E1/T1 leased lines can also be emulated over point-to-point ethernet
access, with a dedicated fibre CPE.
A-10 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
Introduction
Operators may benefit from consolidation of legacy (E1/T1) leased line services on
broadband access equipment rolled out for residential (and business) services.
This may allow them to, for example, decommission dedicated line systems for
(E1/T1) leased line access. It may also be an element in an ongoing decommissioning
(partial of full) of the legacy TDM network in favour of a packet switched network.
Technical Challenges
Symmetrical bandwidth
Physical layer bandwidth requirements for transporting an E1/T1 will depend on the
encapsulation type (Ethernet, MPLS) and the TDM payload size in the pseudo wire,
but will amount to more than 2 Mbps symmetrical per E1/T1. In practise, for copper
access this (together with delay and synchronization requirements) rules out
ADSL2+ in favour of SHDSL. Bonded SHDL links, as well as SHDSL repeaters can
be used to increase the reach of SHDSL segments for leased line replacement. ATM
IMA and EFM bonding are preferred for SHDSL for reasons of resiliency (if one pair
goes down, the group will not be impacted). Of the two, EFM bonding is superior
with respect to bandwidth efficiency, provisioning simplicity and flexibility in data
rates for the different pairs.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 A-11
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
Tuning of the payload size and de-jitter buffer size of the pseudo wire allows to meet
delay and loss requirements under background network packet delay variation
(PDV).
Synchronization
Both ends of an E1/T1 leased line connection need to be synchronized to avoid frame
slips in the TDM transport (that is, wander needs to comply to the ITU-T G.823
traffic mask).
This solution assumes a network clock is imposed upon the customer TDM
equipment.
For leased line emulation, the clock reference has to be distributed through the packet
network. As discussed in the mobile backhaul section, this can be done via physical
layer mechanisms (SHDSL NTR, SyncE) or via packet layer mechanisms (NTP,
1588v2 PTP, ACR, DCR).
It is recommended to use physical layer synchronization mechanisms whenever
available. For instance, BITS or SyncE into the ISAM in CO and physical layer
synchronization (NTR, SyncE) from there to the business site. If no BITS or SyncE
is available in CO, we recommend 1588v2 termination in a client in the CO and to
go with physical layer synchronization from there. This can be an external client
device that feeds into the BITS.
Access node features:
• NT with BITS/SyncE in
• SHDSL NTR on the last mile.
High Availability
In terms of High Availability, prime concerns are focused on the network links and
network elements that aggregate a (large) number of customers and less so on the
first mile. For these links/nodes, High Availability is taken care of by either
IP/MPLS mechanisms (possibly initiated from an IP/MPLS capable business CPE)
or Carrier Ethernet mechanisms, or a mixture thereof. Dual homing of the access
node to the aggregation network is essential for protecting the second mile (with
LAG or xSTP) and the first aggregation node (with multi-chassis LAG or xSTP).
DSL bonding inherently provides a level of resiliency for a first mile over bonded
DSL.
Access node features:
• NT redundancy
• dual homed ISAM uplinks (with multi-chassis LAG or xSTP)
• transparent for IP/MPLS based redundancy (handled in business CPE)
• inherent redundancy in DSL bonding (ATM IMA and EFM).
Solution description
Figure A-5 shows the access components for a leased line replacement solution over
(bonded) SHDSL.
A-12 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
7302/7330 ISAM
3rd party SHDSL business CPEs provide circuit emulation for a single or multiple
E1/T1 (possibly in conjunction with Ethernet access) over SHDSL (single pair
g.SHDSL at max 2.3Mbps Mbps up to 4 pair EFM bonded g.SHDSL.bis at max 22.8
Mbps). The pseudo wire encapsulation is IP/MPLS with static MPLS labels. SAToP
and CESoPSN encapsulations are supported.
Figure A-6 shows the logical end-to-end topologies for leased line emulation
between 2 business customer sites.
Customer Customer
TDM equipment TDM equipment
Customer Customer
TDM equipment TDM equipment
Two connectivity models can be envisaged and will possibly be deployed in parallel:
• A business CPE connected back-to-back over an end-to-end pseudo wire to a peer
business CPE, without crossing a SDH/PDH segment.
• A business CPE connected over a pseudowire to a core SDH/PDH network
(typically groomed over an STM1/STM4 interface). The pseudo wire could cover
the access segment only (with the pseudowire terminated and dropped on TDM
equipment in the CO). Alternatively, it could span the full metro Ethernet
aggregation network (TDM equipment in a centralized PoP location).
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 A-13
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
Access nodes can be dual homed to the aggregation network and SDH equipment can
be dual homed to redundant gateway devices for High Availability purposes.
In this solution, the customer TDM equipment is timed by the network clock. In the
second connectivity model, this is also the clock of the core TDM network. As per
the Alcatel-Lucent synchronization strategy, an end-to-end physical layer
synchronization is preferred. This means that physical layer synchronization is fed
into ISAM either via BITS or via SyncE from the network through synchronization
capable dedicated NT variants.
If no BITS or SyncE is available in the CO, we recommend to terminate 1588v2 in
an external client in the CO, to feed the output of that client into the BITS of the
ISAM and to go with physical layer synchronization from there.
Synchronization can then be propagated over the first mile to the business CPE over
SHDSL NTR.
Finally, the business CPE provides a synchronized E1/T1 to the customer TDM
equipment.
Scope
This chapter describes the ISAM capabilities to terminate E1 TDM lines or ISDN
PRA (PRI) on an ISAM faceplate port. A similar approach is taken as in the previous
section “E1/T1 Leased Line Replacement”but with this difference that we are not
using a CPE or ONT to terminate the E1 but an SFP (Small Form-factor Pluggable)
instead. The E1 or the ISDN PRA is directly terminated on the ISAM. The ISAM can
be in a central office location or in a remote outdoor cabinet.
A-14 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
The E1 TDM SFP is terminating the TDM circuits and carrying the TDM data via
Ethernet packets through the ISAM and across a packet switched network (i.e. using
pseudowire technology). We are NOT referring to Trunking Gateway functionality
where PSTN data is converted into VoIP.
Introduction
The SFP (SmartSFP) used in this solution is a dual-channel TDM SFP, capable of
terminating up to two E1 ports. The SFP is MSA compliant and fits into a standard
Gigabit Ethernet SFP cage.
E1
SFP cage
VLAN ECID PAYLOAD
CES
CES
E1 VLAN ECID PAYLOAD
RJ45 GE
shielded
connector
Via its build-in TDM pseudowire interworking function (CES), the SFP is
encapsulating/extracting TDM traffic into/from Ethernet packets. The Metro
Ethernet Forum standard (MEF-8) payload format and pseudo-wire (PW)
technology is used to allow interoperability with third-party CES interworking
devices.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 A-15
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
Using an SFP-based approach provides a flexible and scalable solution for legacy
interfaces on the ISAM. No dedicated board is required, it is a port-based solution:
any GE SFP port can be converted in an E1/PRA port by plugging in the E1 TDM
PW SFP.
Fully integrated in the ISAM management system, the E1 TDM PW SFP can be
provisioned and monitored via ISAM CLI/TL1 and through the 5520 AMS.
Technical characteristics
Line termination
The E1 TDM PW SFP is a dual-channel SFP capable of terminating two independent
tributaries. Each tributary has its own pseudowire to transport its TDM data across
the packet switched network.
The connector type of the SFP is a shielded RJ45 connector which is standard pin
compliant for a single E1. If two E1 needs to be terminated on the RJ45 connector a
dedicated Y-split cable is required to terminate the 2nd E1.
The E1 line impedance can be configured to 75Ω or 120Ω. An unbalanced (Coax) or
balanced (RJ45) cable is provided according the requested line/impedance type.
The TDM line interface supports both framed (LOF and CRC4 checks only) and
unframed E1.
Depending on the distance requirement the receiver sensitivity can be configured for
Short Haul or Long Haul applications.
Pseudowire capabilities
As shown in Figure A-7, a pseudowire is applied per tributary. The pseudowire is
constructed according to the implementation agreement for the emulation of PDH
circuits over Metro Ethernet Networks (MEF8).
A-16 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
Although the line interface framer supports both framed and unframed lines, the
pseudowire encapsulation is structure-agnostic. The TDM payload is backhauled
transparently via the pseudowire over the packet switched network.
Due to the structure-agnostic emulation only, DS0 grooming or fractional E1
backhaul is not supported.
The tributary pseudowire will be uniquely identified via its circuit-identifier in
compliance with MEF8. Dedicated VLAN, CoS priority, source and destination
MAC addresses can be configured per pseudowire (per tributary) if required.
Synchronization
To meet the TDM wander requirements (per ITU-T G.823), both ends of the
pseudowire connection need to be synchronized.
Different options exist to provide an end-to-end solution to synchronize the
interconnected circuits (E1/PRA). The solution requires a PRC-traceable network
clock to be provided to the E1 TDM SFP. There are several ways in providing the
network clock (derived from PRC) to the SFP. This is depending on the node (NT)
features where the SFP is residing. Depending on the controller type of the ISAM,
the NT can be synchronized via BITS, SyncE or IEEE1588v2. Through the
backplane clock circuit, all boards in the shelf are being synchronized. The
synchronization of the SFP itself is done via SyncE (SERDES) to provide the
network timing from the NE (ISAM).
The network clock can be imposed upon the customer TDM network, both tributaries
of the SFP can be synchronized from the SFP (host) clock which is derived from the
network clock via SyncE, as described above.
Alternatively, the SFP can take one of the E1s as clock source.
The 2E1-SFP solution in ISAM does not support the transport of the E1 service clock
across the packet network.
An overview of the different synchronization options in an end-to-end solution is
provided in Figure A-9.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 A-17
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
Alarms
E1 and TDM related alarms detected by the SFP are autonomously reported to the
ISAM and AMS. On request the operator can also retrieve the active alarms on the
SFP through the ISAM.
Depending on the configuration of the E1 line interface, whether in framed or
unframed mode additional alarm detection and reporting is supported. In unframed
mode, the SFP supports LOS and AIS detection. In the framed mode, the SFP can
also detect RDI, REI, LOF, LOMF and CRC4 bit failure on top of the LOS and AIS.
Besides the alarm detection and reporting, the SFP allows also the forwarding of
alarms, either towards the network via circuit emulation (MEF8) or towards the line
interface (E1). The forwarding of alarms can be configured per alarm (AIS, RDI and
REI) and for each direction (network or E1) independently.
A-18 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
FRAMER
SERDES
ETH-ITF
CESoP
SGMII
(IWF)
LIU
E1 ISAM (PSN)
SERDES
ETH-ITF
CESoP
SGMII
(IWF)
LIU
E1 ISAM (PSN)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 A-19
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
Solution description
The picture below illustrates possible deployment scenarios. In summary, the E1
TDM SFP based solution:
• Is providing a flexible pluggable solution: pay as you grow
• Leverages on existing ISAM and Ethernet based aggregation/service network for
TDM (V)LL for TDM service/network migration resulting in CAPEX and OPEX
savings.
• Is a scalable solution: SFP based, no need for dedicated board which consumes a
full slot.
• Supports solid synchronization through Synchronous Ethernet
• Is fully integrated in the ISAM provisioning system and element manager (5520
AMS)
• Is ITU (E1) compliant
• Uses MEF8 encapsulation ensuring transparency to any TDM networking
protocol
Scope
This section describes solutions for Ethernet business access over ISAM:
• Over (bonded) SHDSL, using a 7230 BG 3Se Series Cellpipe CPE, 1521 CLIP,
7705 SAR-M(E) combo or a third party SHDSL business CPE/NTU at the
customer premises.
A-20 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
Introduction
Access and service providers are gradually migrating the delivery of business access
services, originally dominated by TDM and ATM-based offerings, to Ethernet
access.
This migration is driven mainly to achieve converged access and aggregation
networks, thereby reducing CAPEX and OPEX. In a fully converged access network,
we expect residential-, business- and mobile backhaul customers to be served from
the same access node.
The ISAM, in conjunction with a portfolio of CPEs/NTUs/ONTs is equipped with
best-in-class features to fulfill the requirements for Ethernet business access
services, and this over a choice of copper and fiber access technologies.
Technical Challenges
Bandwidth
Ethernet business access subscribers may have bandwidth requirements varying
anywhere from a few Mbps up to 1Gbps. A scalable solution tailored to the
bandwidth needs is required. Bandwidth requirements for Ethernet business access
are mostly symmetric (except for business internet access).
ISAM provides high symmetrical bandwidth over SHDSL by means of g.SHDSL.bis
(up to 5.7 Mbps per copper pair over 3km nominally) and g.SHDSL.bis bonding (up
to 8 pairs for ATM IMA; up to 4 pairs for PTM (providing a bandwidth of 22.8 Mbps
nominally)). Of the bonding flavors, ATM IMA and PTM bonding are preferred for
reasons of resiliency: if one pair goes down, the group will not be impacted. Of the
two, PTM bonding is superior with respect to bandwidth efficiency, provisioning
simplicity and flexibility in data rates for the different pairs.
Access node features: g.SHDSL.bis and SHDSL bonding.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 A-21
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
inter-metro
CPE L2 VPN
ETH
or AN AGG L2 aggregation inter-metro
NTU
L3 VPN
Customer
router internet
BIA
L2 access segment L2 aggregation
virtual line or virtual LAN
carrier Ethernet or IP/MPLS
Ethernet business services may be offered with varying levels of functionality and
quality; from low-end basic connectivity to high-end service delivery governed by
stringent SLAs.
For L2 VPNs (and in extrapolation also for the layer 2 access to L3 VPN and BIA
services), the Metro Ethernet Forum (MEF) provides a framework for the definition
of layer 2 services at the UNI between the customer equipment and the service
provider, and this for all but the more basic connectivity services.
MEF Service Requirements at the UNI (MEF6.1, MEF10.2) specify such things as:
• Service types: E-LINE, E-LAN, E-TREE.
• Service multiplexing and service selection: all:1, 1:1, n:1 VLAN mapping.
• Transparency for customer frames (VLANs, MTUs, L2CP, multicast/broadcast
and so on)
• Layer 2 control protocol (L2CP) handling: discard, tunnel, peer
• Ingress and Egress bandwidth profiles and - rate limiting.
Service Requirements at the UNI (MEF of other) can be implemented by either of
two architectures:
• In the UNI model, the UNI requirements are implemented by the access node LT
board. The customer premises device connecting to the customer router can be a
simple CPE or media convertor with basic functionality.
• In the NTU model, the UNI requirements are implemented by a dedicated,
operator managed NTU/ONT at the customer premises. The NTU/ONT has
enhanced demarcation features over a simple CPE/media convertor and is
possibly MEF-certified. The access node should be transparent in this model.
A-22 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
Customer site
UNI-N
ETH
CPE/MC AN L2 aggregation
Customer
router
NTU model
UNI
Customer site
UNI-N
ETH
NTU AN L2 aggregation
Customer
router
As a particular instance of the service requirements at the UNI, full transparency for
customer frames is required for particular L2 VPN service delivery models (for
example, Ethernet private lines). Transparency requirements may pertain to such
features as preservation of customer VLAN tags (including 802.1q p-bits), support
of customer MTUs, transparency for multicast/broadcast and for L2CP protocols that
the customer wants to use to manage his network end-to-end (like LACP, (m)STP
and so on).
ISAM implements full transparency for customer frames, by making use of
transparent VLAN cross-connect forwarding mode.
Access node features:
• UNI model: transparent VLAN cross-connect (1:1, tunneling mode, mapping
mode), L2CP handling (discard, tunnel), MTUs, ingress rate limiting
• NTU model: transparency of VLAN cross-connect
High availability
In terms of high availability of the Ethernet business service, prime concerns are
focused on the network links and elements that aggregate a (large) number of
customers (ISAM node and ISAM uplinks, aggregation nodes and aggregation links,
edge routers implementing L3VPN or BIA), and less so on the first mile.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 A-23
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
AGG
CPE/
NTU AN L2 aggregation
AGG
Customer
router
IP/MPLS or Carrier
Ethernet repair mechanisms
QoS
Business services come with more or less stringent SLAs governing QoS KPIs of
bandwidth, loss, delay and jitter for the service or services presented at the UNI. In
general, business traffic will have to compete with residential traffic (and possibly
mobile backhaul traffic) running in the same access node.
The ISAM access node, being already engineered for triple play services is well
positioned to provide differentiated QoS for business traffic streams of varying
nature, also in competition with residential and mobile traffic in the same node.
Access node features:
• Ingress policing/color marking
• four queues per port
• QoS marking.
A-24 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
Solution description
Figure A-16 shows the solution components for Ethernet business access over
(bonded) SHDSL using ISAM 7302/7330.
Low-end SHDSL CPEs are low-cost solutions for basic ethernet business access
services, using UNI-N functionality of the ISAM SHDSL LT board.
1521 CLIP, 7705 SAR-ME combo and dedicated 3rd party SHDSL NTUs can be
positioned as mid-range to high-end solutions for SHDSL access in an NTU
architecture.
For the logical end-to-end topologies for Ethernet business services (L2VPN,
L3VPN, BIA), see Figure A-13.
The solution components are:
• A customer router that connects to the L2 VPN/L3 VPN/BIA service. The
customer router is beyond the responsibility of the business access provider.
• A provider managed NTU at the customer premises, or a simpler CPE/media
convertor.
In the NTU model, the service selection is fully performed by the NTU, adding a
per-service VLAN. The NTU also performs other UNI-N functions (L2CP
handling, ingress rate limiting, and so on) as well as non-UNI-N functions
required for service assurance (connectivity monitoring, SLA monitoring, and so
on).
• The access node (AN) cross-connects customer traffic to a per-service VLAN.
In the NTU model, this is a 1:1 cross-connect of the service VLAN added by the
NTU. In VLAN cross-connect mode, full transparency for customer frames is
assured.
In the UNI model, the service selection (all:1, 1:1, n:1) is performed by the ISAM
LT board, along with other UNI-N functions.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 A-25
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
For L3 VPN and BIA services, an edge router at a PoP location takes on the L3
functions and is fed by the L2 aggregation network. The L3 function could also be
distributed.
In terms of high availability, the access node can be dual homed to a single
aggregation node or to redundant aggregation nodes (with LAG, multi-chassis LAG
or xSTP).
The aggregation network is protected by either carrier ethernet or IP/MPLS based
resiliency mechanisms with no dependency on the access segment.
Access to resilient L3 edge routers is either handled by the customer router or by the
L2 aggregation network and has no dependency on the access segment.
For SHDSL, ATM IMA bonding and PTM bonding inherently provide a level of
resiliency for the first mile.
In terms of QoS, the ingress bandwidth enforcement (optionally including color
marking) is performed by the NTU in the NTU-model and by the ISAM LT board in
the UNI-model. The regular ISAM QoS features enable differentiated treatment of
business traffic in competition with residential and mobile traffic inside the node as
well as correct marking of packets for further QoS treatment in the aggregation
network (upstream) or in the NTU (downstream).
In terms of OAM, end-to-end monitoring of the business access service (including
the first mile) is typically handled between an NTU at the customer premises and
either a peer NTU (for L2 VPN) or the edge router at the PoP location (for L3 VPN,
BIA). 802.1ag and Y.1731 can be used for end-to-end checks, either on a continuous
basis (connectivity fault monitoring, SLA monitoring) or on-demand
(troubleshooting). The ISAM should be transparent for end-to-end 802.1ag/Y.1731
PDUs. Optionally, 802.1ag MEPS and MIPS can be placed in ISAM for further
troubleshooting and fault isolation.
Introduction
The absence of fiber may not be blocking for remote ISAM deployments. Also in
fiber-poor areas, ISAMs for DSL broadband access can be deployed. Taking the
approach of backhauling the fiber-link (point-to-point Gigabit Ethernet) by an
alternative transport technology leaves no further constraints deploying the ISAM in
rural areas or other markets where the exclusive use (dark-fiber) of fiber is not
possible to connect the ISAM.
Depending on the market, available regional or national infrastructure or customer
requirements, we can distinguish possible domains:
• Rural areas (Broadband for all)
• Early/fast deployments in emerging markets re-using legacy (incumbent)
network
• Re-use of high-capacity national infrastructure
• Complementing fiber based FTTN deployment
A-26 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
Solution description
The base of the solution is finding the best way for backhauling the Gigabit Ethernet
fiber link. The choice of the backhaul transport technology is depending on the
backhaul distance, the available infrastructure to leverage upon, regulations (for
example, in the case of wireless backhaul options) and required throughput.
The backhaul is accomplished by using a converter which converts the optical
Gigabit Ethernet transport layer into an other Ethernet-based transport layer
(illustrated by Figure A-17). The new transport layer consists of a physical layer
depending on the available infrastructure and a data-layer supporting the transport of
Ethernet frames. Depending on the different physical layers different framing
options apply: EFM (G.SHDSL), GFP (Generic Framing Procedure ITU-T G.7041),
HDLC (High-level Data Link Control ISO-13239, ML-PPP (Multi-Link
Point-to-Point Protocol RFC-1990), and so on.
7330 ISAM RA
Ethernet
7357 ISAMSEM
Corporations
and Residences
7302 ISAM CO
ISP 1
7354/7324 ISAM RU
Converter
Converter
Aggregation
Network Transport
ISP 2 Network
7330 ISAM CO
7356 ISAM REM
7330 ISAM RA
Ethernet
7357 ISAMSEM
Corporations
and Residences
A converter will be required at the Central Office location and at the Remote/Cabinet
location. These converters can be point-to-point, where one Ethernet link
corresponds to one link in the transport network or they can be point-to-multipoint
where Ethernet frames are bridged between one Gigabit Ethernet link on the ISAM
side and multiple transport links on the backhaul network side (for example,
ML-PPP).
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 A-27
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
Bandwidth
In many cases the backhaul transport network cannot offer the full 1 Gbps connection
which is supported on the ISAM product family. This is typically not an issue for
rural areas where the number of remote subscribers to be served are limited per rural
site with a limited total amount of bandwidth need, or for emerging markets where
connectivity with a rather limited bandwidth is the primary requirement. An
assessment must be made on a case-by-case base to see whether the network capacity
is sufficient in the backhaul transport network for the target end-user services (Voice,
High Speed Internet, and so on). Possibly multiple links need to be bundled to
increase the bandwidth.
In industrialized countries with subscriber dense areas and high bandwidth per user
(for example, 20 Mbit/s), where typically fiber is being used for FTTN deployments,
higher capacities are required for the backhaul link. The backhaul approach is taken
for those locations which cannot be served by fiber (fiber black spots) to obtain 100%
user coverage with ISAM based broadband access.
Transparency
The backhaul connection between the remote ISAM and CO ISAM must provide a
transparent Ethernet service. The bridging function between the network port of the
ISAM (uplink and/or subtended link) and the backhaul transport network can be
done by an external converter. The converters and backhaul transport network must
ensure that, both the remote ISAM and the CO node, are able to extract the original
frames sent by the other side, in the same order as they were sent, that is, no
frame-reordering or fragmentation.
Service differentiation
ISAM deployments in a backhaul scenario, and especially in those cases with limited
backhaul capacity like rural areas, must support proper queuing and scheduling
mechanisms to provide service differentiation in both up- and downstream direction.
Voice must get strict priority over other services like Video and High-Speed Internet,
and management connectivity must be ensured at all times.
Congestion is likely to occur on the backhaul link between the remote ISAM and the
CO node due to the limited available bandwidth on this link. The buffer-acceptance,
queuing and scheduling in the upstream direction on the remote ISAM and in the
downstream direction on the CO node are particularly important.
Next to the queuing and scheduling mechanisms, proper service classification must
be done on the backhaul link. At least the p-bits in the VLAN-tag should be
configurable as a means to map VLAN-tagged traffic in the appropriate queues.
To overcome congestion and eventually packet drop (high priority traffic) on the
backhaul link we can use the buffer mechanism of the ISAM, in both upstream and
downstream direction. Using the interface rate-limiting capabilities of the ISAM
network ports, uplink at the remote ISAM and subtended link at the CO node, service
differentiation can be done based on the available bandwidth on the backhaul link.
The port rate-limiting allows traffic scheduling (queue handling) to be done at a
speed (bit rate) matching the available bandwidth in the backhaul transport network.
The dimensioning of the rate-limited on ISAM network ports will depend on the
encapsulation overhead added by framing mechanism implemented on the backhaul
transport equipment (that is, converters) and the Ethernet frame sizes used by the
data services. When forwarding the Ethernet frames over the transport link, headers
A-28 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
and trailers are added to the Ethernet frame. This results in a lower Ethernet packet
throughput than natively supported by the backhaul link. The overhead, headers and
trailers added, depends on the encapsulation method used. Figure A-19 shows an
example of the header/trailer bytes added by the GFP and HDLC encapsulation
method.
As a result the port rate-limit will be set to a rate according the supported packet
bit-rate and not to bit-rate natively (on the wire) supported by the transport network,
which can be a lot lower, depending the Ethernet frame sizes. See below an example
based on GFP-F on E1 to illustrate this.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 A-29
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
In a second step packet buffers and schedulers of the converters can be used to deal
with service differentiation when sudden bandwidth drop occurs on the backhaul link
(for example, link failure). The priority scheduler in the converter will ensure high
priority traffic (for example, voice) gets precedence over other concurrent traffic in
case of congestion. This is illustrated in Figure A-19.
shaping
GE UP
shaping
SP SP
NW Ctrl FE/ NW Ctrl
FE/ NW Ctrl SP SP NW Ctrl
GE ... GE
GE
WRR HSI HSI WRR
HSI HSI
E1
VoIP DOWN
NW Ctrl SP
WRR DSL
HSI 48
NT
GE
Mgmt IP
In case of point-to-point converters (see Figure A-20), the ISAM ensures the service
differentiation. Flushing the queues will be done at the rate of the available bit-rate
on the link giving precedence to the frames in the highest priority queue.
NT NT LT
Protocol based
VoIP
VLAN tag. + Pbit
VoIP
shaping
SP SP
shaping
NW Ctrl NW Ctrl
DSL Link Policies
GE E1 E1 GE
WRR WRR
HSI HSI
DSL
1
VoIP VoIP
shaping
SP GE
NW Ctrl SP UP
shaping
NW Ctrl
GE E1 E1 GE
WRR
L WRR
HSI L HSI
A
A
GE G VoIP
VoIP G VoIP DOWN
shaping
shaping
NW Ctrl SP
NW Ctrl SP SP
NW Ctrl
GE E1 E1 GE
WRR DSL
WRR WRR
HSI
HSI HSI 48
VoIP VoIP
NT
shaping
SP SP
shaping
NW Ctrl NW Ctrl
GE E1
E1 GE
GE
WRR WRR Mgmt IP
HSI HSI
A-30 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
Resiliency
To limit the impact of single failures, the backhaul solution should provide the
necessary resiliency at all levels of the architecture. Depending on the backhaul
transport network different resiliency mechanisms apply: ML-PPP, EFM bonding,
SDH VCAT (Virtual Concatenation), APS (Automatic Protection Switching), and so
on. On top packet based link-aggregation can be done using LACP (LAG) or path
redundancy using RSTP.
Bonding or aggregation functions do not only allow a level of resiliency but also
offer the means to provide more aggregated bandwidth on the backhaul link.
As shown in Figure A-19 the LAG function of the ISAM is being used to aggregate
4x E1 based backhaul links into one pipe. Figure A-20 shows an example where the
bonding of the backhaul link is done in the transport network using ML-PPP
(typically 16xE1).
The end-to-end path resiliency will only work when “fault-propagation” is supported
by the converters and any other intermediate node. Any link-failure causing a service
outage in the path must be propagated in the forward and backward direction towards
the connected ISAM. The CO ISAM will take proper measures when the link-failure
(operational down) is detected: an alternative route might be chosen based on the
implemented resiliency function (for example, LAG) and a port-down alarm (LOS)
is presented to the management system. In a non-redundant backhaul scenario the
alert should indicate that the remote site is no longer reachable.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 A-31
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
Introduction
Many hotels and retirement homes are wired with Category3 cable which was very
popular in the 1990's. The Cat3 twisted pair is mainly used to provide hotel and
public telephony services for the hotel guests, in the room and in public areas, and
the hotel staff.
With the emergence of broadband internet access, WiFi (shared) hotspots were made
available where the hotel guest can connect to. In many cases the internet hotspot
belongs to an ISP. The user connects to the internet via the user registration portal of
the ISP after paying a connection fee (pre-paid) via a credit-card.
Figure A-22 Standard offering for voice and internet access in hotel guest rooms
A-32 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
Figure A-23 Enhanced multi-media experience in hotel guest rooms with xDSL
Solution description
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 A-33
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
Not all hotels or retirement homes are the same. They differ not only in size, in terms
of number of guest rooms, but also in building architecture. Depending on the
building and infrastructure architecture different product solutions can be offered:
• Small to medium size hotels consisting out of one building, having a single,
centralized equipment room where all the terminal blocks are residing. In such a
case a CO ISAM or a standalone FTTN node is used to terminate the copper pairs
from all the guest rooms on one central location; see Figure A-24.
• Medium to large size hotels with multiple equipment rooms (for example, on each
floor) in one building are addressed using the distributed ISAM solution. In such
a case a 7356 ISAM REM chassis can be installed at the different terminal blocks.
An aggregation node aggregates the distributed nodes via GigE optical
connections and provides a single uplink to the network; see Figure A-25.
• A variant to the previous deployment scenario is with larger properties where the
hotel guest rooms are distributed over different buildings or multiple, collocated,
remote sites (for example, a campus). The same ISAM solution applies as in the
previous case; see Figure A-26.
A-34 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 A-35
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
A-36 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
To a large extent the bandwidth requirements are defined by the IPTV service
offering. IPTV is recognized as a high value added service for the hotelier. Especially
with the emergence of HD TV an attractive offering for the hotel guests can be made.
The capacity required for IPTV is determined by:
• High Definition (HD) or Standard Definition (SD) TV or both (for example, SD
broadcast TV combined with HD Video-on-Demand)
• Encoding used: MPEG2, MPEG4
• Number of TVs in the room or suite.
Internet access is no longer a nice-to-have service but has become a necessity. On
top, with the use of internet for social networking, file sharing, video-conferencing,
business, and so on, internet is no longer seen as a best-effort service. Also
high-speed internet access comes with a minimum of bandwidth guarantees and
quality of service.
IP Telephony is probably the least bandwidth consuming service but requires the
highest quality of services and needs to be prioritized accordingly.
Other services are online gaming (might be part of Internet service), in-room control,
hotel camera views (for example, bar, swinging-pool, …), and so on.
HSI: 1 - 5 Mb/s
All the data-streams described in Figure A-28 can run over a single DSL copper pair.
In the ISAM and the DSL gateway in the room the proper quality of service
provisioning is done for each of the services. Policing and rate-limiting might apply
depending on the guest profile and service package subscribed to.
The available DSL bandwidth on the copper pair depends on the DSL technology
used:
• ADSL2+ with a theoretical maximum downstream bandwidth of 25 Mb/s.
• Supports longer loops than VDSL2
• Typically 15-20 Mb/s
• Artificial Noise can be applied to increase stability of the line
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 A-37
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
Introduction
End-user's expectations on access to Broadband connectivity are becoming nearly as
widespread as for the classic commodities (water, gas, electricity, telephony). Not
just private end-users but also businesses and local authorities need broadband
access. However, the geographical coverage by the classic operators is not total, and
not all greenfield opportunities are covered. Backed by government incentives, more
and more local authorities are considering the deployment of a community-wide
access network to fill the gaps and ensure digital attractiveness of their locality (for
social and economic reasons). This is the Smart community concept, whereby there
is a variety of levels for the “community”: building site, campus or estate, city
district, and complete city. One important aspect for attractiveness is the openness to
multiple service providers, promoting service competition rather than access
competition. The applications include but go beyond the classic triple play, also
encompassing business services and specific services for public authorities like
municipalities.
The aim of the Open Community Broadband solution is to offer a way for those new
entrants to build out, deploy and manage such a single access and aggregation
infrastructure at their local level, which can then be opened to and shared by multiple
third party service providers, from which the end-users can select a mix of
applications. In other words, to offer a very flexible wholesaling framework.
The OCB solution as such comprises the passive infrastructure, the active
infrastructure, the management sub-system, and the professional services for
guidance of the local authority to roll out the infrastructure. OCB is part of the wider
context of Smart Communities, developed by Strategic Industries. The scope is
greenfield deployments, encompassing FTTH networks (point-point Ethernet) and
other flavours of FTTx depending on the case-by-case needs.
A-38 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
The converged ISAM can play a prominent and competitive role in the OCB
solution, by offering a variety of access technologies (point-point optical access,
FTTx) in a single platform with the necessary mechanisms to create and manage the
connectivities in an open context. Other advantages of the ISAM are port density, the
modular approach (extend-as-you-grow with LTs), and high temperature range.
OCB context
Wholesaling
Three layers can be identified in the delivery of broadband access. The first is the
passive infrastructure (ducts, cables, fibres, splitters). The active infrastructure
consists of all network equipment, and uses the passive infrastructure for giving
connectivity between the end-users and the applications. Finally, the service layer
uses the active and passive infrastructure to deliver the applications.
In traditional networks the approach is a vertically integrated one; the different
incumbent operators integrate all layers, competing with each other on access
infrastructure and less on the services offered.
It is possible to introduce wholesaling to this situation, splitting the responsibilities
over multiple roles, to varying degrees, as illustrated in Figure A-29. In the passive
wholesale case, a single passive network is shared and made accessible to multiple
vertical service providers. In the active wholesale case, a single vertical
infrastructure provider offers connectivity to multiple retail service providers
(RSPs). Finally in the most separated case, a single passive provider gives access to
its infrastructure to the active network operated by a single network operator which
connects towards multiple service providers. Note that even here a single player can
combine the roles of active infrastructure owner and service provider (by offering its
own services), but the important point is that it remains open to third party retail
service providers.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 A-39
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
Requirements
The OCB network must carry residential (triple play + RF video), business (L2 VPN,
L3 VPN, Business Internet Access) and public applications (VPN, e-care, and so on)
with the corresponding levels of security, availability and QoS differentiation. It can
hence be based on existing converged network architectures for residential and
business applications (public applications can be mostly considered as business
services). There are some new requirements though with respect to existing
environments, namely the level of wholesaling and the need for an integrated
management approach:
• each end-user is able to select applications from multiple service providers
simultaneously
• the network operator can sell white label services to third-party service providers
who can then include this service next to their own into their commercial bundle
towards the end-user
• the network operator must have the management tools to operate the network, the
users and their selection of services in the most integrated possible way. A certain
level of dynamism is introduced by allowing end-users to select the services per
service provider via a self-provisioning portal.
• The network operator needs to provide the ability for Retails Service Providers
(RSP) to offer competitive and differentiating service offerings. The OCB
network as to support a very granular configuration of bandwidth and QoS per
RSP per end-user.
A-40 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 A-41
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A. Cross-domain solutions
Figure A-31 L2 access architecture for OCB (residential user shown with 1 RGW
per RSP)
The dedicated EMS platforms take care of the initial user provisioning and
consolidated alarm management.
A-42 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
B. RADIUS Attributes
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 B-1
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
B. RADIUS Attributes
NAS-Port
The system sets the NAS-port attribute as described below:
• 802.1x sessions:
The NAS-port attribute contains the ifIndex of underlying bridge port.
• PPPoE sessions:
The NAS-port attribute contains the ifIndex of the PPPoE sessions.
NAS-Port-Id
The system sets the NAS-Port-Id attribute according to the following text format:
atm <rack>/<shelf>/<slot>/<DSL-Line>:<VPI>.<VCI>
The fields indicated between “<” and” “>” is the information retrieved from the
management model:
• Rack & shelf:
Rack and shelf number of the board that terminates the DSL line. Each item is
represented with 1 ASCII character.
• Slot & DSL-line:
Slot number and port number of the board and of the DSL-line within the board,
each item is represented with 2 ASCII characters that correspond with the
decimal number.
For example, port 12 is represented with character “1” followed by character “2”.
Port 5 is represented by character “0” followed by character “5”.
• VPI:
VPI represented with between 1 and 3 ASCII characters, using the number of
characters that is needed.
For example, VPI 12 is represented with character “1” followed by character “2”.
VPI 5 is represented by character “5”. VPI 0 is represented by character “0”.
• VCI:
VCI represented with between 1 and 5 ASCII characters, using the number of
characters that is needed.
For example, VCI 32 is represented with character “3” followed by character “2”.
The fixed separators, including the blanks are characters that are inserted in
between the previous characters.
B-2 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
B. RADIUS Attributes
General
Vendor ID 637 is used for 7302 ISAM.
The “Vendor type” field has a length of two bytes where the highest byte is the
project ID and the lowest byte is the project specific attribute ID.
The “Vendor length” field has a length of one byte.
The project ID 7 is assigned to 7302 ISAM project. This means that the vendor
specific attribute range from 1792 to 2047 will be used for the 7302 ISAM.
Note — If the radius server supplies the 7330 with VSA privileges in
the authentication response for a CLI operator, the response must
contain a VSA and privilege level for all supported VSA's on the
7330. Otherwise, the 7330 will use the default values for ALL
attributes as set in the default-profile on the ISAM. The
default-profile settings can be viewed in CLI using the info configure
system security default-profile command.
VRF-Name
VLAN-ID
QoS-Profile-Name
The QoS-Profile-Name is a character string of maximum 32 characters identifying
the QoS user profile configured in the system. The QoS user profile contains both
marker and policer information.
Note: This attribute cannot be specified together with QoS-Parms attribute.
• Vendor Type: 1794
• Vendor Length: 4 < length < 35
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 B-3
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
B. RADIUS Attributes
QoS-Parms
Note: This attribute cannot be specified together with QoS-Profile-Name attribute.
• Vendor Type: 1795
• Vendor Length: 4 < length < 249
• Vendor Value: STRING
• Packet: Access-Accept
B-4 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
B. RADIUS Attributes
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 B-5
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
B. RADIUS Attributes
• 2: write privileges
• 3: read-write privileges
B-6 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Glossary
Numbers
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 GL-1
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Glossary
1000Base-LX An IEEE 802.3 LAN transmission standard for 1000 Mb/s Gigabit Ethernet
using Long Wavelength (LX) laser transmitters over fiber optic cable for
distances up to 6.2 mi (10 km).
1000Base-SX An IEEE 802.3 LAN transmission standard for 1000 Mb/s Gigabit Ethernet
using Short Wavelength (SX) laser transmitters over fiber optic cable.
1000Base-ZX A nonstandard implementation of the 1000Base-LX transmission standard
operating at 1550 nm for distances up to 49.7 mi (80 km).
23 inch preconfigured A 23 inch, 7 foot equipment rack with one or two ARAM-D shelves
rack preinstalled. The rack can be extended to 9 ft or 11.5 ft in height.
3DES Triple DES
A mode of the DES encryption algorithm that encrypts data three times
instead of once. Three 64-bit keys are used for an overall key length of 192
bits; the first encryption is encrypted with a second key, and the resulting
cipher text is encrypted with a third key.
5520 AMS The Alcatel-Lucent UNIX-based, client-server architecture controller for
various NE systems.
5526 AMS The Alcatel-Lucent 5526 Access Management System
A UNIX-based, client-server architecture controller for 7330 ISAM FTTN
systems.
7302 ISAM The Alcatel-Lucent 7302 Intelligent Services Access Manager
A DSLAM that operates in a packet aggregation network. The 7302 ISAM
enables deployment of triple-play services, such as video on demand,
high-definition TV, and broadcast TV services for all subscribers
simultaneously.
7330 ISAM FTTN The Alcatel-Lucent 7330 Intelligent Services Access Manager Fiber to the
Node
A standalone DSLAM designed for the ease and rapid deployment of
high-bandwidth IP services between high-bandwidth, optical fiber-based
transmission media, and copper-based xDSL subscribers.
GL-2 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Glossary
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 GL-3
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Glossary
GL-4 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Glossary
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 GL-5
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Glossary
GL-6 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Glossary
DA Destination Address
DB-9 A 9-pin D-shell connector used for the craft port on the 7330 ISAM FTTN.
DBA Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation
The capacity of subdividing large high-capacity network transmission
resources among multiple applications almost instantaneously and providing
each application only the share of bandwidth each application requires
DBPO Downstream Power Back-Off
DELT Dual Ended Line Testing
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 GL-7
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Glossary
GL-8 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Glossary
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 GL-9
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Glossary
FC Forwarding Class
FDB Forwarding Database
FDD Frequency Division Duplexing
FDM Frequency Division Multiplexing
A form of multiplexing in which several independent signals are allocated
separate frequency bands for transmission over a common channel.
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
GL-10 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Glossary
GE Gigabit Ethernet
Ethernet interface running at 1000 Mb/s.
GEM GPON Encapsulation Method
GFC General Facilities Card
GPON Gigabit-capable Passive Optical Network
GMMI Gigabit Media Independent Interface, with data clock of 125 MHz and clock
accuracy of ± 1.0×10-4 (100 ppm)
GUI Graphical User Interface
A user screen that includes menus, tables, or icons to query or change data;
usually distinguished from a command line interface.
H1 High-1
H2 High-2
HSI High Speed Internet
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 GL-11
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Glossary
GL-12 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Glossary
IPTV IP Video/Television
The delivery of video services over an end-to-end IP infrastructure. IPTV
can include various classes of video services including video on demand,
broadcast TV, video conferencing, and mobile video.
ISAM Intelligent Services Access Manager
See 7302 ISAM or 7330 ISAM FTTN.
ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network
ISP Internet Service Provider
ITSC Integrated Test and Sealing Current
A feature that includes narrowband line testing functionality as well as
sealing current for subscriber lines connected to the equipment.
ITU International Telecommunications Union
A standards organization that develops international telecommunications
recommendations.
IXL Index List
L1 Low-1
L2 Low-2
L2 Layer 2
L3 Layer 3
LACP Link Aggregation Control Protocol
An IEEE specification (802.3ad) that allows you to bundle several physical
ports together to form a single logical channel.
LAG Link Aggregation Group
A LAG increases the bandwidth available between two network elements by
grouping ports into one logical link. The aggregation of multiple physical
links allows for load sharing and offers seamless redundancy. If one of the
links fails, traffic is redistributed over the remaining links.
LAN Local Area Network
A type of network that sends and receives communications over a small area,
such as within an office or group of buildings.
LC Lucent Connector
A small optical fiber connector.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 GL-13
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Glossary
MA Maintenance Association
MAC Media Access Control
The IEEE sublayer in a LAN that controls access to the shared medium by
LAN attached devices.
GL-14 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Glossary
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 GL-15
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Glossary
GL-16 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Glossary
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 GL-17
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Glossary
GL-18 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Glossary
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 GL-19
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Glossary
GL-20 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Glossary
SA Service Affecting
or
Source Address
SAI Service Area Interface
SAP Service Access Point
SC Standard Connector
A small optical fiber connector.
SDU Service Data Unit
A unit of information from an upper-layer protocol that defines a service
request to a lower-layer protocol.
SELT Single-Ended Line Testing
SELV Safety Extra Low Voltage
SEM Sealed Expansion Module
A remote expansion unit for the 7330 ISAM FTTN. The SEM is a single LT
unit in a flood resistant, environmentally hardened enclosure designed for
remote outside deployment in hard-to-reach or low-density locations.
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
A specification for a new generation of optical modular transceivers. The
devices are designed for use with small form-factor connectors, and offer
high speed and physical compactness. They are hot-swappable.
SFTP Secured File Transfer Protocol
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 GL-21
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Glossary
GL-22 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Glossary
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 GL-23
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Glossary
UA User Agent
UC Unicast
UDP/IP User Datagram Protocol/Internet Protocol
A transport layer, connectionless mode protocol, providing a datagram mode
of communication for delivery to a remote or local user. UDP is part of the
TCP/IP suite.
UDS Unit Data Sheet
UNI User-to-Network Interface
UPBO Upstream Power Back-Off
UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply
upstream Transmission from the customer location to the network. On the network
termination (NT) side, transmit (Tx) indicates the upstream direction of the
transmission to the network. On the line termination (LT) side, receive (Rx)
indicates the upstream direction of the transmission to the OLT.
URI Universal Resource Identifier
USM User-based Security Model
GL-24 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Glossary
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 GL-25
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Glossary
xDSL A general term that is used to refer to more than one type of DSL (for
example, ADSL, ADSL2, READSL, SHDSL, VDSL, VDSL2).
xTU-C xDSL Transceiver Unit – Central Office
xTU-R xDSL Transceiver Unit – Remote
XFP 10 Gigabit Small Form Factor Pluggable
An XFP optical module is a hot-swappable, protocol-independent optical
transceiver, typically operating at 850nm, 1310nm or 1550nm, for 10 Gb/s
SONET/SDH, Fiber Channel, Gigabit Ethernet, 10 Gigabit Ethernet and
other applications. XFP was developed by the XFP Multi Source Agreement
Group.
XoA encapsulation A general term used to refer to an unspecified type of encapsulation over
ATM.
GL-26 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Index
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 IN-1
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Index
B ISAM Voice
forwarding
Bonding, 2-3 Layer 4, 8-22
about, 2-3 MEGACO, 8-24
ATM, 2-14 SIP, 8-36, 8-39
ATM bonding, 2-14 L2/L3 addressing
EFM, 2-15 MEGACO, 8-44, 8-53
PTM bonding, 2-15 SIP, 8-63, 8-68
MEGACO
C network topology, 8-3
protocol stacks
C-VLAN cross-connect, 10-38
MEGACO, 8-76
Configuration overrule
SIP, 8-80
about, 7-13
SIP
current alarm list, 4-20
network topology, 8-5
D traffic types
MEGACO, 8-14
DELT SIP, 8-15
about, 5-8
derived alarms, 4-19, 4-22 L
DHCP
LACP
layer 2, 11-14
about, 11-4
layer 3, 13-4
layer 2
DPBO, 7-9
protocol handling, 11-2
E user access interface, 10-20
layer 2 forwarding
EFMOAM IPoA cross-connect, 10-50
general description, 5-12 layer 2 forwarding mode
Ethernet iBridge, 10-23
about, 2-11, 2-11 VLAN cross-connect, 10-38
ethernet layer 3
auto-negotiation, 2-11 forwarding, 12-2
modes, 2-11 protocol handling, 13-2
Line Instability
I Test features, 5-14
Link transmission technology, 2-2
iBridge, 10-23 logging alarms, 4-20
iBridge mode features, 10-24 Low power modes
IEEE 802.1q tagging, 10-2 L2 low-power mode, 7-4
IGMP L3 idle power mode, 7-4
forwarding models, 14-14 low power modes
Impulse noise sensor about, 7-4
about, 7-10
IPoA cross-connect, 10-50
IN-2 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Index
M PSD shaping
about, 7-9
MSTP
about, 11-6 Q
MTA
in 7302 ISAM, 5-6 QoS
in 7330 ISAM FTTN, 5-6 about, 15-2
TAC, 5-7 downstream, 15-11
test access modes, 5-5 policy framework, 15-25
multi-ADSL profiles, 15-18
ADSL, 2-4 traffic classes, 15-13
ADSL2, 2-5 QoS profiles
ADSL2+, 2-6 CAC profile, 15-19
READSL2, 2-7 marker profile, 15-23
SELT, 5-8, 5-8 policer profile, 15-23
multicast queue profile, 15-19
forwarding models, 14-14 session profile, 15-22
N R
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02 November 2013 IN-3
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Index
SHDSL — xDSL
T
Test
Line Instability, 5-14
Transfer modes, 2-3
U
UPBO
equal FEXT, 7-8
policing, 7-8
user access interface
layer 2, 10-20
V
VDSL
about, 2-8
SELT, 5-8, 5-8
VDSL1
about, 2-8, 2-8
VDSL2
about, 2-8, 2-8
operational modes, 2-8
profile overview, 2-9
profiles, 2-8
Virtual noise
about, 7-11
VLAN cross-connect, 10-38
C-VLAN cross-connect, 10-38
protocol aware cross-connect, 10-45
IN-4 November 2013 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.6.02
Edition 03 Released 3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Customer documentation and product support
Customer documentation
http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/myaccess
Product manuals and documentation updates are available at
alcatel-lucent.com. If you are a new user and require access to this
service, please contact your Alcatel-Lucent sales representative.
Technical Support
http://support.alcatel-lucent.com
Documentation feedback
documentation.feedback@alcatel-lucent.com
© 2013 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
3HH-11651-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 03 Released